CMM - Gek 35587 - 2007 03 13

GE
Aviation One Neumann Way, Room 230

Cincinnati, OH 45215-1988, USA
TO: Holders of Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance

Manual with Illustrated Parts List, 73-13-07, GEK 35587
SUBJECT: Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance Manual with

Illustrated Parts List, 73-13-07, GEK 35587, Revision 10, dated
March 13, 2007
The subject manual is attached to this transmittal letter.
This CMM with the part numbers listed on the CMM Title Page is accepted by GE Aviation. GE
Aviation has traceability to FAA Engineering for acceptance of this CMM.
Questions or comments concerning this publication should be directed to the Aviation Operations
Center, toll free within U.S. (877) 432-3272, outside U.S. (513) 552-3272, also available e-mail:
[email protected]
General Electric Company

GE
Aviation
GEK 35587
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
WITH ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS

DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF GE AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO
OTHERS OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF GE, INCLUDING, BUT
WITHOUT LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE, DEVELOPMENT, OR
DERIVATION OF ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE PARTS, DESIGNS, OR CONFIGURATION
CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO.
IF CONSENT IS GIVEN FOR REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH
PAGE OF THIS DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THIS
TECHNICAL DATA IS CONSIDERED ITAR AND/OR EAR CONTROLLED PURSUANT TO 22 CFR PART 120-130
AND 15 CFR PARTS 730-774 RESPECTIVELY. TRANSFER OF THIS DATA BY ANY MEANS TO A NON-U.S.
PERSON, WHETHER IN THE UNITED STATES OR ABROAD, WITHOUT THE PROPER U.S. GOVERNMENT
AUTHORIZATION (E.G., LICENSE, EXEMPTION, NLR, ETC.,) IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO

ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND
LIMITS, OPERATIONAL LIMITS, LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED
FOR USE WITH ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR APPROVED BY GE
AND THAT HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND
RECOMMENDATIONS. GE HAS NO CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF,
NON-GE-APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT INTENDED TO
APPLY TO NON-GE-APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.
73-13-07
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PART NO. 6740281
TO: CUSTOMERS WHO USE PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
MANUAL (CMM), ATA 73-13-07, DATED JANUARY 31/2005, FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY, PART NO.
6740281.
REV. NO. 10, DATED MAR 13/2007
HIGHLIGHTS
Please replace CMM 73-13-07, Revision 9 dated January 31/2005 with CMM Rev. No. 10, dated
Mar 13/2007. Rev. No. 10 is a complete reissue and includes.
Changes in text to comply with simplified english requirements which are not identified.
Because of many non-technical changes in all sections, change bars are not used in this revision for these
non-technical changes.
Technical and procedure changes have been identified with change bars in the left margin opposite the
change, and are shown in the list that follows:
PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/FIGURE DESCRIPTION
Title ALL Revised to reflect this revision
ROR ALL Revised to reflect this revision
RTR ALL No Changes
SBL ALL No Changes
Intro ALL No Changes
D&O ALL No Changes
TEST ALL No Changes
1013 Table 1003 Corrected typo at 290 psig Primary/Secondary flow to

read "109.8-130.2".
Disassy ALL No Changes
3022 Figure 3014 Changed Detail A dimension 0.164 to 0.160 - 0.165 and
Detail B dimension 0.164 - 0.166 to 0.160 - 0.165 per
ECO C06-044.
Clean ALL No Changes
Check Table 5003 Added note to Table 5003 to make consistent with other
5005 CMM’s: Note: Numbers in brackets [ ] indicate external
features that must be inspected on all nozzles for the
pre-test check. Fuel nozzles must meet the requirements
of bracketed [ ] items before being returned to service.
Also corrected Typo on Table 5003 1.A.4. refelects
Repair 19 should be Repair 21.
73-13-07 Highlights Page 1

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/FIGURE DESCRIPTION
Repair ALL No Changes
Repair 03 Figure 6001 Revised Figure 6001 for clarity of Detail A, Shroud/
6003 Secondary Body Dimensions
Repair 12 Figure 6002 Added concentric dimensions to Detail "B".

6004
Repair 20 Figure 6001 Corrected to added P point dimension 1.564 - 1.572 and
6006 removed dimension 0.607 - 0.610. Machining indication
is done from P point not front front of face.
Assy ALL No Changes
7013 ALL Corrected typo to read "Bake in drying oven until dry for
approx. 30 minutes to one hour at 350 deg.F max.
Fits ALL No Changes
Tools ALL No Changes
Storage
15002 F. Reworded for clarity.
IPL ALL No Changes
10014 Table 10001 Added items -270B p/n 6992284-3 & -270C p/n
6992284-4 per ECO C03-019.
10024 Item -270B & -270B Added items -270B p/n 6992284-3 & -270C p/n
6992284-4 per ECO C03-019.
73-13-07 Highlights Page 2

Mar 13/2007
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION (V4U799) GEK 35587
7777 North Glen Harbor Blvd.
Glendale Arizona 85307
(623) 872-6160
Component Maintenance Manual

With Illustrated Parts List
PART NO. 6740281M7, 6740281M8, 6740281M9, 6740281M18,
6740281M19, 6740281M21, 6740281M23, 6740281M24,
6740281E32, 6740281E33, 6740281E34
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION
PART NO. 9119M60P07, 9119M60P08, 9119M60P09, 9119M60P18,

9119M60P19, 9119M60P21, 9119M60P23, 9119M60P24,
9119M60P32, 9119M60P33, 9119M60P34
General Electric Aircraft Engines
COPYRIGHT: JANUARY 2002 PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER HANNIFIN. THIS
DOCUMENT IS FURNISHED ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT
BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING BUSINESS WITH PARKER,
AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY PARKER. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR
OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Initial Issue Date: July 15/1979 Page TP-1

73-13-07 Rev. No. 10
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Keep this record in the front of this document.
When a revision is received:
(1) Remove the superseded pages from this document and discard.
(2) Put the revised pages into this document.
(3) Record the revision number, issue date, the insertion date, and
incorporators initials.
INSERTED INSERTED
REV. ISSUE REV. ISSUE

DATE BY DATE BY
NO. DATE NO. DATE
1 Jul 15/1979
2 May 15/1981
3 Sep 15/1986
4 Dec 15/1987
5 Nov 15/1990
6 Feb 15/1996
7 Jun 15/2000
8 Oct 31/2001
9 Jul 15/2003
10 Mar 13/2007
73-13-07 Page ROR-1

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

When a temporary revision is received:
(1) Put the temporary revision page(s) into this document.
(2) Record the temporary revision (TR) number, the issue date, the insertion date, incorporators
initials and the page number.
When a permanent revision is received:
(1) Remove the temporary revision page(s) and put the permanent revision into this document.
(2) Record of the removal date and removers initials.
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
REV NO. DATE DATE BY DATE BY PAGE NO.
73-01 514 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-02 515 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-03 707 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-04 709 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-05 710 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-06 1104 Feb 17/77 Rev. 1
73-07 102 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-08 702 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-09 708 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-10 1003 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-11 1102 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-12 1104 Nov 15/79 Rev. 2
73-13 507 Jan 15/80 Rev. 2
73-14 508 Jan 15/80 Rev. 2
73-15 1001 Jan 15/80 Rev. 2
73-16 1005 Jan 15/80 Rev. 2
73-17 419 Sep 01/86 Rev. 3
73-18 306 Feb 27/87 Rev. 4
73-19 419 Feb 27/87 Rev. 4
73-20 421 Feb 27/87 Rev. 4
73-21 1105 Jul 15/87 Rev. 4
73-22 1004 Nov 30/87 Rev. 4
73-13-07 Page RTR-1

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
73-23 1010 Nov 30/87 Rev. 4
73-24 705 Aug 01/88 Rev. 5
73-25 314 Aug 01/88 Rev. 5
73-26 419 Sep 01/88 Rev. 5
73-27 530 Dec 01/88 Rev. 5
73-28 713 Dec 01/88 Rev. 5
73-29 1005-1008 Jan 15/90 Rev. 5
73-30 704 May 01/92 Rev. 6
73-31 303 Nov 01/93 Rev. 6
73-32 307 Nov 01/93 Rev. 6
73-33 309 Nov 01/93 Rev. 6
73-34 312 Nov 01/93 Rev. 6
73-35 402 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-36 403 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-37 408 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-38 409 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-39 426 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-40 427 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-41 429 Feb 15/94 Rev. 6
73-42 1101 Mar 01/94 Rev. 6
73-43 1103 Mar 01/94 Rev. 6
73-44 519 Aug 15/96 Mar 15/97 By TR 73-52
73-45 1003 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-46 1007 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-47 1016 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-48 1022 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-49 1023 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-50 1024 Aug 15/96 Rev. 7
73-51 509 Mar 15/97 Rev. 7
73-52 519 Mar 15/97 Rev. 7
73-53 727 Mar 15/97 Rev. 7
73-54 603 Rpr. 5 Aug 15/97 Rev. 7
Page RTR-2
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
73-55 710 Aug 15/97 Rev. 7
73-56 601 Rpr. 16 Dec 01/97 Rev. 7
73-57 605 Dec 01/97 Rev. 7
73-58 602 Rpr. 1 Dec 01/97 Rev. 7
73-59 517 Dec 01/97 Rev. 7
73-60 103 Apr 30/98 Rev. 7
73-61 505 Apr 30/98 Rev. 7
73-62 511 Apr 30/98 Rev. 7
73-63 603 Rpr. 13 Apr 30/98 Rev. 7
73-64 604 Rpr. 6 Jun 30/98 Rev. 7
73-65 604 Rpr. 8 Jun 30/98 Rev. 7
73-66 510 Aug 14/98 Rev. 7
73-67 725 Nov 15/00 Rev. 8
73-68 513 Nov 15/00 Rev. 8
73-69 607 Rpr. 20 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-70 604 Rpr. 8 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-71 604 Rpr. 6 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-72 713 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-73 502 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-74 602 Rpr. 26 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-75 Intro 1 Mar 5/01 Rev. 8
73-13-07 Page RTR-3

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
INSERTED REMOVED
TEMP ISSUE
Page RTR-4
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

This list provides the following:
(1) The following is a list of Service Bulletins, applicable to this manual, issued by Parker Hannifin.
Corresponding Service Bulletins issued by General Electric Aircraft Engines. Service Bulletins
affecting this manual are shown by the date of incorporation.
(2) When a service bulletin does not effect the CMM, the words “No Effect” are shown in the service
bulletin incorporation date column.
PARKER HANNIFIN PARKER GEAE GEAE DATE
SERVICE SERVICE SERVICE BULLETIN SERVICE INCORPORATED
BULLETIN BULLETIN NUMBER BULLETIN
NUMBER DATE DATE
--- --- 73-47 12-01-76
--- --- 73-58 07/15/79
--- --- 73-68 (Rev. 1) 03/31/80 Rev. 6 02/15/96
--- --- 73-109 (Rev. 1) 04/11/94 Rev. 6 02/15/96
--- --- 73-109 (Rev. 2) 10/29/99 Rev. 8 10/31/01
73-019 10/27/00 73-109 (Rev. 3) 10/27/00 Rev. 8 10/31/01
73-13-07 Page SBL-1

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Title Page TP-1 Mar 13/2007
Record of Revisions ROR-1 Mar 13/2007
Record of Temporary Revisions RTR-1 Mar 13/2007
RTR-2 Mar 13/2007
RTR-3 Mar 13/2007
RTR-4 Mar 13/2007
Service Bulletin List SBL-1 Mar 13/2007
List of Effective Pages LEP-1 Mar 13/2007
LEP-2 Mar 13/2007
LEP-3 Mar 13/2007
LEP-4 Mar 13/2007
LEP-5 Mar 13/2007
LEP-6 Mar 13/2007
LEP-7 Mar 13/2007
LEP-8 Mar 13/2007
LEP-9 Mar 13/2007
LEP-10 Mar 13/2007
LEP-11 Mar 13/2007
Table of Contents TOC-1 Mar 13/2007
TOC-2 Mar 13/2007
TOC-3 Mar 13/2007
TOC-4 Mar 13/2007
TOC-5 Mar 13/2007
TOC-6 Mar 13/2007
Introduction Intro-1 Mar 13/2007
Intro-2 Mar 13/2007
Intro-3 Mar 13/2007
Intro-4 Mar 13/2007
Intro-5 Mar 13/2007
Intro-6 Mar 13/2007
Intro-7 Mar 13/2007
List of Effective Pages (Sheet 1 of 11)
Page LEP-1
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Intro-8 Mar 13/2007
Description and Operation 1 Mar 13/2007
2 Mar 13/2007
3 Mar 13/2007
4 Mar 13/2007
5 Mar 13/2007
6 Mar 13/2007
7 Mar 13/2007
8 Mar 13/2007
Testing and Fault Isolation 1001 Mar 13/2007
1002 Mar 13/2007
1003 Mar 13/2007
1004 Mar 13/2007
1005 Mar 13/2007
1006 Mar 13/2007
1007 Mar 13/2007
1008 Mar 13/2007
1009 Mar 13/2007
1010 Mar 13/2007
1011 Mar 13/2007
1012 Mar 13/2007
1013 Mar 13/2007
1014 Mar 13/2007
1015 Mar 13/2007
1016 Mar 13/2007
1017 Mar 13/2007
1018 Mar 13/2007
1019 Mar 13/2007
1020 Mar 13/2007
1021 Mar 13/2007
1022 Mar 13/2007
1023 Mar 13/2007
1024 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-2
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

1025 Mar 13/2007
1026 Mar 13/2007
1027 Mar 13/2007
1028 Mar 13/2007
Disassembly 3001 Mar 13/2007
3002 Mar 13/2007
3003 Mar 13/2007
3004 Mar 13/2007
3005 Mar 13/2007
3006 Mar 13/2007
3007 Mar 13/2007
3008 Mar 13/2007
3009 Mar 13/2007
3010 Mar 13/2007
3011 Mar 13/2007
3012 Mar 13/2007
3013 Mar 13/2007
3014 Mar 13/2007
3015 Mar 13/2007
3016 Mar 13/2007
3017 Mar 13/2007
3018 Mar 13/2007
3019 Mar 13/2007
3020 Mar 13/2007
3021 Mar 13/2007
3022 Mar 13/2007
3023 Mar 13/2007
3024 Mar 13/2007
Cleaning 4001 Mar 13/2007
4002 Mar 13/2007
4003 Mar 13/2007
4004 Mar 13/2007
4005 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-3
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

4006 Mar 13/2007
4007 Mar 13/2007
4008 Mar 13/2007
4009 Mar 13/2007
4010 Mar 13/2007
Check 5001 Mar 13/2007
5002 Mar 13/2007
5003 Mar 13/2007
5004 Mar 13/2007
5005 Mar 13/2007
5006 Mar 13/2007
5007 Mar 13/2007
5008 Mar 13/2007
5009 Mar 13/2007
5010 Mar 13/2007
5011 Mar 13/2007
5012 Mar 13/2007
5013 Mar 13/2007
5014 Mar 13/2007
5015 Mar 13/2007
5016 Mar 13/2007
5017 Mar 13/2007
5018 Mar 13/2007
5019 Mar 13/2007
5020 Mar 13/2007
Repair 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
6007 Mar 13/2007
6008 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-4
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 1 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 2 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 3 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No 4 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 5 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 6 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 7 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 8 6001 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-5
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 9 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
6007 Mar 13/2007
6008 Mar 13/2007
6009 Mar 13/2007
6010 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 10 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 11 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 12 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 13 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-6
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 14 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 15 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 16 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 17 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 18 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 19 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 20 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
6005 Mar 13/2007
6006 Mar 13/2007
6007 Mar 13/2007
6008 Mar 13/2007
6009 Mar 13/2007
6010 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 21 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 22 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-7
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Repair No. 22 (Cont.) 6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 23 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 24 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 25 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 26 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
6003 Mar 13/2007
6004 Mar 13/2007
Repair No. 27 6001 Mar 13/2007
6002 Mar 13/2007
Assembly 7001 Mar 13/2007
7002 Mar 13/2007
7003 Mar 13/2007
7004 Mar 13/2007
7005 Mar 13/2007
7006 Mar 13/2007
7007 Mar 13/2007
7008 Mar 13/2007
7009 Mar 13/2007
7010 Mar 13/2007
7011 Mar 13/2007
7012 Mar 13/2007
7013 Mar 13/2007
7014 Mar 13/2007
7015 Mar 13/2007
7016 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-8
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Assembly (continued) 7017 Mar 13/2007
7018 Mar 13/2007
7019 Mar 13/2007
7020 Mar 13/2007
7021 Mar 13/2007
7022 Mar 13/2007
7023 Mar 13/2007
7024 Mar 13/2007
7025 Mar 13/2007
7026 Mar 13/2007
7027 Mar 13/2007
7028 Mar 13/2007
7029 Mar 13/2007
7030 Mar 13/2007
7031 Mar 13/2007
7032 Mar 13/2007
7033 Mar 13/2007
7034 Mar 13/2007
7035 Mar 13/2007
7036 Mar 13/2007
7037 Mar 13/2007
7038 Mar 13/2007
7039 Mar 13/2007
7040 Mar 13/2007
7041 Mar 13/2007
7042 Mar 13/2007
Fits and Clearances 8001 Mar 13/2007
8002 Mar 13/2007
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment 9001 Mar 13/2007
9002 Mar 13/2007
9003 Mar 13/2007
9004 Mar 13/2007
9005 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-9
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment 9006 Mar 13/2007
(continued)
9007 Mar 13/2007
9008 Mar 13/2007
9009 Mar 13/2007
9010 Mar 13/2007
9011 Mar 13/2007
9012 Mar 13/2007
9013 Mar 13/2007
9014 Mar 13/2007
Storage 15001 Mar 13/2007
15002 Mar 13/2007
Illustrated Parts List 10001 Mar 13/2007
10002 Mar 13/2007
10003 Mar 13/2007
10004 Mar 13/2007
10005 Mar 13/2007
10006 Mar 13/2007
10007 Mar 13/2007
10008 Mar 13/2007
10009 Mar 13/2007
10010 Mar 13/2007
10011 Mar 13/2007
10012 Mar 13/2007
10013 Mar 13/2007
10014 Mar 13/2007
10015 Mar 13/2007
10016 Mar 13/2007
10017 Mar 13/2007
10018 Mar 13/2007
10019 Mar 13/2007
10020 Mar 13/2007
10021 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-10
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Illustrated Parts List (continued) 10022 Mar 13/2007
10023 Mar 13/2007
10024 Mar 13/2007
10025 Mar 13/2007
10026 Mar 13/2007
10027 Mar 13/2007
10028 Mar 13/2007
10029 Mar 13/2007
10030 Mar 13/2007
10031 Mar 13/2007
10032 Mar 13/2007
10033 Mar 13/2007
10034 Mar 13/2007
10035 Mar 13/2007
10036 Mar 13/2007
Page LEP-11
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 1
Description and Operation .......................................................................................................................... 1
Testing and Fault Isolation .................................................................................................................... 1001
Disassembly.......................................................................................................................................... 3001
Cleaning................................................................................................................................................ 4001
Check .................................................................................................................................................... 5001
Repair ................................................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 1
Remachine and Repair Primary Body................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 2
Machine Gas Hole in Primary Body
(Models 6740281M8, M21, E32)........................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 3
Remachine and Repair Shroud/Secondary Body ................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 4
Flame Spray Shroud/Secondary Body.................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 5
PRIMARY BODY AND SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY MATCH......................................................... 6001
Repair No. 6
FITTING REPLACEMENT .................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 7
Rework Footed Connector and Fitting
(Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) ............................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 8
Rework Footless Connector and FittinG
(Models 6740281M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, and E34) ........................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 9
Rework Footed Connector and Fitting to Footless Configuration
(Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) ............................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 10
Rework Footed Support for Footless Connector Conversion
(Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) ............................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 11
Support Conversion; Add Anti-Rotation Pin Hole
(Model 6740281M8 to M21 or E32) ...................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 12
Valve Adapter Replacement
(Models: 6740281E32, E33, and E34) .................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 13
Support Repair ...................................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 14
Locating Pin/Primary Tube Replacement
(Models 6740281 M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, E34) .............................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 15
Valve Liner Repair ................................................................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 16
Straighten Primary Tube ....................................................................................................................... 6001
Page TOC-1
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 17
Repair Lockwire Hole ............................................................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 18
Remove Shroud/Secondary Body From Nozzle Assembly................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 19
Weld Buildup for Components .............................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 20
Replace Primary Adapter In Support .................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 21
Repair THREADS ................................................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 22
Lapping and Polishing Repairs ............................................................................................................. 6001
Repair No. 23
Remove Raised Metal........................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 24
Bench Repair (Grind, Etch for Zyglo, Ect.)............................................................................................ 6001
Repair No. 25
Repair Defective Weld .......................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 26
Recommended Repair Procedure for Matching Shroud and Secondary
to Primary Replacement. ..................................................................................................................... 6001
Repair No. 27
REPLACE HEAT SHIELD
(MODELS 6740281E32, E33, AND E34).............................................................................................. 6001
Assembly .............................................................................................................................................. 7001
Fits and Clearances .............................................................................................................................. 8001
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment ............................................................................................... 9001
Storage ............................................................................................................................................... 15001
Illustrated Parts List ............................................................................................................................ 10001
Page TOC-2
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE TITLE PAGE
Intro 1 Example of Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................... Intro-4
Intro 2 List of General Abbreviations (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................... Intro-5
Intro 3 U.S. Standard to SI (Metric) Equivalents (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................. Intro-6
Intro 4 Geometric Tolerancing and Symbols (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................................... Intro-7
1 Fuel Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1).......................................................................................2
2 Sectional View (Primary/Secondary Nozzles) (Sheet 1 of 1)...................................................3
3 Sectional View (Non-Primary Fuel Nozzles) (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................4
4 Connector Configurations (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................................................6
5 Valve Guide and Valve Adapter Configurations (Sheet 1 of 1)................................................7
1001 Testing Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1) .............................................................................1004
1002 Pneumatic Leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1) ..................................................................................1006
1003 Protractor Angle Measuring Device (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................................1008
1004 Protractor Angle Measuring Device Test Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1) ........................................1009
1005 Electronic Angle Device Radial Patternator (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................1011
1006 Airflow Effective Area Calculation (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................................1015
1007 Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Definitions (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................1016
1008 Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Definitions (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................1019
1009 Spray Angle Measurement (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................1020
1010 Spray Quality Definitions for Secondary Spray Quality Test (Sheet 1 of 1).......................1021
1011 Spray Angle Measurement Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................................................1023
3001 Disassembly and Remachining Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)........................................3004
3002 Establish Point and Depth of Cut (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................3007
3003 Connector, Fitting and Strainer Assembly Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................3008
3004 Valve Liner Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................................................................3009
3005 Primary Tube or Pin Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................3009
3006 Support Dimensions (Footed Connector, Model M7, M8, M9, M18, M19 (Sheet 1 of 1) ...3011
3007 Support Dimensions (Footless Connectors, Models M21, M23, M24) (Sheet 1 of 1)........3012
3008 Establish Point and Depth of Cut, Primary and Secondary Bodies (Sheet 1 of 1).............3014
3009 Secondary Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)....................................................................................3017
3010 Remove Shroud/Secondary Body From Support (Sheet 1 of 1)........................................3018
3011 Primary Removal (Sheet 1 of 1).........................................................................................3019
3012 Support Primary Body with Live Center (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................3020
3013 Remove Primary Body From Support (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................................3020
3014 Remachine Secondary and Primary Weld Area of Support (Sheet 1 of 1) ........................3022
3015 Cartridge Valve Disassembly/Assembly Fixture (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................3024
4001 Support and Metering Set Backflush Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................4006
4002 Flush Setup w/ Shroud/Secondary Body Removed From Nozzle Assy. (Sheet 1 of 1).....4008
5001 Nozzle Inspection Requirements .......................................................................................5004
5002 Pitting Criteria for Connector Fitting (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................................5011
5003 Footed Connector Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................5012
5004 Footless Connector Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................5013
5005 Valve Cartridge Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)...................................................5014
5006 Metering Set Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................................................5015
5007 Primary Body to Support Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................5016
5008 Shroud/Secondary Body to Support Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)..........5017
5009 Support Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)...............................................................5018
5010 Primary Tube Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)......................................................5019
Page TOC-3
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5011 Nozzle Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................................5020
6001 Repair No. 1 Primary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)......................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 2 Primary Body Gas Hole Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)......................................6002
6001 Repair No. 3 Shroud/Secondary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................6003
6001 Repair No. 4 Shroud Coating Repair (Sheet 1 of 1) ..........................................................6003
6002 Repair No. 4 Shroud/Secondary Body Plasma Spray Coating Rqmts (Sheet 1 of 1)........6006
6001 Repair No. 5 Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)...................................6003
6002 Repair No. 5 Primary Body Alt for Change Shroud/Secondary Body Flow (Sheet 1 of 1).6004
6001 Repair No. 6 Fitting and Strainer Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................6003
6002 Repair No. 6 Remachine Connector After Fitting and Strainer Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) ....6004
6003 Repair No. 6 Weld Requirements for Fitting Replacement (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................6006
6001 Repair No. 7 Footed Connector and Fitting Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) ..........................6003
6002 Repair No. 7 Footed Connector and Fitting Dimensions
(Models 6740281 M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................6004
6001 Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting OD Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)..................6003
6002 Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting Dimensions
(Models 6740281 M21, M23, M24, E33, E34) (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................6005
6003 Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting ID Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................6006
6001 Repair No. 9 Inspect Dimensions for Modification to Footless Connector (Sheet 1 of 1) ..6003
6002 Repair No. 9 Footed Connector and Fitting Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................................6004
6003 Repair No. 9 Connector and Fitting Tooling Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................6005
6004 Repair No. 9 Rework Footed Connector and Fitting Subassembly to Footless Connector
Configuration (Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) (Sheet 1 of 1)............................6009
6005 Repair No. 9 Rework Connector Web and Foot (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................6010
6001 Repair No. 10 Support Cutoff Point (Sheet 1 of 1).............................................................6004
6002 Repair No. 10 Minimum Serviceable Dimensions for Support (Sheet 1 of 1) ....................6005
6003 Repair No. 10 Rework Support Dim.s for Conv. to Footless Connector (Sheet 1 of 1) .....6006
6001 Repair No. 11 Rework of Non-Primary Support (Sheet 1 of 1) ..........................................6003
6001 Repair No. 12 Valve Adapter Removal (Sheet 1 of 1) .......................................................6003
6002 Repair No. 12 Rework Valve Adapter Area of Support (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................6004
6001 Repair No. 13 Support Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) .............................................6003
6001 Repair No. 14 Repair / Refinish Oversize Pin (Sheet 1 of 1) .............................................6003
6001 Repair No. 15 Valve Liner Repair (Sheet 1 of 1) ...............................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 17 Lockwire Hole Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...................................6002
6001 Repair No. 20 Support Adapter Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)....................................................6006
6002 Repair No. 20 Install Adapter in Support (Sheet 1 of 1).....................................................6007
6003 Repair No. 20 Support on Ceramic Holder (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................6008
6004 Repair No. 20 Braze Adapter Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)...............................................6009
6001 Repair No. 21 Thread Repair (Sheet 1 of 1) ......................................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 22 Shroud/Secondary Body Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)...............................6003
6001 Repair No. 23 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 24 Connector Casting Area of Inspection (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................6003
6001 Repair No. 26 Primary Body, and Shroud and Secondary Body (Sheet 1 of 1) ................6003
7001 Assembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................................7002
7002 Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)........................................................7009
7003 Selection of Primary Body Weld Filler Material (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................7012
7004 Primary Body Weld Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) ...........................................................................7014
7005 Primary Support Tip Weld Samples (Sheet 1 of 1) ............................................................7015
7006 Compressing cartridge Valve Spring (Sheet 1 of 1)...........................................................7017
7007 Selection of Shroud/Secondary Body Filler Ring (Sheet 1 of 3) ........................................7019
7008 Shroud/Secondary Body Weld Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)..........................................................7021
Page TOC-4
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7009 Secondary Support Tip Weld Sample (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................................7023
7010 Shroud/Secondary Body Welding Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)........................................7024
7011 Leak Test of Support and Shroud/Secondary Body and Support Weld (Sheet 1 of 1) ......7025
7012 Cartridge Valve Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................................................................7029
7013 Shroud and Secondary Body Weld Samples (Sheet 1 of 1) ..............................................7031
7014 Restore Cartridge Valve Seat (Sheet 1 of 1) .....................................................................7034
7015 Selection of Filler Ring for Footed Connector (Sheet 1 of 1) .............................................7036
7016 Connector and Fitting Weld Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1).............................................................7038
7017 Connector Support Weld Samples for Footed Connectors (Sheet 1 of 1) .........................7039
7018 Connector Support Weld Samples for Footless Connectors (Sheet 1 of 1).......................7040
9001 Illustration Tools (Sheet 1 of 6) ..........................................................................................9009
IPL Figure 1 Dual Orifice Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) ................................................10016
IPL Figure 2 Secondary Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE A and B) ......................10030
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE TITLE PAGE
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE TITLE PAGE
1 Nozzle Type Identification........................................................................................................1

2 Leading Particulars ..................................................................................................................5
1001 Test Tools, Equipment and Consumables .........................................................................1002
1002 Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Overhauled Nozzles......................................................1012
1003 Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Check/Test (Service) Nozzles.......................................1013
1004 Shroud Air Flow Limits .......................................................................................................1014
1005 Primary Spray Quality and Spray Angle Test Requirements .............................................1018
1006 Secondary Spray Angle Limits...........................................................................................1022
1007 Spray Angle Measurement Test ........................................................................................1024
1008 Fault Isolation Chart...........................................................................................................1025
3001 Disassembly Tools, Equipment and Consumables............................................................3002
3002 Tool Selection ....................................................................................................................3005
3003 Support Repair...................................................................................................................3010
4001 Cleaning Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment..........................................................................4001
4002 Cleaning Materials .............................................................................................................4002
5001 Equipment and Materials ...................................................................................................5001
5002 Part Material to be Inspected, All Nozzle Models ..............................................................5003
5003 Inspection Criteria ..............................................................................................................5005
6001 Repair Procedures .............................................................................................................6001
6002 Repair Materials, Equipment and Fixtures.........................................................................6003
6003 Repair Materials,................................................................................................................6004
6001 Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment....................................................................................6001
Page TOC-5
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002 Repair No. 1 Materials .......................................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 4 Flame Spray Equipment and Conditions ......................................................6004
6002 Repair No. 5 Metering Set Part Numbers ..........................................................................6002
6003 Repair No. 9 Conversion Table For Modified Components ...............................................6007
6004 Repair No. 9 Identification of Reworked Nozzles...............................................................6008
6001 Repair No. 10 Materials .....................................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 10 Conversion Table For Modified Support .....................................................6003
6003 Repair No. 10 Identification of Reworked Nozzles.............................................................6003
6001 Repair No. 12 Tools and Equipment..................................................................................6001
6002 Repair No. 21 Component Thread Sizes ...........................................................................6002
6002 Repair No. 26 Diameter Ranges........................................................................................6001
7001 Assembly Tools and Equipment ........................................................................................7003
7002 Support and Metering Set Flow Test Limits .......................................................................7006
7003 Primary Flow Performance Test Limits ..............................................................................7006
7004 Metering Set Test With Shroud Air ....................................................................................7008
Page TOC-6
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7005 Shroud Air Effective Area (Flow) Test Limits .....................................................................7010
7006 Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions .....................................................................7013
7007 Shroud/Secondary Body Weld Settings and Conditions....................................................7022
7008 Cartridge Valve Flow Test Limits .......................................................................................7028
7009 Selection of Seal Cap Assembly........................................................................................7030
7010 Support and Metering Set and Cartridge Valve Assembly Flow Test Limits......................7032
7011 Connector Assembly Weld Settings and Conditions..........................................................7035
9001 Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment ............................................................................9001
9002 Materials ............................................................................................................................9005
15001 Storage Materials.............................................................................................................15001
10001 Numerical Index ...............................................................................................................10004
-- Page 7
PART NO. 6740281
INTRODUCTION
TASK 73-13-07-99F-801-A01
1. General
A. This manual provides complete shop maintenance instructions with Illustrated Parts List for fuel
nozzles used on General Electric CF6-50 gas turbine engines. The fuel nozzle models covered are the
6740281 Series, manufactured by Parker Hannifin Corporation, Gas Turbine Fuel System Division,
Clyde, New York. This corresponds with General Electric 9119M60P Series.
B. All service instructions in this manual have been shop verified. Shop verified procedures are those by
which the manufacturer has accomplished all disassembly, assembly, testing, and fault isolation by
actually performing the functions described in this manual, on equipment identical in configuration to
that described.
C. Information contained in this manual applies only to parts and processes approved by Parker Hannifin,
Gas Turbine Fuel Systems Division (PH-GTFSD). The information contained in this manual does not
apply to parts and processes not approved by PH-GTFSD such as parts manufactured under a parts
manufacturer approval (PMA), even though the use of such parts may be authorized by the Federal
Aviation Administration. Accordingly, owners, operators, and repair and overhaul facilities of PH-
GTFSD products should obtain the required instructions for continued airworthiness for parts and
processes not certified by PH-GTFSD from the manufacturer or holder of the authority for the use of
such parts and processes. The use of parts not manufactured by PH-GTFSD or processes not
contained in this Component Maintenance Manual will void any Parker Hannifin warranties in effect.
TASK 73-13-07-000-900-A01
2. Nozzle Part Number History
NONE.
TASK 73-13-07-000-901-A01
3. Manual Use
A. Prior to disassembly, an as-received inspection may be performed on fuel nozzles removed from
service for performance check only in lieu of complete disassembly and repair. Refer to the TESTING
AND FAULT ISOLATION section. Fuel nozzles passing inspection and test requirements may be
preserved per storage instructions at the end of the ASSEMBLY section and returned to service.
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-99F-810-A01" on page 1001.)
ASSEMBLY (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-99F-870-A01" on page 7001.)
B. A fuel nozzle shall be considered overhauled when at least the following items have been performed:
(1) The fuel nozzle has been disassembled to the support level.
(2) The disassembled components are cleaned, checked, and repaired.
(3) The assembled nozzle passes all tests specified as “Overhaul Limits”.
Other maintenance and testing to service limits shall be classified as repair.
C. Good standard shop practices and safety precautions are expected to be followed. These instructions
do not cover all details or variations in equipment nor provide for every possible contingency. Any
questions should be referred to Parker Hannifin Corporation, Customer Support Operations, 7777 N.
Glen Harbor Blvd., Glendale, AZ 85307, USA.
73-13-07 Page Intro-1

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-000-902-A01
4. Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (MTOSS)
A. The Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (MTOSS) is used for Electronic Data Processing of
Maintenance data.
NOTE: For more information refer to Component Maintenance Manual, Section 2-5-3, in the Air
Transport Association (ATA) iSpec 2200.
(1) The MTOSS system uses standard and unique number combinations to identify maintenance
tasks and sub-tasks.
(2) The MTOSS structure is a logical approach to organize maintenance tasks and sub-tasks. The
MTOSS numbering system includes the ATA chapter-section-subject number as well as a
function code and unique identifiers.
(See Figure Intro 1 "GRAPHIC-73-13-07-99B-801-A01" on page 4.)
(3) The purpose of incorporating the MTOSS numbering system is to provide a means for the
automated sorting, retrieval, and management of digitized data.
B. The MTOSS numbering system is an expansion of the ATA three element numbering system. An
MTOSS number has seven elements of which the first five elements are mandatory for each task and
sub-task. The sixth and seventh elements are applied when necessary. This CMM incorporates the
use of six of the seven elements. The elements are specified as follows:
(1) Elements Nos. 1, 2, and 3 - These elements are the Chapter, Section, and Subject, ATA
numbers.
(a) Element No. 1: CHAPTER
(b) Element No. 2: SECTION
(c) Element No. 3: SUBJECT
(2) Element No. 4 - The fourth element numerically gives the maintenance function of the Task.
NOTE: For more information on maintenance functions, refer to Component Maintenance

Manual, Section 2-5-3, in the Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification 100.
(a) Maintenance function code 990 is expanded as follows in this CMM.

1 99A - Is used to identify TABLES
2 99B - Is used to identify ILLUSTRATIONS
3 99C - Is used to identify FRONT MATTER for PAGE BLOCK or TASK
4 99D - Is used to identify ACCESS

5 99E - Is used to identify REFERENCES
6 99F - Is used to identify GENERAL/INTRODUCTION
(b) Maintenance function code 940 is expanded as follows in this CMM.

1 94A - Is used to identify CONSUMABLES and MATERIALS
Page Intro-2
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
2 94B - Is used to identify TOOLS, FIXTURES, and EQUIPMENT
(3) Element No. 5 - The fifth element makes the Task or Subtask unique for all tasks or sub-tasks
which have the same first four elements.
(a) Tasks are numbered from 801 through 999.
(b) Sub-tasks are numbered 001 through 800.
(4) Element No. 6 - The sixth element is a three position alpha-numeric number which identifies
differences in configurations, methods and techniques, variations of standard practice
applications, etc.
(a) Most tasks in this CMM will use “A01” as the sixth element. This shows the task is used for
all configurations with no variation.
(b) If the sixth element is an “S01”, it shows that a service bulletin is related to the task.
(5) Element No. 7 - The seventh element is a three position alpha-numeric number for customer use.

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Intro 1
MTOSS NUMBER
TASK 73-13-07-700-824-A01
1 2 3 4 5 6
73-13-07-700-824-A01
CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
MAINTENANCE FUNCTION
700 = TESTING
UNIQUE NO
SUBTASK = 001-800
TASK = 801-899
IDENTIFICATION
DIFFERENCES
A01 = ALL CONFIGURATIONS
NOTE: ELEMENT NUMBER 7 IS NOT USED MANUAL-INTRO
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-801-A01
Example of Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 1
Page Intro-4
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-000-903-A01
5. Abbreviations
A. Letter symbols for units of measurement and abbreviations comply with ANSI Y1.1. See Figure Intro 2.
B. In this Component Maintenance Manual, a minimum number of abbreviations are used or if they help
to make the best use of the available area on a page.
Intro 2
ABBREVIATION TERMINOLOGY
approx Approximate (ly)
assy Assembly
ATA Air Transport Association
Con’t Continued
deg (angle measurement) Degree
dia or Ø Diameter
dim. Dimension
DPM Drops per minute
EFF Effectivity
Fig Figure
FD Flow Divider
FPI Flourescent Penetrant Inspection
HAZ Heat Affected Zone
IPL Illustrated Parts List
max Maximum
min Minimum
NHA Next higher assembly
N/A Not applicable
no Number
plc(s) Place (s)
rad Radian
ref Reference
rpm Revolutions per minute
S/B Service Bulletin
S/N Serial Number
TR Temporary Revision
TIR Total Indicator Runout
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-802-A01
List of General Abbreviations (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 2

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-000-904-A01
6. Units of Measurements
Dimensions are given in U.S. Standard units, with values of the International System of Units (SI units) in
parentheses after the U.S. units. Conversions and abbreviations are listed for reference in Figure Intro 3.
Abbreviations are in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Std. 268-1992, American National Standard for Metric
Practice.
Intro 3
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-803-A01
U.S. Standard to SI (Metric) Equivalents (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 3
TASK 73-13-07-000-905-A01
7. Geometric Tolerance Symbols
A. Illustrations in this manual contain geometric tolerance symbols which are in accordance with ANSI
Y14.5M-1982. Symbol explanations are listed for reference in Figure Intro 4.
Page Intro-6
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Intro 4
CYLINDRICITY
STRAIGHTNESS
DIAMETER SYMBOL
PERPENDICULARITY (OR SQUARENESS)
PARALLELISM
ROUNDNESS
M MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION
CONCENTRICITY
S REGARDLESS OF FEATURE SIZE
ANGULARITY
PROFILE OF A SURFACE
THEORETICAL EXACT POSITION OF A FEATURE (TRUE POSITION)
PROFILE OF A LINE
A THEORETICALLY EXACT DIMENSION USED TO DESCRIBE SIZE,
BASIC, (BSC), SHAPE, OR LOCATION OF A FEATURE FROM WHICH PERMISSABLE
49.2
VARIATIONS ARE ESTABLISHED BY TOLERANCES ON OTHER
DIMENSIONS OR NOTES.
-A- DATUM
FLATNESS
CIRCULAR RUNOUT
TOTAL RUNOUT
0.002 (0.05 MM) STRAIGHT WITHIN 0.002 (0.05 MM) RELATIVE

M
TO MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION
PERPENDICULAR WITHIN A DIAMETER

0.002 (0.05 MM) B
TOLERANCE ZONE OF 0.002 (0.05 MM) TO DATUM B
0.002 (0.05 MM) A PARALLEL TO A WITHIN 0.002 (0.05 MM) TO DATUM A
0.002 (0.05 MM) ROUND WITHIN 0.002 (0.05 MM)
0.005 (0.13 MM) CONCENTRIC WITHIN 0.005 (0.13 MM) TO DATUM C

C
(TOTAL INDICATOR READING)
0.005 (0.13 MM) C TOTAL RUNOUT WITHIN 0.005 (0.13 MM) TO DATUM C
0.005 (0.13 MM) A TOLERANCE ZONE OF 0.005 (0.13 MM) TO DATUM A
POSITIONED WITHIN A 0.002 (0.05 MM) DIAMETER TOLERANCE ZONE AT

0.002 (0.05 MM) M B M MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION IN RELATION TO DATUM B AT MAXIMUM
MATERIAL CONDITION
2.000 (0.05 MM) BSC EXACT DIMENSION IS 2.000 (0.05 MM)
GEOSYMBL
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-804-A01
Geometric Tolerancing and Symbols (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure Intro 4
TASK 73-13-07-000-906-A01

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
8. Safety
WARNING: BEFORE USING ANY OF THE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS, BE AWARE OF ALL

HANDLING, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURE’S OR
SUPPLIER’S RECOMMENDATIONS MAY RESULT IN INJURY OR DISEASE.
A. This manual describes processed that may require the use of chemicals, solvents, paints or other
commercially available materials.
Page Intro-8
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
TASK 73-13-07-001-900-A01
1. Description
A. The fuel nozzle assemblies are welded assemblies that deliver carefully calibrated, precisely patterned
fuel spray for combustion in a gas turbine engine.
B. Two types of nozzles are provided: dual orifice (primary/secondary) and single orifice (non-primary).
Specific models covered and the nozzle types are listed in Table 1. A nozzle history chart is provided
in INTRODUCTION.
(Refer to Table 1 "TABLE-73-13-07-99A-805-A01" on page 1.)
1
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-805-A01
Nozzle Type Identification—Table 1
Primary/Secondary Nozzles Non-Primary Nozzles
6740281M7 6740281M8
6740281M9 6740281M21
6740281M18 6740281E32
6740281M19
6740281M23
6740281M24
6740281E33
6740281E34
TASK 73-13-07-001-901-A01
2. Description
A. The fuel nozzle is a welded assembly. The inlet fitting provides fuel inlet connection, and is welded to
the connector. A strainer, which provides final filtering of the fuel, is accessible after cutting the
fitting-to-connector weld.
(See Figure 1 "GRAPHIC-73-13-07-99B-805-A01" on page 2.)
B. Delivered flow and pressure are controlled by a replaceable cartridge valve which is mounted in the
support just below the welded joint with the connector.
C. The metering set provides calibrated control of fuel flow. The metering set and shroud establish the
fuel spray pattern.
D. Dimensions and other leading particulars are listed in Table 2, Leading Particulars.
73-13-07 Page 1
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1
INLET FITTING IDENTIFICATION

(60) PLATE (20)
CONNECTOR
(80)
SUPPORT
(180)
POINT "P"
METERING SET
(260)
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
001CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-805-A01
Fuel Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1
Page 2
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
2
FITTING
(60) IDENTIFICATION
PLATE (20)
FOOTLESS
CONNECTOR (81A)
FILLER RING (93A)
SPACER (101A)
VALVE CARTRIDGE (120)
HOLDDOWN SPRING (110)

PRIMARY
TUBE (140A)
VALVE LINER (130)
SECONDARY
TUBE (200A)
VALVE GUIDE (220)
(FOR "M" MODELS)
POINT "P" SHROUD/

SECONDARY
BODY (270)
SUPPORT
(183A) PRIMARY
PLUG (311) PRIMARY
BODY (303)
NOTES: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

2. MODELS 6740281M23 AND M24 SHOWN.
SEE FIGURE 4 FOR CONNECTOR
CONFIGURATIONS, AND FIGURE 5 FOR
VALVE GUIDE AND VALVE ADAPTER
CONFIGURATIONS.
FILLER FILLER
RING (320) RING (280A)
2CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-806-A01
Sectional View (Primary/Secondary Nozzles) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 2
73-13-07 Page 3
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3
FITTING (60)
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE (20)
CONNECTOR (81A)
FILLER RING (93A)
VALVE CARTRIDGE (120) SPACER (101A)
PIN (150A)
VALVE LINER (130) (NOT APPLICABLE
TO M8)
SECONDARY
VALVE GUIDE (220) TUBE (200A)
POINT "P" SHROUD/

SECONDARY
BODY (270)
SUPPORT FILLER
(182A) RING
(280A) PRIMARY
BODY (301)
NOTES: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

2. MODEL 6740281M21 SHOWN.
SEE FIGURE 4 FOR CONNECTOR
CONFIGURATIONS, AND FIGURE 5
FOR VALVE GUIDE AND VALVE
ADAPTER CONFIGURATIONS.
FILLER RING
(320)
3CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-807-A01
Sectional View (Non-Primary Fuel Nozzles) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3
Page 4
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-001-902-A01
3. Leading Particulars
A. Leading particulars for the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 2.
2
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-806-A01
Leading Particulars—Table 2
Fluid Medium...............................................................................................................................Jet fuel
Operating Pressure............................................................................. . 600 psig max (4137 kPa gage)
Flow Rate (test fluid)......................................................................................... ...... 750 pph (340 kg/hr)
Mounting ...........................................................................................................Three bolthole flange
Two holes 0.280 to 0.295 in. dia (7.11 to 7.49 mm)
One hole 0.251 to 0.260 in. (6.38 to 6.60 mm)
Length (approx)...................................................................................................7.75 in. (196.6 mm)
Weight ...........................................................................................................1.4 lb (0.64 kg)
Leading Particulars —Table 2
TASK 73-13-07-001-903-A01
4. Operation
Primary/secondary fuel nozzles, at low pressure, produce a hollow conical primary fuel spray pattern. At
higher pressure, the cartridge valve opens and a secondary spray is added to the primary spray in the form
of a second hollow cone concentric with, but having a wider spray angle than the primary cone. The non-
primary fuel nozzles have only the secondary spray cone. Each cone spreads from the nozzle tip. The
cone is evenly patterned to help assure even and complete burning of fuel.
TASK 73-13-07-001-904-A01
5. Difference Between Models
NOTE: The models covered in this publication have the following internal differences.
A. Three cartridge valves are used. Each type has a different cracking pressure. Physically, all are alike,
except that cartridge valves with higher cracking pressures have a thicker shim under the spring.
NOTE: Models 6740281M7, M18, M23, and E33 do not have a shim. Refer to IPL, Figure 2.
(See IPL Figure 2 "GRAPHIC-73-13-07-99B-987-A01" on page 10030.)
73-13-07 Page 5
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
4
SPACER CONNECTOR
(100) CONNECTOR
(80) (81A)
FILLER RING FILLER RING

(90-92) (93A)
SPACER
(101A)
SUPPORT
(180, 181) SUPPORT
(182A-185)
DETAIL A DETAIL B
SEE DETAIL A OR B
FOOTED CONNECTOR FOOTLESS CONNECTOR

MODELS 6740281M7, MODELS 6740281M21,
M8, M9, M18, M19 M23, M24, E32, E33, E34

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. 004CF65
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-808-A01
Connector Configurations (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 4
B. Two different connectors (80, IPL Figure 1) are used, as shown in Figure 4, Connector Configurations.
Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, E18, and E19 have a footed design. Models 6740281M21, M23, M24,
E32, E33, and E34 have a footless design. Each type of connector requires different repair and
assembly procedures, which are noted and explained in the applicable text.
C. Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, E18, E19, M21, M23, and M24 use a valve guide (220). Models
6740281E32, E33, and E34 use a valve adapter (230). Both provide a sealing surface for the metering
valve. Each type requires different repair and assembly procedures, which are noted and explained in
the applicable text.
Page 6
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5
SUPPORT (180 - 183A)
VALVE GUIDE (220, 221)
SECONDARY TUBE (200A)
SUPPORTS WITH
VALVE GUIDES
MODELS: 6740281M7, M8*,
M9, M18, M19, M21*, M23, M24
(* NOT SHOWN)
SUPPORT (184, 185)
VALVE ADAPTER (230)
SECONDARY TUBE (200A)
SUPPORTS WITH
VALVE ADAPTERS
MODELS: 6740281E32*,
E33, E34
(* NOT SHOWN)
005CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-809-A01
Valve Guide and Valve Adapter Configurations (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5
73-13-07 Page 7
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
This page is intentionally left blank.
73-13-07 Page 8
Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
TASK 73-13-07-99F-810-A01
1. General Instructions
NOTE: It is recommended that tests in this section be conducted to determine any malfunctions prior to
any disassembly.
A. Since a fuel nozzle assembly is welded together, a complete functional test must be conducted to
determine any or all malfunctions.
B. Necessary tools, equipment and standard repair shop tools are shown in Table 1001 and in the
Equipment, Materials and Consumables section.
C. This section provides procedures for testing and fault isolation of a fuel nozzle that has been returned
to the repair facility. Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, will determine the extent of repairs required, if
any. Testing will determine that the repairs accomplished are satisfactory and that the nozzle is ready
to be returned to service. Refer to Figure 1001, Testing Sequence Chart, to determine the sequence in
which the individual portions of this section should be accomplished.
D. Fault isolation is provided at the end of the section. The malfunctions are listed in the same order as
their possible occurrence if the tests are conducted in the order written. Conduct the test procedures in
the order written. Refer to the end of this section for fault isolation chart.
E. Tests and procedures are applicable to all top assemblies unless otherwise specified.
F. Subassembly testing is provided in ASSEMBLY following each subassembly assembly instructions.

ASSEMBLY (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-99F-870-A01" on page 7001.)
G. The tests are used to qualify the fuel nozzle assemblies to begin or continue service without
disassembly.
NOTE: A nozzle that is suspected to be defective should not be pressure tested or cycled prior to the
initial flow test. Cycling the nozzle may dislodge contamination and provide an inaccurate test
result. If excessively high flow is found, abort the test, determine the cause, and overhaoul the
nozzle.
H. The measurement of spray profile outlined in Figure 1011, Spray Angle Measurement Test Setup,
using electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, establishes an “X” - “Y” target distance. This
is updated from the practice of measuring spray profile by an included angle. This is recommended
update because of quality problems with test set ups using various types of spray angle check testing
equipment. The vertex of the spray angle varies with nozzle design and spray angle check testing
device used. If not correctly set, inaccurate measurements will be recorded.
NOTE: If using any spray angle check fixture other than protractor angle measuring device,
6725090M2, or electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, contact Parker Hannifin
Corporation for correct test set up. When inquiring, include spray angle check testing fixture/
patternator part number and schematic of test equipment being used.
73-13-07 Page 1001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
I. A complete internal and external cleaning of the fuel nozzle in an assembled condition or a cleaning
procedure for assembled nozzles with carbon tip end coking is available in the CLEANING section.
Testing of the fuel nozzle after either cleaning procedure, using specified limits, will determine if the
cleaning was satisfactory and if the nozzle is ready to be returned to service.
(Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-99F-840-A01" on page 4001.)
NOTE: A nozzle that is suspected to be defective should not be pressure tested or cycled prior to the
initial flow test. Cycling the nozzle may dislodge contamination and provide an inaccurate test
result. If excessively high flow is found, abort the test, determine the cause, and overhaoul the
nozzle.
J. After successfully completing testing, the fuel nozzle should be prepared for storage. Refer to
STORAGE section.
TASK 73-13-07-94B-810-A01
2. Pretest Check
NOTE: Item numbers refer to IPL Figure 1 unless specified.
A. The tools and equipment shown in Table 1001 are necessary for the test procedures in this section.
1001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-810-A01
Test Tools, Equipment and Consumables—Table 1001
NOTE: You can use equivalents for these items.

Part Number Nomenclature Source
6723094M2 Final acceptance gage Parker Hannifin Corporation
7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd.
Glendale, AZ 85307 USA
6725090M2 Protractor Angle Measuring NOTE: No longer available through Parker
Device Hannifin; however, acceptable to use if
already purchased.
6755043 Seal clamp, proof test Parker Hannifin Corporation
6755045 Test fixture assembly (Nozzle Same as above
with shroud air) (O-rings: 2-
018, 2-028, 2-030)
6772511M3 Program Master Orifice Set Same as above
6875500-4 Connector, 7/16-20 thread Same as above
6885016 Electronic angle device Same as above
Calibration Fluid MIL-PRF- Commercially available
7024, Type II
Test Tools and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 1001
Page 1002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Fuel nozzle test stand with 10 Commercially available
micon filtration
Nitrogen gas, dry Commercially available
Petroleum jelly Commercially available
Preservation oil MIL-PRF- Commercially available
6081, Grade 1010
Spray test chamber Commercially available
Pressure test stand Commercially available
Test Tools and Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 1001
B. Inspect fuel nozzle assembly per CHECK section, visual criteria of the general requirements, and
bracketed items per CHECK, Table 5003, Inspection Criteria.
NOTE: The heat shield on the fuel nozzle assembly (1, IPL Figure1) or support (180) must be
fluorescent penetrant inspected for cracks prior to return to service. If cracks are found per the
CHECK section refer to REPAIR No. 27.
REPAIR No. 27 (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-99F-901-A01" on page 6001.)
C. Inspect nozzle end point requirements using final acceptance gage, 6723094M2, Figure 5011.
TASK 73-13-07-101-900-A01
3. Test Conditions and Equipment Calibration

A. Test fluid, calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, or equivalent, must be filtered to pass
contamination examinations every other month as set forth in ARP4865 to an ISOSCC level of 16/13
or better. The fluid must be maintained at 80°F ±2°F (26.7°C ±1.1°C). Air used for testing shall have
filtration of 0.3 to 0.6 microns @ 99.97% efficiency (Grade 6).
B. It is recommended that spray test chambers be illuminated with 75 watt collimated underlighting and/or
300 watt external indirect lighting.
C. Fuel nozzle test stand must be calibrated on each day of production using Program master orifice set
6775211M7. An orifice is provided for each test condition. Connect each orifice in turn to the fluid outlet
hose; apply pressure as marked on each individual orifice and record the flow. Measured flow must be
within 0.5% of values specified for the orifice. If flow readings are not within limits, calibrate fuel nozzle
test stand to meet these requirements and retest.
NOTE: Other test stand calibration methods must be approved by Parker Hannifin Corporation, Gas
Turbine Fuel Systems Division, before implementation.
NOTE: Program master orifice set, 6775211M7, must be calibrated every 186 days.
73-13-07 Page 1003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. Pressure measuring taps shall indicate the true static pressure at a location approximately 6 in. (152
mm) from fuel nozzle inlet in a smooth tube having an internal diameter equal to or greater than that of
the fitting to which it is attached. Flow measurement equipment shall be accurate to within ±0.5% of
reading at all test points, except that flow measurement equipment for flows less than 10 pph shall be
accurate to within ±0.05 pph. Pressure measurement equipment shall be accurate within ±0.5% at all
test points. Air flow measurement equipment shall be accurate within ±1% of reading at all test points
for air.
E. Angle measuring device shall be accurate to within ±1% for overall angle and/or ±1% of reading for
linear width.
1001
PRIMARY SPRAY ANGLE

PRETEST CHECK AND SKEW TESTS
MODELS M7, M9, M18, M19,

M23, ,M24, E33, E34
PNEUMATIC LEAK TEST
SECONDARY SPRAY
QUALITY TEST
FLOW AND HYSTERSIS TESTS
SECONDARY SPRAY ANGLE

AND SKEW TEST
SHROUD AIR FLOW TEST
FINAL NOZZLE QUALIFICATION
(ACCOMPLISH STORAGE
PRIMARY SPRAY PROCEDURES AS REQUIRED)
QUALITY TEST
MODELS M7, M9, M18, M19,

M23, ,M24, E33, E34
RETURN NOZZLE TO SERVICE
NOTE: IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET

DURING INSPECTION OR TEST
PROCEDURES, REFER TO TABLE 1008,
FAULT ISOLATION CHART. 101CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-810-A01
Testing Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1001
TASK 73-13-07-101-901-A01
Page 1004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
4. External Leakage Test Procedure
NOTE: If requirements are not met, refer to Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart. Full test procedures must
be done after repairs are completed.
A. Pneumatic Leak Test.
(1) Mount proof test seal clamp, 6755043, onto nozzle metering set.
(2) Mount inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to the nozzle inlet and attach to a dry
nitrogen source.
CAUTION: PURGE ONLY ENOUGH NITROGEN TO PURGE FLUID FROM NOZZLE.

CONTINUOUS APPLICATION OF HIGH PRESSURE NITROGEN CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO CARTRIDGE VALVE SEALING SURFACE.
(3) Purge nozzle assembly with dry nitrogen gas by unseating the proof test seal clamp and applying
low pressure nitrogen to purge all fluid from the nozzle. Purge at 70 to 90 psig (482 to 620 kPa
gage) while shaking nozzle to dislodge any drops of fluid from the internal passages. Reset the
proof test seal clamp after all evidence of fluid is purged from the nozzle.
(4) Submerge the nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid in a pneumatic leak test tank, in the
position shown in Figure 1002, External Leak Test. Apply 300 to 315 psig (2068 to 2172 kPa
gage) inlet pressure, for 20 seconds minimum. No leakage allowed.
(5) Reduce applied pressure to zero.
B. Remove nozzle from test set up unless further testing is to be done.
73-13-07 Page 1005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1002
NITROGEN
SOURCE
TEST FLUID
INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT
(6875500-4)
SEAL CLAMP
(PROOF TEST)
(6755043)
NOTE: NOZZLE MUST BE TESTED

IN POSITION SHOWN.
102CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-811-A01
Pneumatic Leak Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1002
TASK 73-13-07-101-902-A01
5. Flow Test Setup
A. If using protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2, use the following set up procedures.
NOTE: If using electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, do electronic angle device radial
patternator procedures.
(1) Mount protractor angle measuring device onto spray chamber equipped with light source for
viewing.
(2) Calibrate protractor angle measuring device before use.
(a) Loosen set screw A, B, C, and D.
Page 1006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(b) Install angle master and holder in top plate.
(c) Position protractor angle measuring device, as required, so that pointer on blade F lies flat
against the side of the angle master.
(d) Set dial scale at dial index setting on number corresponding to the degrees scribed on the
angle master. Tighten set screws C and D.
(e) Maintaining the same dial setting, align pointer on blade J flat against the side of angle
master. Tighten set screw A.
(f) Carefully remove angle master and holder.
(g) Set stop pin by adjusting dial scale to 120 deg (2.09 rad), then position the stop pin against
the stop. Tighten screw B.
NOTE: Distance from spray angle vertex to blade pointer is pre-set. Adjustments to blade
pointer not required.
(3) Lubricate O-rings in plate and on body of test fixture assembly, 6755045, with petroleum jelly.
(4) Position test fixture assembly into hole on top plate of the angle measuring device which has
been installed onto a spray chamber and secure.
(5) Install nozzle into test fixture assembly. Make sure that mounting holes are correctly located, the
nozzle flange is in full contact with the test fixture body, and that the nozzle outlet fits snugly and
squarely in the test fixture plate. Secure nozzle into position by tightening clamp.
(6) Connect the test fixture assembly air inlet to air connection of fuel flow test stand. Connect an air
pressure gage to the air shroud inlet adapter on the test fixture assembly.
73-13-07 Page 1007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1003
SET SCREW A
PROTRACTOR ANGLE
MEASURING DEVICE
(6725090M2)
TOP VIEW
SET SCREW B SET

SCREW C
SET
SCREW D
TOP PLATE
ADJUSTING
DIAL INDEX SCREW
DIAL
POINTER
SCALE
TOP PLATE
HOLDER
110 120 STOP

0
10
BLADE
90
BLADE F
80
0
7
60
STOP PIN ANGLE MASTER
NOTE: SCRIBE LINES ON POST TO BE IN LINE

WITH SCRIBE LINES ON BLADE BODY.
[SCRIBE LINES SPACED 0.025 IN.
(6.35 MM) APART.]
103CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-812-A01
Protractor Angle Measuring Device (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1003
Page 1008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1004
TEST FIXTURE ASSEMBLY

(NOZZLE WITH SHROUD AIR)
MAIN AIR (6755045)
INLET
LOCATION
PIN
SHROUD AIR
PRESSURE
ADAPTER
O-RING
[#2-030]
PROTRACTOR ANGLE
LIGHT
MEASURING DEVICE
SOURCE
(6725090M2)
O-RING
[#2-018]
SPRAY CHAMBER
O-RING
[#2-028]
DETAIL A
0.200 - 0.300 IN.

(5.08 - 7.62 MM)
104CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-813-A01
Protractor Angle Measuring Device Test Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1004
73-13-07 Page 1009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
B. If using electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, use the following set up procedures.
NOTE: If using protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2, do protractor angle measuring device
procedures.
(1) Mount electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016, on spray test chamber equipped with
a light source for viewing.
(2) Use electronic angle device radial patternator set master to calibrate spray angle checking
probes before use. Make sure that tips of spray angle checking probes are 0.200 to 0.300 in.
(5.08 to 7.60 mm) from face of nozzle tip.
(3) Lubricate O-rings on plate and body of test fixture assembly, 6755045, with petroleum jelly.
Mount test fixture assembly onto spray chamber.
(4) Install nozzle into test fixture assembly. Make sure that mounting holes are correctly located, the
nozzle flange is in full contact with the test fixture body, and that nozzle outlet fits snugly and
squarely in the test fixture plate. Secure nozzle into position by tightening the clamp.
(5) Connect the test fixture assembly air inlet to air connection of fuel flow test stand. Connect an air
pressure gage to the air shroud inlet adapter on the fixture assembly.
TASK 73-13-07-101-903-A01
6. Flow Test Procedures
NOTE: If requirements in the following procedures are not met, refer to Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart.
Full test procedures must be done after repairs are completed.
A. Flow and Hysteresis Test.
NOTE: The hysteresis test must be done in conjunction with the primary/secondary flow test. Reduce
pressure carefully; do not overshoot or undershoot test points. If overshooting or
undershooting occurs, to back to the precious pressure point and do the test over from there.
(1) Do the procedures in Flow Test Set Up to install fuel nozzle in test fixture assembly, 6755045.
See Figure 1004 and 1005.
(2) Connect test fluid connection of fuel flow test stand to fuel nozzle inlet and cycle 3 times be
increasing and decreasing pressure between 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) and 500 to 600
psig (3448 to 4137 kPa gage).
(3) After cycling, flow test nozzle at each inlet pressure specified, and in the order in Table 1002,
Overhaul Nozzles, or Table 1003, Check / Test (Service) Nozzles, as applicable. Record test
results. Make sure that flow rates are within required limits for each pressure tested.
NOTE: Overhauled nozzles must meet flow requirements as noted in Table 1002. Check/Test
(Service) nozzles meeting flow requirements in Table 1003, do not require an overhaul.
Check/Test (Service) nozzles that fail to meet requirements of Table 1003, must be
overhauled, requiring disassembly and re qualification of component parts.
Page 1010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1005
MAIN AIR TEST FIXTURE ASSEMBLY

INLET (NOZZLE WITH SHROUD AIR)
(6755045)
LOCATION
ELECTRONIC ANGLE DEVICE PIN
RADIAL PATTERNATOR
(6885016)
ADAPTER
SHROUD AIR O-RING
PRESSURE [#2-030]
LIGHT
SOURCE
O-RING
[#2-018]
O-RING
SPRAY CHAMBER [#2-028]
DETAIL A
0.200 - 0.300 IN.

(5.08 - 7.62 MM)
105CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-814-A01
Electronic Angle Device Radial Patternator (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1005
73-13-07 Page 1011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-811-A01
Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Overhauled Nozzles—Table 1002
NOZZLES
Inlet Pressure Non-Primary Primary / Secondary Primary / Secondary
psig (kPa gage) M8, M21, E32 M7, M18, M23, E33 M9, M19, M24, E34
pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr)
Valve Cut-in Valve Cut-in Valve Cut-in
230 psig (1586 kPa gage) 185 psig (1276 kPa gage) 260 psig (1793 kPa gage)
100 (689) 4.0 - 8.0 27.1 - 31.9 32.0 - 39.0
(1.8 - 3.6) (12.3 - 14.5) (14.5 - 17.7)
225 (1551) N/A 112.8 - 127.2 N/A
(51.2 - 57.7)
270 (1862) 112.8 - 127.2 N/A N/A
(51.2 - 57.7)
290 (1999) Record Record 112.8 - 127.2
actual flow actual flow (51.2 - 57.7)
350 (2413) N/A 403.8 - 446.3 N/A
(183.2 - 202.4)
385 (2654) 403.8 - 446.3 N/A 403.8 - 446.3
(183.2 - 202.4) (183.2 - 202.4)
500 (3447) 712.5 - 787.5 712.5 - 787.5 712.5 - 787.5
(323.2 - 357.2) (323.2 - 357.2) (323.2 - 357.2)
290 (1999) Hysteresis Hysteresis Hysteresis
8.0 max 8.0 max 8.0 max
(3.6) (3.6) (3.6)
NOTE: Hysteresis is measured as the difference in fuel flow at 290 psig (1999 kPa gage) when approached
from a higher pressure [390 psig (2690 kPa gage) or higher] as compared to the fuel flow measured at 290
psig (1999 kPa gage) when approached from a lower pressure. No overshoot or undershoot is allowed.
Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Overhauled Nozzles—Table 1002
1003
Page 1012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-812-A01
Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Check/Test (Service) Nozzles —Table 1003
NOZZLES
Inlet Pressure Non-Primary Primary / Secondary Primary / Secondary
psig (kPa gage) M8, M21, E32 M7, M18, M23, E33 M9, M19, M24, E34
pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr)
Valve Cut-in Valve Cut-in Valve Cut-in
230 psig (1586 kPa gage) 185 psig (1276 kPa gage) 260 psig (1793 kPa gage)
100 (689) 3.0 -9.0 26.6 - 32.5 31.2 - 39.8
(1.4 - 4.1) (12.1 - 14.7) (14.2 - 18.1)
225 (1551) N/A 109.8 - 130.2 N/A
(49.8 - 59.1)
270 (1862) 109.8 - 130.2 N/A N/A
(49.8 - 59.1)
290 (1999) Record Record 109.8 - 130.2
actual flow actual flow (49.8-59.1)
350 (2413) N/A 399.5 - 450.5 N/A
(181.2 - 204.3)
385 (2654) 399.5 - 450.5 N/A 399.5 - 450.5
(181.2 - 204.3) (181.2 - 204.3)
500 (3447) 705.0 - 795.0 705.0 - 795.0 705.0 - 795.0
(319.8 - 360.6) (319.8 - 360.6) (319.8 - 360.6)
20.0 max 20.0 max 20.0 max
(9.1) (9.1) (9.1)
NOTE: Hysteresis is measured as the difference in fuel flow at 290 psig (1999 kPa gage) when approached
from a higher pressure [390 psig (2690 kPa gage) or higher] as compared to the fuel flow measured at 290
psig (1999 kPa gage) when approached from a lower pressure. No overshoot or undershoot is allowed.
Nozzle Flow Test Requirements, Check/Test (Service) Nozzles —Table 1003
B. Shroud Air Flow Test.

(1) Use same fixture and fuel flow test stand hookup as described in Flow and Hysteresis Test.
73-13-07 Page 1013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) With 10 in. (254 mm) of water pressure drop establish from air shroud inlet to discharge, the air
flow through the shroud must be as listed in Table 1004.
NOTE: False readings may be due to poor seal. See detail view, Figure 1004 or Figure 1005.
Refer to Table 1008.
NOTE: The equation of the Air Flow Effective Area Test is derived from basic relationship for the
isentropic flow of a perfect gas. These assumptions are made based on the past and
current requirements for airflow testing of a gas turbine fuel system components. Air
flow testing of these components is done at near standard atmospheric pressure and
temperature conditions. Errors due to variations in the specific heat will be negligible at
these temperatures. In fact, at 1000°R (555° K), the error can be shown to be less than
one percent using the representation of specific heat from quantum mechanics.
Similarly, it can be shown that deviations from the perfect gas equation of state are
negligible up to 50 atmospheres using Van Der Waal's equation of state for air. Frictional
effects are accounted for by the coefficient of discharge as is customary in this type of
design work. Also, in the application of this equation, it is assumed that the inlet
pressure of the component being tested is equivalent to the upstream stagnation, Po,
(i.e. the Compressible Velocity of Approach Factor is negligible). This can be justified
based on the careful design of the fixture used for the airflow testing. Further, P is equal
to Pa because all test are performed with discharge to ambient atmosphere.
(3) If Air Flow Effective Area Test results are not in the limits given refer to the Fault Isolation
Procedure.
(4) Decrease the air pressure to zero at end of the test.
(5) Disassemble the test equipment.

1004
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-813-A01
Shroud Air Flow Limits—Table 1004
Air Flow
NOZZLE AIR PRESSURE DROP in² (mm²)
MIN MAX
All Models 10 in. H2O 0.0443 0.0536
(254 mm H2O) (28.58) (34.58)
Ref: Ref:
3.8 cfm 4.6 cfm
(0.0018 m³/m) (0.0021 m³/m)
Shroud Air Flow Limits—Table 1004
Page 1014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1006
1
K-1
2 PO K 2
K-1 Pa -1
m = (ACd) (PO) K 1
R TO K+1
PO
2K
Pa
Acd
TERMINOLOGY
SYMBOL DENOTES UNITS SI (METRIC) EQUIVALENT
A cross-sectional area in.2 mm2
k ratio of specific heats (For air dimensionless dimensionless
k=1.4)
P pressure absolute lbf per in. 2 kPa
T absolute temperature O
R O
K
R gas constant (For air R=53.3) ft-lbf/lbm- R
O
kg-f-m/kg- K O
m mass rate of flow lbm/s kg/s

Cd coefficient of discharge dimensionless dimensionless
( )O stagnation condition as applied as applied
( )a Ambient condition as applied as applied

g Gravitational constant (32 ft./Sec²) ft./Sec² m/Sec²
REFERENCES:
THE EQUATION NOTED WAS DERIVED FROM EQUATIONS (4.14b) AND (4.16) WITH WERE
TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE DOCUMENT:
THE DYNAMICS AND THERMODYNAMICS OF COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW, VOLUME1,

ASCHER H. SHAPARIO, THE RONALD PRESS COMPANY, NEW YORK.
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-815-A01
Airflow Effective Area Calculation (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1006
73-13-07 Page 1015

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Test. Nozzles: (M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34).
(1) Use same fixture and fuel flow test stand hookup as described in Flow and Hysteresis Test.
(2) Apply a test fluid pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage).
(3) The primary nozzle must provide a fully developed, non-intersecting, conical spray. Fine streaks
with visible droplets originating at nozzle orifice are normal. See Figure 1007.
NOTE: Nozzles with cartridge valve bleed flow (M9, M19, M24, and E34) will have fuel coning
from secondary flow circuit mixing with primary spray. Valve bleed flow and allowable
valve leakage may contribute to intermittent spray flutter, which is acceptable.
1007
ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
Even with full spray Voids and/or heavy streaks
DEFINITION OF TERMS
VOIDS: Distinct lack of fluid particles and/or spray originating from

nozzle orifice.
HEAVY STREAKS: Distinct large fluid particles and/or heavy spray originating from
nozzle orifice.
106-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-816-A01
Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Definitions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1007
Page 1016
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. Primary Spray Angle Tests. Nozzles (M7, M9, M18, M23, M24, E33, and E34).
NOTE: Use same fixture and fuel flow test stand hookup as described in Flow and Hysteresis Test.
Test spray angle in one plane of the nozzle, at a vertical distance of 3.9 to 4.1 in. (99.06 to
104.1 mm) from nozzle face. See Figure 1008. The duration of spray into the patternator must
be 15 to 17 seconds. Radial location of the nozzle relative to the patternator is optional;
however, do not rotate the nozzle to obtain an acceptable result. See Figure 1009.
(1) Primary Spray Angle Test.
(a) Use this procedure to measure the conical spray with the blade pointers, (using protractor
angle measuring device, 6725090M2) or with the checking probes, (using electronic angle
device radial patternator, 6885016).
1 Set the nozzle inlet pressure as given in Table 1005, Primary Flow Performance Test
Requirements.
2 Move each blade/probe slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs
located on the base plate. Stop each blade/probe when fluid droplets are observed
starting to drip off the tip.
3 Record the angle on the dial scale if using protractor angle measuring device,
6725090M2. Record the number displayed on the digital readout if using checking
probes of electronic angle device radial patternator, 6880516. The spray angle must
fall within the limits given in Table 1005.
(b) Use this procedure to measure the spray angle (radial distribution) of the nozzle spray using
electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016.
1 Set nozzle inlet pressure as given in Table 1005, Primary Flow Performance Test
Requirements.
2 Empty the patternator, then swing the patternator into place and allow it to fill with test
fluid for 15 - 17 seconds.
3 Record the outer patternator readings. Read fluid levels per instructions given in
Figure 1008. The outer patternator readings must be within the limits specified in
Table 1005.
1005
73-13-07 Page 1017

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-814-A01
Primary Spray Quality and Spray Angle Test Requirements—Table 1005
NOZZLES
[Overhauled and Check / Test (Service) Nozzles]
Primary Spray Angle
Inlet degrees (radians) Primary
Pressure Primary Skew
Using Using
Nozzle psig Spray degs (rads)
672509M2 6885016
(kPa gage) Quality
Tube Fill Time
(15-17 Seconds)
M7 100 Check 32 - 50 32 (0.56)C - D ±5
M9 (689) See Figure (0.56 - 0.87) 36 (0.63)D - D (± 0.09)
M18 106 40 (0.70)D - E
M19 45 (0.79)E - E
M23 50 (0.87)E - F
M24
E33
E34
Primary Spray Quality and Spray Angle Test Requirements—Table 1005
(2) Primary Spray Skew Test.

(a) Check for spray skew with the blade pointers, (if using protractor angle measuring device,
6725090M2) or checking probes (if using electronic angle device patternator, 6885016).
1 Set the nozzle inlet pressure as given in Table 1005.

2 Move each blade/probe slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs
located on the base plate. Stop each blade/probe when fluid droplets are observed
starting to drip off the tip of the probe. Record the angle observed for each side of the
spray cone.
3 The difference between the recorded angles for each of the two sides of the spray
cone, is the skew. The spray pattern may be skewed by a maximum of ± 5 deg (± 0.09
rad).
(b) Check for spray skew with patternator using electronic angle device radial patternator,
6885016.
1 Refer to the outer patternator readings recorded in Primary angle Test.
2 The spray pattern may be skewed by a maximum of one radial tube.

(c) Nozzles with spray skew by more than ± 5 deg (± 0.09 rad), or one tube of radial
patternator, must be rejected for disassembly and repair or replacement of the metering set.
Page 1018
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1008
FIXTURE TO POSITION AXIS OF NOZZLE AS SHOWN
AXIS OF NOZZLE
FACE OF NOZZLE
SET MASTER FOR
ALIGNMENT
4.5 DEG (0,08 RAD)

PLANE C 28 PLACES PLANE B
THRU CENTER OF THRU CENTER
MIDDLE SLOT 0.250 REF OF 29 SLOTS
(6,35)
D
3.9 (99,1)
P P
4.1 (104,1)
N N
M M
L L
K K
J J
H H
G G
F F
E E
D D
C B B C
A A
29 SLOTS OF EQUAL VOLUME AND EQUALLY SPACED, LOCATED WITHIN 0.015 (0,38) R
TRUE POSITION IN RELATION TO RADIUS "D" AND PLANES "C" AND "B".
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
A 9 14 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68
NOTE:DIMENSIONS IN INCHES B 14 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72
C 18 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76
D 22 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81
E 27 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86
F 32 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90
REFERENCE OPERATIONG INSTRUCTIONS: G 36 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94
H 40 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99
J 45 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104
1.MOUNT PATTERNATOR AND HOLDING K 50 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108
FIXTURE IN SPRAY CHAMBER THAT L 54 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112
MAINTAINS AMBIENT AIR PRESSURE M 58 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117
AND ELIMINATES EFFECT OF N 63 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117 122
P 68 72 76 81 86 90 94 99 104 108 112 117 122 126
RECIRCULATING SPRAY.
TABLE 1
2.CHECK ALIGNMENT OF RADIAL
READ FLUID LEVEL
PATTERNATOR TO NOZZLE HOLDING TO LOW POINT
FIXTURE WITH SET MASTER. IN EACH SLOT
3A.FILL PATTERNATOR WITH STEADY

STATE FLOW FOR THE REQUIRED TIME
SPECIFIED IN THE APPLICABLE VIEW E
PARAGRAPHS.
3B.READ FLUID LEVEL PER VIEW “E”.
3C.TO FIND THE INCLUDED ANGLE OF

SPRAY, COUNT THE NUMBER OF SLOTS DISREGARD FLUID LEVELS LESS
CONTAINING MORE THAN 0.125 INCH THAN 0.125 INCH (3,18 MM) VERTICAL
(3,18 MM) FLUID LEVEL. SUBRRACT ONE HEIGHT FROM LOWER POINT OF SLOT
FROM THIS NUMBER AND MULTIPLY BY FOR PRIMARY
4.5. ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF
DETERMINATION OF INCLUDED ANGLE
IS TO USE TABLE 1. READING THE CF80-066
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-817-A01
Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Definitions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1008
73-13-07 Page 1019

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1009
USING PROTRACTOR ANGLE USING ELECTRONIC ANGLE DEVICE

MEASURING DEVICE (6725090M2) RADIAL PATTERNATOR (6885016)
107A-50 107B-50
SPRAY CLEARS POINTER,

ANGLE TOO SHALLOW
POINTER JUST TOUCHES SPRAY

PATH, ANGLE CORRECT
108CF650
POINTER IN SPRAY PATH,
ANGLE TOO WIDE
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-818-A01
Spray Angle Measurement (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1009
E. Secondary Spray Quality Test.
(1) Use same test set up as Flow and Hysteresis Test.
(2) Set the nozzle inlet pressure and air shroud pressure drop as given in Table 1006, Secondary
Spray Angle Limits.
(3) Check the conical spray. The nozzle must provide a fully developed, non-intersecting conical
spray. The spray must be steady, stable, and without abrupt changes. Fine streaks are allowed.
Twelve evenly spaced voids are permitted. See Figure 1010.
NOTE: Refer to Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, and REPAIR No. 22, if requirements are not
met.
REPAIR No. 22 (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-94B-914-A01" on page 6001.)
Page 1020
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1010
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-819-A01
Spray Quality Definitions for Secondary Spray Quality Test (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1010
73-13-07 Page 1021

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
F. Secondary Spray Angle Test.
(1) Measure the spray angle using protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2 or checking
probes (if using electronic device radial patternator, 6885016).
(a) Use same fixture and fuel flow test stand hook-up as described in Flow and Hysteresis Test.
(b) To test, set the nozzle inlet pressure and air shroud pressure drop as given in Table 1006,
Secondary Spray Angle Limits. The Nozzle must provide a continuous fully developed
conical spray pattern.
(c) Check the conical spray with the blade pointers/checking probes. Move each blade/probe
slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located on the base plate. Stop
each blade/probe when fluid droplets are observed starting to drip off the tip of the blade/
probe. Record the spray angle on the dial scale, if using protractor angle measuring device,
6725090M2, Record the number displayed on the digital readout if using electronic angle
device radial patternator, 6885016.
1006
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-815-A01
Secondary Spray Angle Limits—Table 1006
ALL NOZZLES
OVERHAULED OR CHECK / TEST (SERVICE) NOZZLES
Inlet Pressure Shroud Spray Quality Spray Angle
Pressure Drop
psig (kPa gage) psig (kPa gage)
350 (2413) 1.6 (11.0) Check 60 - 76
See Figure 1010 (1.05 - 1.33)
Secondary Spray Angle Limits—Table 1006
(2) Measure spray angle measurement using electronic angle device radial patternator, 6885016.
NOTE: The spray angle measurement corresponds to the spray angle requirement of 60 to 76
deg (1.05 to 1.33 rad).
NOTE: The spray angle measurement is defined as the horizontal separation between the tips
of the angle checking probes when they are in contact with the spray at a vertical
distance of 0.200 to 0.300 in. (5.08 to 7.60 mm) from nozzle face. See in Figure 1011.
The spray angle measurement must be measured in one radial plane of the nozzle
spray. Radial location is optional; however, do not rotate the nozzle to obtain an
acceptable result.
(a) Use the same fixture and fuel flow test stand hookup as described in Flow and Hysteresis
Test. Make sure that the distance between the centerline of the probes and nozzle face are
within the limits specified in Figure 1011.
(b) To test, set the nozzle inlet pressure and air shroud pressure drop as given in Table 1007,
Spray Angle Test. The nozzle must provide a continuous fully developed conical spray
pattern.
Page 1022
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(c) Move each probe slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located on the
base plate. Stop each probe when fluid droplets are observed starting to drip off the tip of
the probe. Record the number displayed on the digital readout. The spray angle
measurement must fall within the limits specified in Table 1007
NOTE: Refer to Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, and REPAIR No. 22, if requirements are
not met.
REPAIR No. 22, (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-94B-914-A01" on page 6001.)
1011
VERTEX
0.5485
(13.93)
REF
SECONDARY
SPRAY
0.200 - 0.300 PROFILE
(5.08 - 7.62)
"X" "Y"
MEASURING PROBES
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
110CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-820-A01
Spray Angle Measurement Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 1011
73-13-07 Page 1023

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1007
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-816-A01
Spray Angle Measurement Test—Table 1007
ALL NOZZLES
OVERHAULED OR CHECK / TEST (SERVICE) NOZZLES
Inlet Pressure Inlet Pressure Spray Angle Spray Angle Spray
Measurement Measurement Quality
psig (kPa gage) psig (kPa gage) “X” “Y”
in. (mm) in. (mm)
350 (2413) 1.6 (11.0) 0.317 - 0.428* 0.317 - 0.428* Check
(8.05 - 10.87) (8.05 - 10.87) See Figure 1010
NOTE: *The spray angle measurement corresponds to the spray angle requirement of 60 - 76 deg (1.05 to
1.33 rad).
Spray Angle Measurement Test—Table 1007
TASK 73-13-07-101-904-A01
7. Final Nozzle Qualification

NOTE: All overhauled fuel nozzles successfully completing flow and pressure tests and meeting end point
requirements are fully qualified to be returned to service or held as spares. Prior to returning to
service or placing in storage, these nozzles should be visually inspected for handling damage that
may have occurred during the testing sequences.
NOTE: Nozzles meeting flow and pressure test requirements, but not overhauled, must be inspected for
visual and dimensional requirements; refer to CHECK section. Nozzles that fail any test must be
disassembled and repaired. Full test procedures must be done after repairs are completed.
A. The fuel nozzle must meet visual and dimensional requirements of the CHECK section. The fuel
nozzle must meet end point requirements using final acceptance gage, 6723094M2. See CHECK,
Figure 5011.
B. Install flange protector (331, IPL Figure 1), as required. Refer to STORAGE section.
NOTE: Make sure nozzle retains the same serial number.
C. Reinstall identification plate (20, IPL Figure 1), as required. Refer to ASSEMBLY section.
(Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-701-913-A01" on page 7042.)
NOTE: Make sure nozzle retains the same serial number.

D. Magnetism or final assembly must not exceed 5 gauss (0.00005 T). If magnetism is excessive,
degauss the nozzle assembly.
E. Nozzles that pass all tests must be preserved using preservation stand and preservation oil,
MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010, and packaged. Refer to STORAGE, Storage Instructions.
TASK 73-13-07-101-905-A01
8. Fault Isolation
Page 1024
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
A. Table 1008 provides a list of the most common troubles found while testing the fuel nozzle, followed by
the most probable causes and the appropriate remedies. This chart cannot list all possible nozzle
malfunctions and is intended only as a guide to assist service personnel in diagnosing the cause of
nozzle malfunctions. After correcting the trouble, perform required test listed in Figure 1001, Testing
Sequence Chart.
1008
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-817-A01
Fault Isolation Chart—Table 1008
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY

External Leakage Defective weld joint. Repair, or disassemble, remachine, and
reweld. Refer to DISASSEMBLY and
ASSEMBLY, or REPAIR No. 25.
Cracked component. Replace component.
Internal Leakage Excessive leakage at valve to Replace cartridge valve (120, IPL Figure
nozzle and spool 1). Complete disassembly required.
(110, IPL Figure 2) seat.
Excessive leakage at valve to Lap seal surfaces. Complete
nozzle support seal surface. disassembly required.
Primary Nozzle Spray Quality Damage metering set Repair metering set, or replace. Refer to
Not Uniform or Fully (260, IPL Figure 1) REPAIR No. 22.
Developed
Metering set (260) dirty. Refer to CLEANING.
Models: M7, M9, M18, M19,
M23, M24, E33, E34
Primary Nozzle High Flows, Primary orifice enlarged by Remove metering set per
Steady Spray damage or wear. DISASSEMBLY, discard primary body
then refer to REPAIR No. 26 for
Models: M7, M9, M18, M19 secondary body match to primary. Or
M23, M24, E33, E34 replace complete metering set.
Excessive primary feed slot Replace primary plug, or replace
area in primary plug (310) complete metering set.
Primary Nozzle High Flows, Internal leakage around car- Disassemble
Fluttering Spray tridge valve (120), or metering
set (260). Primary plug (310) not
Models: M7, M9, M18, M19 seated properly.
M23, M24, E33, E34
Primary Nozzle High Valve Excessive cartridge valve (120) Disassemble
Bleed Flow bleed flow, or internal leakage
around cartridge valve or meter-
Models: M9, M19, M24, E34 ing set (260).
73-13-07 Page 1025

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

Primary Nozzle Low Flows Damage primary body orifice Refer to REPAIR No. 22, or replace
(300). complete metering set.
Models: M7, M9, M18, M19
Foreign material in primary cir- Disassemble and clean.
M23, M24, E33, E34
cuit.
Non-Primary Nozzle High Cartridge valve (120) bleed slot Disassemble and replace.
Bleed Flow wear.
Internal leakage at cartridge Disassemble and lap surfaces.
Models: M8, M21, E32
valve to support seal surface.
Non-Primary Nozzle Low Cartridge valve (120) bleed slot Disassemble and clean.
Bleed Flow blocked.
Models: M8, M21, E32

High Flows Secondary orifice or spin Remove metering set per
chamber inlets enlarged. DISASSEMBLY, discard Shroud/Second-
Models: All Nozzles ary body then refer to REPAIR No. 26 for
secondary body match to primary.
Improper valve function Disassemble and clean, or replace.
because of wear, damage, or
contamination.
Internal leakage because of Disassemble and reassemble.
improper assembly or spacer
(100), liner (130), and primary
tube (140), or orientation of car-
tridge valve (120).
Low Flows Carbon or other foreign material Remove shroud/secondary body (270).
causing blockage of secondary Refer to DISASSEMBLY. Repair weld
Models: All Nozzles orifice of spin chamber inlets. area of support (180). Refer to
REPAIR No. 26.
Improper valve function Disassemble and repair, or replace.
because of wear, damage, or
contamination.
Improper assembly of primary Disassemble and reassemble.
tube (140), spacer (100), and
valve liner (130), or orientation
of cartridge valve (120).
High Shroud Air Flow Poor performance packing seal Install teflon tape around shroud and
on Test Fixture Assembly, retest.
6755045.
Hysteresis Excessive Cartridge valve (120) defective. Remove cartridge valve if not acceptable
and repair, or replace.
Page 1026
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Secondary Spray Quality Defective shroud/secondary Lap / Polish per REPAIR No. 26, or
Poor body (270). replace shroud/secondary body.
Nozzle End Point Require- Damaged or bad weld. Disassemble and replace component
ments Not Met parts.
73-13-07 Page 1027

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
73-13-07 Page 1028

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
DISASSEMBLY
TASK 73-13-07-99F-830-A01
A. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION and CHECK sections before disassembly to establish the
performance condition of the fuel nozzle, and to determine extent of disassembly required.
NOTE: Remove foreign material from flange surface, prior to testing or disassembly, to ensure proper
seal for accurate measurement. Refer to REPAIR No. 13, for repair of flange sealing surface.
(Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-94B-909-A01" on page 6001.)
B. See figure 3001, Disassembly and Remachining Sequence Chart, for recommended disassembly and
re machining sequence.
C. It is recommended to keep component pieces of each disassembled nozzle and each subassembly
together as a unit.
NOTE: Keep the identification plate (20, IPL Figure 1) and support (180) together as a matched set.
Make sure nozzle retains the same serial number at all times.
D. If the identification plate (20) is removed, make sure that the nozzle retains the same serial number on
replacement identification plate. Transfer the information from the old plate to the replacement plate.
E. Disassembly of the nozzle is accomplished by machining weld joints to separate. The machining
process may cause contamination of the nozzle in an area not being repaired. Parker Hannifin
recommends complete overhaul of the nozzle even though only one part may be known to be
defective. This is necessary to permit flushing out contaminants which might block the metering orifice.
F. When weld cutting operations leave sharp burrs on components, remove burrs or sharp edges
(no base metal) to protect the operation during subsequent handling procedures.
G. Handle parts carefully to prevent damage or contamination of the fuel nozzle or to reuse parts during
overhaul.
H. If components will not be used within the next 24 hours, it is recommended to preserve parts. Wet with
preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010, to prevent corrosion until the components can be
cleaned, and check procedures can be done.
I. It is recommended to use protective caps (340, 350) and flange protector (331) whenever possible,
unless a procedure requires removal to prevent interference.
J. Use the appropriate procedure(s) in REPAIR, as required, to remachine or repair components

removed during the disassembly process.
K. After disassembly, components that are short by 0.020 in (0.51 mm) max may be repaired by using
REPAIR No. 19 in REPAIR section.
(Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-94A-919-A01" on page 6001.)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-830-A01
73-13-07 Page 3001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
2. Disassembly Tools, Equipment and Consumables

The tools and equipment shown in Table 3001 are necessary for the disassembly procedures in this
section.
3001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-830-A01
Disassembly Tools, Equipment and Consumables—Table 3001

6923094M2 Final Acceptance Gage Parker Hannifin Corporation
7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd
6753522 Set Master (Footed) Same as above
6763621 Extracting Tool, Valve liner Same as above
6763622 Extracting Tool, Primary Tube Same as above
6763624 Length Gage and Set Master Same as above
6763638 Extracting Tool, Valve Liner, Alternate Same as above
6763640 Live Center Same as above
6763647 “Go Only” Plug Gage Same as above
6783807 Set Master (Footless) Same as above
6783810 Depth Gage Same as above
6973004 Disassembly/Assembly Tool Same as above
6793005M1 Turning Fixture Same as above
6793008M1 Combination Lathe and Welding Fixture Same as above
6897008 Face Plate Adapter Same as above
6947642 Valve Cartridge Disassembly/Assembly Same as above
Fixture
Boring Tool Commercially available
Cut-off Tool Commercially available
Drill Bit, 3/32 in. (2.38 mm) dia Commercially available
Lathe, Standard Commercially available
Lubricant, Machining Commercially available
Mallet, Plastic Tip Commercially available
Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade Commercially available
1010
Disassembly Tools, Equipment and Consumables (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 3001
Page 3002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Tool holder Commercially available
Turning Tool Commercially available
Disassembly Tools, Equipment and Consumables (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 3001
73-13-07 Page 3003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3001
REMOVE PROTECTIVE CAPS REMOVE SHROUD/

(340, 350) AND FLANGE SECONDARY BODY (270)
PROTECTOR (331) FROM SUPPORT (180)
AS-RECEIVED INSPECTION REMOVE PRIMARY BODY

(300) AND PRIMARY PLUG
(310, PRIMARY/SECONDARY
NOZZLES ONLY)
FROM SUPPORT
REMOVE CONNECTOR
AND FITTING (50)
REMACHINE SECONDARY
WELD AREA
OF SUPPORT
REMOVE SPACER (100) AND
FROM SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (160)
REMACHINE PRIMARY
WELD AREA
OF SUPPORT
REMOVE CARTRIDGE
VALVE (120)
DISASSEMBLE CARTRIDGE
VALVE (120), IF REQUIRED
REMOVE VALVE LINER (130)
PRESERVE PARTS AND

REPLACE PROTECTIVE
CAPS AS REQUIRED
REMOVE PRIMARY TUBE (140)
PRIMARY/SECONDARY
NOZZLES MODELS: M7, M9,
M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34
OR REMOVE PIN (150)
NON-PRIMARY NOZZLES
MODELS: M8, M21, E32 NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES
2. REMOVE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
(20) AS REQUIRED.
REMACHINE VALVE END

OF SUPPORT AND
METERING SET 301CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-830-A01
Disassembly and Remachining Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3001
Page 3004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-301-900-A01
3. Remove Connector and Fitting (50, IPL Figure 1)
NOTE: Remove foreign material from flange surface, prior to disassembly, to ensure proper seal for
accurate measurement. Refer to REPAIR, Repair No. 13, for repair or flange sealing surface.
A. Remove identification plate.
NOTE: Identification plate may be removed anytime prior to cleaning.
(1) Drill out rivet (40) using a 3/32 in. (2.38 mm) drill bit.
(2) Remove identification plate.
NOTE: Keep the identification plate (20) and support (180) together as a matched set. Make
sure that the nozzle retains the same serial number on the replacement identification
plate if identification plate has been removed or replaced. Transfer the information from
the old plate to the replacement plate.
B. Connector and fitting removal.

(1) Mount combination lathe and welding fixture, 6793008M1, onto universal face plate adapter,
6897008, installed on a metal cutting lathe.
(2) Install cutoff tool into tool holder and position on lathe cross slide tool post. The blade of the cutoff
tool should have a maximum width of 0.020 in. (0.51 mm).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CORRECT SET MASTER IS SELECTED AND USED TO
ESTABLISH POINT OF WELD CUT AND DEPTH OF WELD CUT NEEDED TO CUT
FOOTED CONNECTOR (80), OR FOOTLESS CONNECTOR (81A) FROM THE
NOZZLE. THE SET MASTER IS DESIGNED TO ALLOW APPROXINATELY 0.005 IN.
(0.13 MM) CLEANUP STOCK.
(3) Select the appropriate set master; refer to Table 3002.

3002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-831-A01
Tool Selection—Table 3002
NOZZLE TYPE NOZZLE SET MASTER

Footed Connector M8, M9, M18, M19 6753522
Footless Connector M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, E34 6783807
Tool Selection —Table 3002
(4) Install the appropriate set master into the combination lathe and welding fixture, 6793008M1.
See Figure 3002. Slide the clamp back to allow installation of the set master. Position set master
support flange mounting holes over the round and diamond location pins on the clamp base.
Slide the clamp forward over the support flange and tighten the socket head cap screw.
73-13-07 Page 3005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(5) Use the adjustments of the universal faceplate adapter, 6897008, to align the axis of the set
master with that of the lathe. Indicate on machined area of set master behind Surface A shown
in Figure 3002. To adjust set master run out within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR, use the adjustment
and locking screws on universal faceplate adapter.
(6) Position side of cutoff tool blade flush against Surface A to establish the point of weld cut.
Determine the depth of weld cut by advancing the cutoff tool blade tip until contact is made with
Surface B. See Figure 3002. Record lathe indicator readings and remove set master from
combination lathe and weld fixture.
(7) Remove flange protector (331, IPL Figure 1) from nozzle and install nozzle into combination lathe
and welding fixture. Position the nozzle support flange mounting holes over the round and
diamond location pins on the clamp base. Make sure the support flange is in full contact with
clamp base. Slide the clamp forward over the support flange and tighten the socket head cap
screw, Figure 3003.
(8) Indicate on machined area, Diameter N, Figure 3003. Make sure nozzle run out is within 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm) TIR. Readjust fixture is necessary.
WARNING: CONNECTOR AND FITTING (50) IS UNDER SPRING PRESSURE [APPROXIMATELY

25 LBS. (11.34KG)]. TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY DURING CUT OFF
OPERATION, STOP THE LATHE PRIOR TO COMPLETE CUT THROUGH. PLACE A
SHOP CLOTH OVER THE ASSEMBLY AND BREAK LOOSE BY HAND.
(9) Operate lathe at slow speed; approximately 170 rpm. Using previously recorded lathe indicator
readings, cut through the weld area with a light controlled hand feed. Lubricate cutting blade
during machining. Stop the lathe prior to complete cut through. With the lathe stopped, remove
connector and fitting (50). If the connector and fitting does not come off easily, tap lightly with a
soft mallet.
WARNING: SHARP BURRS MAY REMAIN ON COMPONENTS AFTER CUT OFF OPERATION. CARE
SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL DURING THE FOLLOWING
OPERATIONS.
C. Remove spacer (100) and holddown spring (110) from support and metering set (160).
Page 3006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(6793008M1)
3002
CLAMP
BASE CLAMP
SCREW
TOOL HOLDER
CUTOFF TOOL
DETAIL A
SUPPORT FLANGE
SET MASTER
(6783807 OR
6753522)
CL TOOLING HOLE
DETAIL A
UNIVERSAL
FACE PLATE SURFACE A
ADAPTER POINT
(6897008) OF CUT
SURFACE B
MAXIMUM DEPTH
OF CUT
CL
TOOL SETTING
BLOCK
302CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-831-A01
Establish Point and Depth of Cut (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3002
73-13-07 Page 3007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3003
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER
(6897008) COMBINATION LATHE
AND WELDING FIXTURE
(6793008M1) INDICATE HERE
CLAMP
CLAMP
BASE
SCREW
CONNECTOR AND
FITTING (50)
DIA N
CL SUPPORT
TOOLING FLANGE SEE DETAIL A
HOLE OR DETAIL B
ADJUDTMENT AND
LOCKING SCREW
DIA N
DIA N
CUTOFF TOOL CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER TOOL HOLDER
DETAIL A DETAIL B
FOOTLESS CONNECTOR FOOTED CONNECTOR
WELD CUT WELD CUT 303CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-832-A01
Connector, Fitting and Strainer Assembly Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3003
Page 3008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. Remove cartridge valve (120) from support and metering set (160).
E. Remove valve liner (130) from support and metering set using extracting tool, 6763621. See Figure
3004. If valve liner cannot be removed with extracting tool, use alternate extracting tool, 6763638, and
discard valve liner.
3004
VALVE LINER (130)

EXTRACTING TOOL
6763621
NOTE: NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (160)
304CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-833-A01
Valve Liner Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3004
F. Use extracting tool, 6763622, to remove primary tube (140) from support and metering set (160) of
primary/secondary nozzles (6840281M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34), or pin (150) from
support and metering set (160) of non-primary nozzles (6840281M8, M21, E32). See Figure 3005.
3005
PRIMARY TUBE (140)

EXTRACTING TOOL OR PIN (150)
6763622
NOTE: NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (160)
305CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-834-A01
Primary Tube or Pin Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3005
73-13-07 Page 3009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-832-A01
Support Repair—Table 3003
TOLERANCE
NOZZLE TYPE DIMENSIONS in. (mm) GAGE
Footed Connector Dia N 1.373 - 1.380 Dia ---
(34.87 - 35.05)
Models: M7, M8, M9, Dia W 1.250 - 1.253 ---
M18, M19 (31.75 - 31.83)
(See Fig. 306) Dia M 0.110 - 0.113 ---
(2.79 - 2.87)
Footless Connector Dia N 1.380 Max Dia ---
(35.05)
Models: M21, M23, M24, Dia W 1.270 - 1.280 ---
E32, E33, E34 (32.26 - 32.51)
(See Fig. 307) Dia M 1.681 - 1.691 6783810
(42.70 - 42.95)
Support Repair —Table 3003
TASK 73-13-07-301-901-A01
4. Remachine Valve End of Support and Metering Set (160).

NOTE: Remachine the valve end of the support at this time, while the nozzle is still mounted in
combination lathe and welding fixture, 6793008M1. Refer to Table 3003, Support Repair, for
tolerances and gage part number for both footed and footless connectors.
A. Re indicate support Diameter D, Figure 3006 or 3007, to within 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR.
B. Remachine support of footed connector nozzles (M7, M8, M9, M18, M19).
(1) Face cut connector end of support using turning tool. Maintain length of dimension M from
starting surface specified in Figure 3006. Check dimension M.
(2) Check dimension W with appropriate size gage. If machining is required, use standard boring
tool. Diameter W need not be cleaned up all around if minimum wall is maintained. Do not
machine starting surface.
(3) Turn diameter N to remove weld flash. A 0.050 in. (1.27 mm) minimum step is permissible. See
Figure 3006. Check with micrometer.
(4) Chamfer all corners.

Page 3010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3006
NEED NOT BE CLEANED UP

ALL AROUND IF 0.040 (1.02) STARTING SURFACE -
MIN WALL IS MAINTAINED. DO NOT MACHINE
1.375 - 1.395
0.040 (1.02) (34.93 - 35.43) DIA N
MIN WALL
1.250 - 1.253
0.010 - 0.017 R (31.75 - 31.83) DIA W
OR EQUIV 45 DEG 0.005 (0.13) R
(0.79 RAD) CHAMFER MAX 0.110 - 0.113
(2.79 - 2.87) M
0.050 (1.27) MIN 0.005 - 0.010

LENGTH OF DIA N (0.13 - 0.25) R
STEP PERMISSIBLE
DIA D
INDICATE ON
THIS DIAMETER
POINT "P"

SUPPORTS WITH OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
FOOTED CONNECTORS IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
6740281 M7, M8,

M9, M18, M19
306CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-835-A01
Support Dimensions (Footed Connectors, Models M7, M8, M9, M18, MM19 (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3006
C. Remachine support of footless connector nozzle (M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, E34). See Figure 3007.
(1) Face cut connector end of support using turning tool. Maintain length of dimension M from
starting surface specified in Figure 3007. Check dimension M with gage specified in Table 3003.
(2) Check dimension W. If machining is required, use standard boring tool. Diameter W need not be
cleaned up all around if minimum wall is maintained. Do not machine starting surface.
73-13-07 Page 3011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(3) Turn diameter N to remove weld flash. A 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) minimum step is permissible. See
Figure 3007. Check with micrometer.
(4) Chamfer all corners.

3007
NEED NOT BE CLEANED UP

ALL AROUND IF 0.040 (1.02)
MIN WALL IS MAINTAINED.
1.380 (DIA35.05) MAX

0.040 (1.02) DIA N
MIN WALL 1.270 - 1.280
(32.26 - 32.51) DIA W
0.010 (0.25) - 0.017 (0.43) R BLEND WITH 0.035 - 0.055
OR 45 DEG (0.79 RAD) 0.005 (0.13) R (0.89 - 1.40) RADIUS.
BASIC CHAMFER MAX
DIA D
INDICATE TO
THIS DIAMETER
0.035 - 0.055
0.155 (3.94) (0.89 - 1.40) R
MAX
0.050 (1.27) MIN
LENGTH OF DIA N,
STEP PERMISSIBLE
1.681 - 1.691
(42.70 - 42.95) M
POINT "P"
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS

SUPPORTS WITH IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED,
FOOTLESS CONNECTORS
6740281M21, M23, M24
E32, E33, E34 307CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-836-A01
Support Dimensions (Footless Connectors, Models M21, M23, M24) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3007
Page 3012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-301-902-A01
5. Remove Metering Set (262, IPL Figure 1).
NOTE: If the metering set is removed, it is recommended to remove the connector and fitting (50), and
cartridge valve (120). The nozzle must be flushed after the removal of the metering set to remove
contamination. Refer to CLEANING.
NOTE: It is recommended to keep components of metering set (260) together as a matched set. Take
care to prevent interchanging qualified matched sets with components of other metering sets.
Refer to REPAIR No. 5, if component pieces become separated.
A. Set up tooling.
(1) Mount turning fixture, 6793005M1, on the face plate adapter, 6897008. Install this assembly onto
a standard lathe.
(2) Install cutoff tool in tool holder and position on lathe cross slide tool post. The blade of the cutoff
tool should have a minimum width of 0.015 in. (0.38 mm).
(3) Select set master 6753522 or set master 6783807. Either set master is acceptable to use for both
styles of connector.
(4) Install set master into turning fixture, 6793005M1. Position set master support flange mounting
holes over the round and diamond location pins on the wear plate. Make sure that the mounting
holes on the support flange are correctly located and that the support flange is in full contact with
the wear plate. Slide the clamp forward and tighten the socket head cap screws.
(5) Use the adjustments of the face adapter to align the axis of the set master with that of the lathe.
Indicate on machined area of set master behind Surface C. To adjust set master run out within
0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR, use the adjustment screws and locking screws on face plate adapter.
(6) Determine point of weld cut and depth of weld cut for shroud/secondary body (270). Position side
of cutoff tool blade flush against Surface C to establish point of weld cut. Determine depth of weld
cut by advancing cutoff tool blade tip until contact is made with Surface D. Record lathe indicator
reading.
(7) Determine point of weld cut and depth of weld cut for primary body (300). Position side of cutoff
tool blade flush against surface E to locate point of weld cut. Determine the depth of wed cut by
advancing cutoff blade tip until contact is made with Surface F. Record lathe indicator readings.
(8) Remove set master from turning fixture.
73-13-07 Page 3013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3008
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER
(6897008) SET MASTER
(6753522 OR
6783807)
SCREW
CLAMP
SUPPORT
FLANGE
WEAR
PLATE LOCATION
PIN
TOOL HOLDER
CUTOFF TOOL
CL
SURFACE E
TOOLING (POINT OF CUT)
HOLE
SURFACE F
TURNING
FIXTURE (MAXIMUM DEPTH
OF CUT)
(6793005M1)
SURFACE D
(MAXIMUM DEPTH
OF CUT)
SURFACE C
(POINT OF CUT)
309CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-837-A01
Establish Point and Depth of Cut, Primary and Secondary Bodies (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3008
Page 3014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
B. Remove shroud/secondary body (270, IPL Figure 1). See Figure 3009.
(1) Install nozzle into turning fixture, 6793005M1. Position nozzle support flange mounting holes
over round and diamond location pins on wear plate. Make sure the support flange is in full
contact with the wear plate. Slide the clamps forward and tighten the socket head cap screws, to
secure nozzle in position.
(2) Indicate on machined area of shroud/secondary body (270), area R as shown in Figure 3009.
Make sure nozzle run out is within 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR. Readjust fixture if necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT CUT DEEPER THAN ALLOWED BY THE SET MASTER. CUTTING TOO
DEEP WILL DAMAGE THE SUPPORT.
(3) Operate lathe at slow speed, approximately 170 rpm. Using previously recorded lathe indicator
readings, cut through the weld area of shroud/secondary body with a light controlled had feed.
Lubricate cutting tool blade during machining.
(4) Install secondary insert jaws into disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004. See Figure 3010. Clamp,
and lock, wrap-around jaws of disassemble/assembly tool onto shroud/secondary body. The
shroud/secondary body is threaded into support (180). Hold disassemble/assembly tool
stationary while turning fixture away from the operator; or remove the support from the fixture and
turn the tool counterclockwise while holding the support stationary.
CAUTION: IF THE SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY CANNOT BE REMOVED AFTER THE FIRST

CUT, DUE TO EXCESSIVE WELD PENETRATION, A SECOND CUT MAY RE
REQUIRED. USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE ONLY IF THE SHROUD/
SECONDARY BODY CONNOT BE REMOVED AFTER THE INTIAL CUT. THIS CUT
MAY DAMAGE THE SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY AND REQUIRE THAT THE
METERING SET BE DISCARDED.
(5) With the nozzle installed in the turning and welding fixture, position the cutoff tool at the original
point of the shroud/secondary body weld cut previously established. Move cutoff tool 0.010 -
0.015 in. (0.25 - 0.38 mm) towards the nozzle tip. See Figure 3009. Make the second cut
following previous procedure. Use the disassemble/assembly tool to remove the shroud/
secondary body.
C. Remove primary body (300), all models, and primary plug (310), if primary/secondary models. See
Figure 3011.
(1) With nozzle installed in turning fixture, 6793005M1, indicate on diameter Y, Figure 3011. Make
sure that nozzle run out is within 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR. Straighten primary body, as necessary,
using a soft rubber mallet and mildly tapping into position to obtain required concentricity.
(2) It is recommended to install live center, 6763640, onto lathe turret and position to support primary
body. See Figure 3012.
73-13-07 Page 3015

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: DO NOT CUT DEEPER THAN ALLOWED BY THE SET MASTER. CUTTING TOO
DEEP WILL DAMAGE THE SUPPORT.
(3) Operate lathe at slow speed; approximately 240 rpm. Using previously recorded lathe indicator
readings, cut through the weld area of primary body with a light controlled hand feed. Lubricate
cutting tool during machining.
(4) Install primary insert jaws into disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004. See Figure 3013. Clamp,
and lock, wrap around jaws of disassemble/assembly tool onto primary body. The primary body is
threaded onto support. Hold the disassemble/assembly tool stationary while turning fixture away
from the operator; or remove the support from the fixture and turn the tool counterclockwise while
holding the support stationary.
(5) With the nozzle installed in the fixture, 6793005M1, position the cutoff tool at the original point of
the primary body weld cut established previously. Move cutoff tool 0.010 - 0.015 in. (0.25 - 0.38
mm) toward the nozzle tip. See Figure 3011. Make a second cut following previous procedure.
Use the disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004, to remove the primary tip.
(6) On primary/secondary fuel nozzles only, (M7, M9, M18, M19, M24, E33, E34), remove primary
plug (310, IPL Figure 1). The primary plug is a component of the matched metering set (260).
Page 3016
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3009
UNIVERSAL FACE PLATE

ADAPTER (6897008)
CLAMP NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
SCREW 2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES
SUPPORT
FLANGE 3. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR SINGLE
ORIFICE NOZZLES (M8, M21, E32).
DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL FOR
DUAL ORIFICE NOZZLES (M7, M9,
WEAR M18, M19, M24, E33, E34)
PLATE
LOCATION
PIN SUPPORT AND METERING
SET (180)
INDICATE AT END OF
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270)
AREA R
TURNING FIXTURE
(6793005M1)
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY
WELD CUT
FIRST
CUT
0.010 - 0.015
(0.25 - 0.38)
CUTOFF TOOL
SECOND CUT (ONLY
IF REQUIRED)
310CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-838-A01
Secondary Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3009
73-13-07 Page 3017

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3010
DISASSEMBLE & ASSEMBLY

SECONDARY TOOL (6793004)
INSERT JAWS
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270, IPL, FIGURE 1) 311CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-839-A01
Remove Shroud/Secondary Body From Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3010
Page 3018
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3011
UNIIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER
(6897008) SUPPORT
FLANGE
CLAMP
3. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR SINGLE
SCREW ORIFICE NOZZLES (M8, M21, E32).
DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL FOR
DUAL ORIFICE NOZZLES (M7, M9,
M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34).
WEAR
PLATE
PRIMARY/SECONDARY
LOCATION CONFIGURATION
PIN (ROUND) NOZZLES M7, M9, MI8,
M19, M23, M24, E33, E34
PRIMARY
PLUG (310)
PRIMARY
BODY (300)
INDICATE ON
THIS LAND
TURNING FIXTURE
(6793005M1)
0.405 - 0.410
(10.29 - 10.41)
PRIMARY BODY
WELD CUT
0.010 - 0.015
(0.25 - 0.38)
FIRST CUT
SECOND CUT
(ONLY IF REQUIRED)
CUTOFF TOOL 312CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-840-A01
Primary Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3011
73-13-07 Page 3019

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3012
LIVE CENTER
(6763640)
PRIMARY BODY
(300, IPL FIGURE 1)
313CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-841-A01
Support Primary Body with Live Center (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3012
3013
DISASSEMBLE & ASSEMBLY

TOOL (6793004)
PRIMARY
INSERT JAWS
PRIMARY BODY
(300, IPL FIGURE 1) 314CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-842-A01
Remove Primary Body From Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3013
TASK 73-13-07-301-903-A01
Page 3020
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6. Remachine Support. See Figure 3014.
NOTE: Remachine the metering set end of support (180, IPL Figure 1) at this time while the support is still
mounted in the turning fixture, 6793005M1.
A. Remachine secondary weld area of support.
(1) Install turning tool in tool holder and mount in lathe cross slide.
(2) Indicate on I.D. of machined are of support, Diameter Y, where no weld bead is present. See
Figure 3014. Adjust nozzle run out within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR.
(3) Machine support face to length E. See figure 3014. Check with final acceptance gage,
6723094M2, using secondary support Pin 20. Location of support face must fall within step
dimension of Pin 20.
(4) Turn support to Diameter Z, for minimum length A, for removal of weld flash. Hold I.D. dimension.
Remove a minimum amount of material from 360 deg (6.3 rad) cleanup, maintaining minimum
wall, per Figure 3014. Where support does not cleanup, minimum wall requirements must be
met. A step is permissible. Check with micrometer.
(5) Check Diameter Y, Figure 3014, using go gage, 6763647. Repair if needed, using appropriate
counterbore tool.
B. Remachine primary weld area of support.
(1) Use same setup as used in remachine secondary weld area of support. Support center post
using live center, 6763640, mounted in lathe turret.
(2) Machine primary support post per limits given in Figure 3014, Detail A (if using filler ring, 320, IPL
Figure 1), or Detail B, if using optional filler ring (320A). Check length B with length gage,
6763624, and diameter with micrometer.
(3) Turn support post to Diameter X, Figure 3014, to remove weld flash. Check with micrometer.
C. Remove support from turning fixture, 6793005M1.
73-13-07 Page 3021

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3014
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

2. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR DUAL ORIFICE
NOZZLES (M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24,
E33, E34). DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL
FOR SINGLE ORIFICE NOZZLES (M8,
M21, E32).
STARTING SURFACE
- DO NOT MACHINE
0.320 - 0.323
(8.13 - 8.20) LENGTH B
0.625-32 UN-2B INDICATE ON

REF THIS LAND
0.050 (1.27)
MIN WALL
POINT "P"
SEE DETAIL
A OR B
0.647 - 0.653
(16.43 - 16.59)
DIA Y
0.216-32 UNEF-2A
REF 0.070 (1.78)
MIN LENGTH
2.169 - 2.179 0.770 (19.56)
FOR DIA Z
(55.09 - 55.34) MAX
STEP PERMISSIBLE
LENGTH E TO PARENT MATERIAL DIA Z
LENGTH A
0.270 - 0.283 LENGTH B 0.010 (0.25) R LENGTH B

(6.86 - 7.19) MIN
0.010 (0.25) 0.205 - 0.215
DIA X MIN (5.21 - 5.46)
DIA
0.160 - 0.165
0.160 - .165
(4.06 - 4.19)
(4.06 - 4.19) 0.010 - 0.020 R DIA
DIA (0.25 - 0.51)
0.010 (0.25) R
MIN 0.270 - 0.283
(6.86 - 7.19)
0.010 - 0.020 R 0.005 - 0.007 R
(0.13 - 0.18)
DIA X
(0.25 - 0.51) DETAIL B
MIN
DETAIL A IF USING "NEW STYLE"
IF USING "OLD STYLE" FILLER RING (320A) 315--50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-843-A01
Remachine Secondary and Primary Weld Area of Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3014
Page 3022
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-301-904-A01
7. Disassemble Valve Cartridge (120).
NOTE: Due to complexity of the valve cartridge, it is recommended to keep all components for each valve
together as a matched set after disassembly. Performance of the cartridge valve may be impaired
if components are interchanged.
A. Install valve cartridge in valve cartridge disassemble/assembly fixture, 6947642. Use lever on fixture to
push down on the retainer (80, IPL Figure 2). Remove slotted washer (10). Slowly raise lever on fixture
and remove valve cartridge.
B. Remove spring retainer (80).
C. Remove shim (90), if required.

D. Remove spring (100).
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO REMOVE SLEEVE (120, IPL FIGURE 2) FROM SPOOL
(130). USING FORCE MAY CAUSE GALLING AND PROVENT REUSE OF
COMPONENTS. REFER TO CLEANING IS SLEEVE CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT
FORCE.
E. Carefully remove sleeve (120) from spool (130). Protect these components from damage during
overhaul procedure.
NOTE: The sleeve and spool (110) are available only as a matched set. Damage to one component
will require replacement of the matched set.
F. Place valve cartridge components in divided tray to prevent abrasion or galling.
NOTE: Valve cartridge components must be cleaned if not processed for immediate reassembly.
Refer to CLEANING.
G. It is recommended to replace any protective caps that were removed during disassembly.
H. It is recommended to preserve the fuel nozzle components with preservation oil

(MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010) if they will not be used within 24 hours.
73-13-07 Page 3023

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3015
VALVE CARTRIDGE
DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY
FIXTURE (6947642)
CARTRIDGE
VALVE (1A)
SLOTTED WASHER (10)
RETAINER SPRING (80)
SHIM (90)
SPRING (100)
SLEEVE AND SPOOL (110)

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 2. 316CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-844-A01
Cartridge Valve Disassembly/Assembly Fixture (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 3015
Page 3024
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CLEANING
TASK 73-13-07-99F-840-A01
A. The following procedures may require the use of caustic chemicals and high temperatures. Warnings
and cautions should be strictly followed.
B. Corrosion and carbon buildup cause the most fuel nozzle problems. Through, careful cleaning may
avoid disassembling the fuel nozzle assemblies.
C. Immediately after each cleaning procedure, once nozzle or component has dried, it is recommended to
preserve part if it will be used within 24 hours. Coat part or connect to preservation stand and flush part
with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010, with 10 micron filtration. Allow excess oil to drain.
NOTE: It is recommended to preserve all components immediately after cleaning. Failure to do so,
may result in the formation of rust. The formation of rust on components will require the
cleaning process to be repeated, and may cause the components to be scrapped during
subsequent tests.
D. Equipment and materials required to perform cleaning procedures are listed in Table 4001. The
equipment is in addition to standard repair shop equipment. Use approved ventilation cabinet or area.
TASK 73-13-07-94B-840-A01
2. Cleaning Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
The cleaning tools, fixtures, and equipment shown in Table 4001 are necessary to do the cleaning
procedures in this section.
4001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-840-A01
Cleaning Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment—Table 4001

PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USE
6765127 Test fixture (back flush) Parker Hannifin Corporation
(O-Ring #2-019) 7777 N. Glen Harbor Blvd
6825004 Proof test fixture Same as above
6875500-4 Connector, 7/16-20 thread Same as above
6877149 Thermal cleaning fixture Same as above
NOTE: Replaced by 6927600. Acceptable
to use if already purchased.
6927600 Thermal holding fixture Same as above
Cleaning Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment—Table 4001
TASK 73-13-07-94A-840-A01
73-13-07 Page 4001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3. Cleaning Materials
A. The recommended cleaning materials are shown in Table 4002.

4002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-841-A01
Cleaning Materials—Table 4002

NOMENCLATURE NAME SOURCE
Brush, soft-bristle Commercially Available
Brush, stainless steel wire, Commercially Available
0.008 in (0.203 mm) max dia
wire size
Calibration fluid MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially Available
Cleaning compound, Ambex -1077 Ambion Corporation
alkaline 37 Naugatuck Dr.
Naugatuck, CT 06770
Cleaning solution, alkaline ENPREP, 576E Enthone - OMI, Inc.
P.O. Box 1900
New Haven, CT 06508 USA
Cleaning solvent, alkaline TURCO No. 4181 Turco Products Division
NOTE: Refer to GEK 9250, Purex Corp. Ltd.
Chapter 70-21-06 for equiva- Rockdale, IL 60436 USA
lents
Degreaser cleaning solution, Commercially Available
non-acidic
Dental pick Commercially Available
Electrical tape Commercially Available
Fuel nozzle test stand with Commercially Available
10 micron filtration
Glass beading machine Commercially Available
Grinder, hand die Commercially Available
Oven, air recirculating, Commercially Available
capable of 1100° F (593° C)
Oven, drying Commercially Available
Polishing wheel Commercially Available
Preservation oil MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010 Commercially Available
Preservation stand, with 10 Commercially Available
micron filtration
Cleaning Materials (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 4002
Page 4002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
NOMENCLATURE NAME SOURCE
Rinsing tank Commercially Available
Rust inhibitor RI-105 Ambion Corporation
37 Naugatuck Dr.
Naugatuck, CT 06770
Spray test chamber Commercially Available
Ultrasonic cleaning system Commercially Available
Cleaning Materials (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 4002
TASK 73-13-07-401-900-A01
4. Cleaning Procedures for Assembled Nozzles with Carbon Tip End Coking
WARNING: TURCO CLEANING SOLUTION IS HIGHLY CORROSIVE TO SKIN AND EYES. WEAR
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WHILE WORKING WITH CLEANING SOLUTION. IF
EXPOSED, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH AFFECTED AREA WITH COLD WATER AND
REPORT TO DISPENSARY.
A. Use ultrasonic cleaning tank with solution heated to 185ºF (85ºC).
NOTE: Cleaning of a fuel nozzle in an assembled condition will not remove all internal carbon and
therefore should not be used as a replacement for overhaul. This process should only be used
to extend the operating life of the nozzle between overhauls.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXPOSE COLOR BAND TO TURCO SOLUTION. TURCO SOLUTION WILL
DISSOLVE ALUMINUM.
CAUTION: CONNECTOR AND FITTING (50) MUST HACE PROTECTOR CAP (350) MOUNTED AND
BOTTOM OF FLANGE MUST BE HELD ABOVE FLUID LEVEL AT ALL TIMES. NO
CLEANING FLUID IS ALLOWED TO ENTER OR DRAIN INTO NOZZLE INLET FITTING
OR VALVE AREAS AT ANY TIME.
B. Suspend fuel nozzle vertically, tip down, in ultrasonic cleaning tank so that only the fuel nozzle
metering set is completely submerged but not touching tank bottom. Fluid level must be below bottom
seal surface of flange.
CAUTION: DO NOT TOUCH EXIT FACES OF PRIMARY OR SECONDARY BODIES.
C. Soak nozzles one to four hours in ultrasonic cleaning tank. Alternately soak and brush external nozzle
tip. Use a soft-bristled brush. The nozzle must be positioned vertically, tip down, at all times. Allow fluid
to drain out through tip. Do not allow fluid to enter valve area of nozzle at any time.
D. Use stainless steel wire brush or dental pick to scrape excessive build-up areas. Do not touch exit
faces of primary or secondary bodies.
WARNING: DO NOT MAR OR DAMAGE PARTS.
E. Alternately with soaking, blow out internal fuel passage with clean, dry, filtered to 10 micron, shop air
through inlet fitting connector only. Drain through exit tip end only.
73-13-07 Page 4003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
WARNING: DO NOT BLOW AIR INTO TIP ORIFICE.
F. Clean sealing surface of support flange. Polish with polishing wheel, No. W170A80, attached to a hand
die grinder.
G. Immediately after cleaning, rinse nozzle tip, shroud, and flange only in hot flowing water at 180º to
200ºF (82º to 93ºC) until rinse water is clear. Dry nozzle tip thoroughly using 10 micron filtered dry air.
No water is to enter connector fitting end.
CAUTION: PRESERVE CLEANED PARTS IMMEDIATELY TO PREVENT RUST FORMATION.
H. Immediately after drying, it is recommended to flush nozzle with preservation oil MIL-PRF-6081, Grade
1010, using connector, 6875500-4. Flush nozzle using a minimum pressure of 300 psig (2068 kPa
gage) until fluid is observed exiting the nozzle tip. Dip nozzle in preservation oil after flushing.
TASK 73-13-07-401-901-A01
5. Thermal Cleaning
NOTE: Support must have connector and fitting (50) and metering set (260) removed.
A. Pyrolytic Cleaning, Support Only.
(1) Position support onto thermal cleaning fixture, 6877149, or thermal holing fixture, 6927600. Place
fixture into an air recirculating oven that is cool (room temperature).
(2) Attach pressure gage to the regulated air supply. Connect the regulated air supply to the fixture.
(3) Open airline and establish a back pressure of approximately 3 psig (20.7 kPa gage).
(4) Turn oven on. Set oven temperature at 950 to 975° F (510 to 524° C). Hold temperature for 4
hours minimum.
NOTE: Approximately 25 feet (7.62m) of air line should be coiled within the air oven to ensure
air is preheated to oven temperature before entering the support.
(5) Turn off air supply and oven heat; open door and allow oven to cool.
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES WHEN HANDLING HEATED PARTS.
(6) Remove support from oven and fixture.
(7) Ultrasonically chemically clean support. Refer to Chemical Cleaning of Component Parts.
B. Pyrolytic Cleaning, Component Parts.
(1) Pre-soak in alkaline cleaner to remove any remaining fuel prior to pyrolytic cleaning for 30
minutes.
NOTE: Pre-soak is optional.
(2) Load parts into oven.
(3) Set oven at 950 to 975° F (510 to 524° C). Hold temperature for 4 hours minimum.
(4) Turn off air supply and oven heat; open door and allow oven to cool.
WARNING: WEAR INSULATED GLOVES WHEN HANDLING HEATED PARTS.
(5) Remove component parts from oven.
Page 4004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(6) Ultrasonically chemically clean component parts. Refer to Chemical Cleaning of Component
Parts.
TASK 73-13-07-401-902-A01
6. Chemical Cleaning of Component Parts
NOTE: For the most effective cleaning operation, the procedures include the use of ultrasonic equipment.
Cleaning can be done without ultrasonic equipment by increasing the times specified.
CAUTION: VALVES IN THE ASSEMBLED CONDITION CANNOT BE CHEMICALLY CLEANED.

REFER TO NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANING PROCEDURE.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXPOSE IDENTIFICATION PLATE TO CLEANING SOLUTION. SOLUTION

WILL DISSOLVE ALUMINUM.
A. Remove identification plate (20) from connector and fitting (50), if not previously removed.
WARNING: CLEAN ALL PARTS IN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL VENTILATED

AREA. AVOID PROLONGED INHALATION OF SOLVENT FUMES AND EXTENDED
CONTACT OF CLEANING SOLVENTS WITH THE SKIN. WASH THROUGHLY WITH
SOAP AND WARM WATER AFTER CONTACT WITH SOLVENTS.
WARNING: CLEANING SOLUTIONS ARE HIGHLY CORROSIVE TO SKIN AND EYES. WHILE
WORKING WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS, WEAR PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AT ALL
TIMES: FACE MASK, RUBBER GLOVES, AND RUBBER APRON. AVOID INHALATION
OF SOLVENT FUMES AND EXPOSURE OF SKIN TO CLEANING SOLVENT. IF
CONTACT OCCURS, THROUGHLY FLUSH AFFECTED AREA IMMEDIATELY WITH
COLD WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.
B. Turco No. 4181 cleaning procedure for cleaning rusted component parts.
(1) Use ultrasonic cleaning tank filled with Turco No. 4181 cleaning solution, heated to 140 to 170° F
(60 to 77° C).
(2) Submerge component parts in Turco No. 4181 solution. Turn on ultrasonic tank. Let parts soak
until parts show no sign of rust, not to exceed 4 hours.
(3) Externally rinse component parts with tap water to remove excess chemical solution.
(4) Submerge component parts in ultrasonic rinse tank, filled with hot water and Rust Inhibitor, RI-
105, heated to 140 to 170° F (60 to 77° C). Turn on ultrasonic tank. Rinse for 15 to 30 minutes.
Remove from tank, then blow dry with shop air.
WARNING: USE INSULATED GLOVES TO HANDLE HOT PARTS.
(5) Oven dry at 250 to 300° F (121 to 149° C) for 30 minutes minimum. Remove from oven and allow
to cool.
TASK 73-13-07-401-903-A01
7. Flushing Procedure
A. Backflush strainer (70) in connector and fitting (50) as follows:
(1) Install connector and fitting in test fixture (back flush), 6765127. Install inlet adapter to quick
disconnect, 6875500-4 to test fixture. Connect test stand hose assembly to inlet adapter to quick
disconnect. Connect test stand hose assembly to fuel nozzle test stand.
73-13-07 Page 4005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) It is recommended to backflush connector and fitting with calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II
at approximately 50 psig (345 kPa gage), for a minimum of 30 seconds, or until all evidence of
contaminants have been flushed from connector and fitting passages.
(3) Remove connector and fitting from test fixture.

4001
TEST STAND INLET ADAPTER TO

HOSE ASSEMBLY QUICK DISCONNECT
6875500-4 PROOF TEST
FIXTURE
6825004
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (160)

401CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-850-A01
Support and Metering Set Backflush Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 4001
Page 4006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
B. Backflush support and metering set (160, IPL Figure 1). See Figure 4001.
NOTE: The following procedure is used to remove contaminants from support and metering set
passages, caused by machining the valve guide or valve adapter sealing surface. Refer to
REPAIR, Numbers. 13, 14 or 15. Also use this procedure if it becomes necessary to
disassemble the connector and fitting (50) from the support and metering set without
removing the metering set.
(1) Install proof test fixture, 6825004, on nozzle exit tip. Install inlet adapter to quick disconnect,
6875500-4, to proof test fixture. Connect test stand hose assembly to proof test fixture.
(2) Connect test stand hose assembly to fuel nozzle test stand. Install nozzle and test assembly in
spray chamber and apply test fluid a minimum of 300 psig (2070 kPa gage) to the tip end for a
minimum of 30 seconds, or until all evidence of contaminates have been flushed from support
passages.
(3) Remove support and metering set from tooling.

NOTE: The following procedure is used to remove contaminants from support passages, if it
becomes necessary to remove the shroud/secondary body (270), or the metering set
(260), from the nozzle assembly, without removing the connector and fitting (50).
73-13-07 Page 4007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
4002
TEST STAND
HOSE ASSEMBLY
INLET ADAPTER TO
QUICK DISCONNECT
(6875500-4)
402CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-851-A01
Flushing Setup With Shroud/Secondary Body Removed From Nozzle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 4002
Page 4008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Flush nozzle assembly.
NOTE: The following procedure is used to remove contaminants from support passages, if it
becomes necessary to remove the shroud/secondary body (270), or the metering set (260),
from the nozzle assembly, without removing the connector and fitting (50).
(1) Mount inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to inlet end of nozzle. Connect to test fluid
connection of test stand. Install nozzle in spray chamber.
(2) Flow test fluid at 300 psig (2068 kPa gage) minimum, at nozzle inlet, for 15 seconds, or until all
evidence of contamination have been flushed from support passages.
(3) Remove nozzle assembly from tooling.
TASK 73-13-07-401-904-A01
8. Non-acidic Degreaser Cleaner Cleaning Procedure
WARNING: CLEAN ALL PARTS IN AN APPROVED CLEANING CABINET OR IN A WELL

VENTILATED AREA. AVOID PROLONGED INHALATION OF SOLVENT FUMES OR SKIN
CONTACT WITH CLEANING SOVENTS. WASH THROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WATER
AFTER CONTACT WITH NON-ACIDIC DEGERASER CLEANER.
CAUTION: NON-ACIDIC DEGREASER CLEANER MUST BE CLEAN AND CONTAMINATE FREE.

CONTINUALLY REFREASH SOLVENTS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
A. Prepare non-acidic degreaser cleaning solvent in ultrasonic cleaning tank per manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Submerge parts in tank, positioned so dirt will fall away during ultrasonic cleaning.
C. Agitate solvent at 20 kHz for 30 seconds minimum.

D. Remove parts from tank and air dry.
73-13-07 Page 4009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
73-13-07 Page 4010

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CHECK
TASK 73-13-07-99F-850-A01
A. This section gives the equipment, materials, procedures, and the inspection limits necessary to
examine the fuel nozzle and its components.
B. Unless otherwise written, all accessible checks must be made prior to returning the fuel nozzle
assembly to service.
C. Equipment and materials needed to perform checking procedures are listed in Table 5001. Fuel nozzle
assembly materials to be inspected are given in Table 5002. Specific areas to be inspected are given
in Table 5003.
5001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-850-A01
Equipment and Materials—Table 5001

PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
6723094M2 Final inspection fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6857608 Seal Surface Gage Same As Above
Borescope Commercially Available
Equipment and Materials—Table 5001
D. Visually inspect all accessible areas of all components for excessive scoring, cracks, chips, breaks,
corrosion, distortion, wear, galling, nicks, burrs, dents, pitting, raised metal, carbon, and any other
obvious signs of physical damage that may affect the function of the part.
NOTE: Unless otherwise written, examination of components for visual indications shall be performed
with the unaided eye. Higher magnification (10X) may be used to determine the type of
indication after being detected by visual inspection.
E. Unless otherwise written, welds shall be sound, clean, show 100% fusion, be free of foreign materials,
and any surface imperfections detrimental to the performance of the part. No cracks, lack of fusion,
undercuts, or negative reinforcements are allowed. The diameter or length of any indication shall not
exceed 40% of the minimum weld wall thickness.
F. All components must be inspected after disassembly and cleaning.
G. Components that do not satisfy the applicable check requirements, must be repaired or replaced.
NOTE: Save applicable defective parts to use as weld samples.
TASK 73-13-07-94B-850-A01
73-13-07 Page 5001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
2. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) Procedures and Criteria
A. Fluorescent penetrant inspect welds per MIL-STD-6866 Type I, Method A, B, C, or D, Sensitivity Level
3, 30 minute dwell time. Close all openings to prevent contamination of the internal passages.
B. Inspection personnel who interpret FPI indications shall be qualified in accordance with NAS 410, and
certified to a level II or level III.
C. Component parts must be cleaned to eliminate all traces of oil, grease, carbon, rust, or scale.
D. Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld acceptability limits per General Electric Standard Practices
Manual, GEK 9250, Chapter 70-31-02, Class B, except where written per Table 5003.
NOTE: All indications interpreted as crack in the fusion zone, fusion line, or HAZ, regardless of size
are not acceptable.
NOTE: Indications (not interpreted as cracks) less than 0.010 in (0.25 mm) are not significant.
TASK 73-13-07-94A-850-A01
3. Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Procedures and Criteria

NOTE: Fuel nozzle assembly materials to be inspected are listed in Table 5002.
WARNING: X-RAYS ARE HAZARDOUS AND THEIR EFFECT IS CUMULATIVE. THEY CANNOT BE
DETECTED BY ANY OF THE HUMAN SENSES. MAKE SURE THAT PROPER
SHIELDING IS USED AND THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH APPROVED SAFETY PRACTICES AND PERSONNEL PROTECTION DEVICES.
A. Radiographic (X-ray) inspect weld area per ASTM E-1742, two views, 80 to 100 degrees (1.40 to 1.75
radians) apart.
NOTE: The following exception is required for ASTM E-1742. Wire penetrameters or (IQI) are not
allowed.
B. Inspection personnel who interpret X-ray indications shall be qualified in accordance with
NAS 410, and certified to a level II or level III.
C. Review each X-ray of weld in two places (plane of film). Inspect for cracks. No cracks or lack of fusion
are allowed. Indications interpreted as cracks are not permitted. Weld must meet penetration
requirements of ASSEMBLY and CHECK sections.
D. Radiographic (X-ray) inspection acceptability and repair limits are listed in Table 5003.
TASK 73-13-07-501-900-A01
4. Inspection Tables
A. The component materials to be inspected are noted in Table 5002, Fuel Nozzle Assembly Materials to
be Inspected.
B. The specific areas to be inspected are noted in Table 5003, Inspection Criteria. Items applicable to
Table 5003.
Page 5002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Item numbers in parentheses refer to IPL Figure 1, unless otherwise written.
5002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-851-A01
Part Material to be Inspected, All Nozzle Models—Table 5002
Weld Area To Be X- Material

Rayed Component to Be X-Rayed Material To Be X-Rayed Thickness
Primary Body (300) to Primary Body Adapter Ref: 321 0.032
Support Adapter (250) or (0.81)
Weld* Ref: 347
(*First Article Support Adapter (250) Ref: 347 0.053
Requirement only) (1.35)
Filler Ring (320) Ref: 347 N/A
Filler Material, if required Ref: 347 N/A
Shroud/Secondary Support Ref: 347 0.059
Body (270) to Support (1.50)
(180) Weld
Shroud/Secondary Body Ref: L605 0.091
(2.31)
Filler Ring (280) Ref: L605 N/A
Filler Material Ref: L605 N/A
Connector (80) to Sup- Support Ref: 347 0.063
port (180) Weld (1.60)
Connector Ref: 347 0.050
(1.27)
Filler Ring (90, 91, 92) Ref: 347 N/A
Filler Ring (93A) Ref: Hastelloy X N/A
Filler Material Ref.: Hastelloy X N/A
Visual Check —Table 5002
73-13-07 Page 5003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5001
CONNECTOR CASTING AREA OF

INSPECTION TO BE INCLUDED IF
IDENTIFICATION PLATE IS REMOVED.
ZONE 1
VISUAL
LONGITUDINAL
DIRECTION
ZONE 2
FLUORESCENT
PENETRANT
INSPECTION
INDICATIONS SHALL NOT

EXCEED 30 DEG (0.52 RAD)
FROM LONGITUDINAL
DIRECTION INDICATED.
ZONE 3
FLUORESCENT
PENETRANT
INSPECTION
HEAT SHIELD ONLY
0.500 IN (12,70 MM) REF
FOR 360 DEGREES
POINT "P"
HEAT SHIELD
NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE

IDENTIFIED, AND LISTED IN
PARENTHESES.
CF50-004
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-859-A01
Nozzle Inspection Requirements
Figure 5001
Page 5004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-852-A01
Inspection Criteria—Table 5003
Part / Inspect For Acceptable Limits Repair / Disposition

1. CONNECTOR AND FITTING (50)
A. Visual and dimensional requirements.
Note: Numbers in brackets [ ] indicate external features that must be inspected on all nozzles for the pre-test
check. Fuel nozzles must meet the requirements of bracketed [ ] items before being returned to service.
[1.] Visually inspect for 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) max depth. Polish per REPAIR No. 22.
scratches, nicks, or dents Defects over acceptable limits,
on sealing surface of replace fitting (60) per REPAIR No. 6.
fitting (60). See Fig.
5002.
[2.] Visually inspect for pitting See Figure 5002. Replace fitting per REPAIR No. 6.
on inlet fitting.
(3.) Visually inspect strainer Not serviceable if bent or col- Replace strainer (70) and inlet fitting
(70). lapsed. (60) per REPAIR No. 6.
[4.] Visually inspect fitting Cumulative damage confined to a Repair per REPAIR No. 21.
and connector threads for total of 1/4 of any thread circum- Replace if damage exceeds accept-
stripped, galled, or ference, limit of 2 damaged able limits.
crossed threads. threads.
2. CONNECTOR AND FITTING (50) TO SUPPORT (180) WELD.
See Figure 5003, footed connectors, or Figure 5004, footless connectors.
A. Visual and dimensional requirements.
(1.) Positive reinforcement 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) max Greater than 0.030 in. (0.76 mm),
reweld one time only per ASSEM-
BLY.
(2.) Negative reinforcement None allowed Reweld once, adding filler material,
per REPAIR No. 25.
(3.) Undercut None allowed Reweld once, adding filler material,
per REPAIR No. 25.
[4.] Cracks None allowed Disassemble
B. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Requirements.
(1.) Indications
(a.) Dia and length 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max length or REPAIR No. 25.
diameter.
(b.) Spacing between 0.500 in (12.70 mm) min between REPAIR No. 25.
for indications occurring in the
HAZ, and 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) min
occurring in the fusion zone.
Dimensional Check (Sheet 1 of 6)—Table 5003
73-13-07 Page 5005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2.) Cracks, Zone 2. See None Allowed Repair per REPAIR, No. 24 if crack
Figure 5001 less than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) depth.
Replace if crack greater than 0.010
in. (0.25 mm) depth.
(3.) Cracks (weld area) None Allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 25, or
replace.
(4.) Drop through
- Footed Connector See Figure 5003 Check weld procedure.
NOTE: Weld penetration contact-
ing Surface A, Fig. 5003, may cause
excessive rework or scrap parts at
next disassembly. Adjust weld
procedure as required.
- Footless Connector See Figure 5004 Disassemble if contacts spacer
(100).
(5.) Undercut None Allowed Repair per REPAIR No. 25, or
replace.
(6.) Max dia or length of None Allowed Disassemble
single indication
(7.) Min spacing between 3 x size of largest adjacent indica- Disassemble
indications tion.
(8.) Accumulative length of 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max. Disassemble
significant indication
3. VALVE CARTRIDGE (120). See Fig 5005.
A. Visually inspect for nicks None allowed Lap surface together per instructions
and score marks on given in ASSEMBLY section.
sleeve-to-support sealing
surface.
4. METERING SET (260). See Fig 5006.
A. Shroud/Secondary Body (270) Visual and Dimensional Inspection Requirements.
Page 5006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
[1.] O.D. Wear 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) max Use as is for wear grooves exhibiting
Smooth and Irregular depth. regular (smooth) wear less than .010
in. (.25mm) depth. Wear grooves
.010 in. (.25mm), but less than .015
in. (.38 mm) depth or wear grooves
exhibiting irregular wear less than
.010 in. depth, recommended to
repair per REPAIR, No. 4.
Wear grooves over 0.015 in.
(0.38 mm), discard
shroud/secondary body (270); Match
primary body (300) to shroud/sec-
ondary body per REPAIR, No. 5.
[2.] Shroud front face and ID, Defects to 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) If spray angle and spray quality
and secondary body front max depth if spray angle and requirements of TESTING are not
face and conical surface; spray quality requirements of met, polish per REPAIR, No. 22.
see Area W, Figure 5006. TESTING AND FAULT ISOLA-
TION are met.
(3.) Visually inspect threads for Cumulative damage confined to a Repair per REPAIR, No. 21, or
stripped, galled, or crossed total of 1/4 “of any thread replace shroud/secondary body
threads. circumference. (270).
B. Primary Body (300) Visual and Dimensional Inspection Requirements.
(1.) Damaged threads Damage permitted, provided next Repair per REPAIR, No. 21, or
higher assembly can be met. replace.
[2.] Plugged exit orifice None allowed Clean (without altering size) per
CLEANING.
[3.] Damaged orifice or Defects to 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) If spray angle and spray quality
damaged nose at primary max depth if spray angle and requirements of TESTING AND
exit orifice spray quality requirements of FAULT ISOLATION are not met,
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLA- polish per REPAIR, No. 23.
TION are met.
5. PRIMARY BODY (300) TO SUPPORT ADAPTER (250) WELD. See Fig 5007.
A. Visual and Dimensional Inspection Requirements.
(1.) Max Reinforcement 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) dia max over REPAIR, No. 24.
weld.
(2.) Cracks None allowed Reweld once adding filler material
per REPAIR, No. 25.
B. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Requirements. (Not Required).
C.Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements (first Article Inspection only; refer to Figure 5007 and
ASSEMBLY section).
NOTE: Weld penetration contacting Surface B, Figure 5007, may cause excessive rework or scrap parts at
next disassembly. Adjust weld procedure as required.
73-13-07 Page 5007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

6. SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270) TO SUPPORT (180) WELD. See Fig 5008.
A. Visual and Dimensional Inspection Requirements.
(1.) Positive reinforcement 0.830 in. (21.08 mm) max dia over Reweld one time only per
weld. ASSEMBLY.
(2.) Negative reinforcement Not allowed Reweld once adding filler material,
per REPAIR, No. 25.
[3.] Cracks None allowed Disassemble
B.Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Requirements.
NOTE: Indications of less than 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) are not considered significant.
(1.) Indications
(a) Dia and length 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) max length or REPAIR, No. 25.
diameter
(b) Spacing between 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) min between REPAIR, No. 25.
for indications occurring in the
Heat Affected Zone, and 0.250 in.
(6.35 mm) min between for indica-
tions occurring in the fusion zone.
(2.) Cracks None allowed Disassemble
C.Radiographic (X-Ray) Inspection Requirements
NOTE: Indications of less than 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) are not considered significant.
(1.)Cracks None allowed Disassemble
(2.) Weld Penetration 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) min Reweld once per REPAIR, No. 25.
penetration.
Welds must fuse to the joint Welds must fuse to the joint
interface. interface.
(3.) Drop Thru See Figure 5008 Check weld procedure.
NOTE: Weld penetration
contacting Surface C, Fig 5008, may
cause excessive rework or scrap
parts at next disassembly. Adjust
weld procedure as required.
(4.) Undercut None allowed Reweld once per REPAIR, No. 25.
(5.) Min spacing between 3 x size of largest adjacent Disassemble
indications indication
(6.) Accumulative length of 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max Disassemble
significant indications
7. SUPPORT (180). See Fig 5009.
A. Visual and Dimensional Requirements
Page 5008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
[1.] Sealing surface of 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) max Indica- Polish minor discrepancies per
mounting flange. tions allowed up to 0.005 in. REPAIR, No. 22.
Use seal surface locating (0.127 mm) depth. No raised Refinish flange sealing surface per
gage, 6957608. metal allowed. REPAIR, No. 13.
(2.) Visually inspect adapter Damage permitted, provided next REPAIR, No. 21, or replace support
post and secondary higher assembly can be met. adapter (250) per REPAIR, No. 20.
threads for stripped,
galled, or crossedthreads.
[3.] Visually inspect heat 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) max depth. Imperfections greater than 0.010 in.
shield for excessive nicks, (0.25 mm) max depth, replace
scratches, or other support, or refer to REPAIR No. 27.
physical damage.
[4.] Heat shield dents in normal 0.060 in. (1.52 mm) depth. Dents greater than 0.060 in. (1.52
profile. mm) max depth replace support or
refer to REPAIR No. 27.
[5.] Heat shield cracks. None allowed Replace support or refer to REPAIR
No. 27.
[6.] Heat shield attached to Heat shield should be firmly If heat shield is loose or has become
support. attached to support. No separated from braze joint refer to
separation between heat shield REPAIR No. 27.
and support allowed. Replace support or refer to REPAIR
See Figure 5001 Zone 3. No. 27.
(7.) Secondary tube (200) Not allowed Replace support or replace second-
extruding through the ary tube (200) and valve guide (220)
retaining lip of the valve per 6740281 S/B 73-019.
guide (220) or valve
adapter (230).
Inspect support (180) part numbers listed below, for an out-of-round condition of hole “F”
Vendor G.E. Support Nozzle Body No. Manually Vibropeened on
Support Valve Cavity O.D.
Ident No. Serial No. “A”
6740281M7 9119M60P07 6761663 PFA D4671 1c through 8, 185C, 11.0839C
6740281M18 9119M60P18 6761663 and through 16.037C
6740281M23 9119M60P23 6761669 Down
6740281E33 9119M60P33 6761669
6740281M9 9119M60P09 6761663 PFA F0694
6740281M19 9119M60P19 6761663 and Down
6740281M24 9119M60P24 6761669
6740281E34 9119M60P34 6761669
NOTE: This repair is applicable to all fuel nozzle models listed, regardless of serial number, if the nozzle
was involved in an engine start fault, or has blocked primary fuel flow.
B. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Requirements.
73-13-07 Page 5009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

(1.) Fluorescent penetrant None allowed If crack found, use borescope to
inspect valve guide inspect for cracks. Verify no cracks
(220) for cracks. exits in primary hole using
Models: M7, M8, M9, borescope.
M18,M19, M21, M23,
M24.
Replace valve guide per CF6-50 S/B
73-109.
If cracks are found in support, rework

support to remove cracks and
accommodate valve adapter (230)
6740281 S/B 73-019.
[2.] Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Replace support or refer to REPAIR
inspect heat shield for No. 27.
cracks. See Figure 5001,
Zone 3
8. PRIMARY TUBE (140). See Fig 510.
(1.) Visually inspect for O.D. None allowed Straighten bent tube per REPAIR,
deformation that could No. 16.
affect easy insertion of
tube.
(2.) Length L, Dia A Length L: 3.238 in. (82.25 mm) Replace
min length;
Dia A: 0.116 to 0.122 in. (2.95 to
3.10 mm) dia for 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) min length
9. NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (1). See Fig 5011.
[1.] Inspect nozzle end point Accept if fuel nozzle meets Disassemble.
requirements using final requirements of the final
inspection gage, inspection gage.
6723094M2 (Details #7
and #22). See Figure
5011.
[2.] Verify the accuracy of the Refer to INTRODUCTION Table Replace component pieces and
identification markings 3, Configuration Table, for a listing reidentify as required.
and appropriate id plate of nozzle model configurations.
per model number.
Page 5010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5002
ZONE 1
ZONE 2
PITTING A
ZONE PITTING SIZE AND SPACING CRITERIA
1 SEAL ZONE; NO PITS ALLOWED.
0.020 IN. (0.508 MM) MAX DIA.
PITTING SPACING: 3 X DIA OF LARGEST PIT.

2
NOTE: ANY PITS LESS THAN 0.010 (0.254 MM) DIA IS CONSIDERED
INSIGNIFICANT, AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN DETERMINING
SPACING.
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-860-A01
Pitting Criteria for Connector Fitting (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5002
73-13-07 Page 5011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5003

2. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION, SECTION B - B
NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. -F-
O 0.080 (2.03) M D E M F M
0.752 (19.10) DIA
REF
-E-
SECTION B - B
SEE DETAIL A
B
-
-D
2.960 - 3.020 B
(75.18 - 76.71)
POINT "P"
0.030 (0.76) MAX
FUSION HAZ
FULL WELD ZONE
PENETRATION
REQUIRED TO WELD PENETRATION
THIS SURFACE. RECOMMENDED NOT
TO EXTEND BEYOND
THIS SURFACE.
SURFACE A
DETAIL A
503CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-861-A01
Footed Connector Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5003
Page 5012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5004

2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES
REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. -E-
3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION, SECTION B - B,
NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.
-F-
O 0.080 (2.03) M D E M F M
0.752 (19.10) DIA
REF
SECTION B - B
SEE DETAIL A
B
-
-D
2.960 - 3.020 B
(75.18 - 76.71)
0.030 (0.76) MAX 0.090 (2.29)

2 PLACES
100%
PENETRATION
REQUIRED
HAZ
FUSION
ZONE
SPACER (101A)
DROP THROUGH NOT TO
CONTACT THIS SURFACE
DETAIL A 504CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-862-A01
Footless Connector Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5004
73-13-07 Page 5013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5005
VALVE
CARTRIDGE
SLEEVE AND
SPOOL
(110, IPL FIG 2)
505CF650
SEALING
SURFACE
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-863-A01
Valve Cartridge Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5005
Page 5014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5006
PRIMARY PITTING AND EROSION 32 m

in.
BODY (300) NOT ALLOWED
(0.8 M)
m
PRIMARY
PLUG (310)
AREA W
DIA T
} DIA V
NO RAISED
METAL ALLOWED
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
WEAR GROOVE
0.015 (0.38)
MAX DEPTH
NON-PRIMARY NOZZLE
PRIMARY BODY
CONFIGURATION SHROUD
FRONT
FACE
SECONDARY BODY
FRONT FACE
NOTE: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES 506CF650

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-864-A01
Metering Set Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5006
73-13-07 Page 5015

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5007
SURFACE B
NO NEGATIVE WELD
MAXIMUM WELD PENETRATION REINFORCEMENT ALLOWED.
RECOMMENDED NOT TO EXTEND
BELOW THIS SURFACE OF SUPPORT.
0.010 (0.25) MIN

HAZ WELD PENETRATION
FUSION
ZONE
POINT "P" 0.300 (76.20) DIA

MAX OVER WELD

PRIMARY BODY
(300) 507CF650
SUPPORT
SUPPORT
(180)
ADAPTER
(250)
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-865-A01
Primary Body to Support Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5007
Page 5016
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5008
NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENT
NOT ALLOWED LENGTH L
SURFACE C 0.273 (6.93)
MAXIMUM WELD PENETRATION
RECOMMENDED NOT TO EXTEND MAX
BELOW THIS SURFACE OF HAZ
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (2 PLCS)
DEPTH D
FUSION
ZONE
0.830 (21,08)
MAX DIA
OVER WELD
0.015 (0.38) MIN

WELD PENETRATION
(BOTH SUPPORT AND
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY SIDES)
DETAIL A
NOTES:1.DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH

2.ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

POINT REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
"P"
3.WELD MAY CONSUME THE
NEAREST CORNER OF THE
SHROUD, PROVIDED SHROUD
SEE DETAIL A
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270)
SUPPORT
(180)
PRIMARY BODY (300)
WELD FILLER WELD FILLER

RING (320) RING (280)
PRIMARY PLUG (310)
508B-50
3.034 - 3.076
(77.06 - 78.13) F
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-866-A01
Shroud/Secondary Body to Support Weld Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5008
73-13-07 Page 5017

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5009
MOUNTING FLANGE
SEALING SURFACE
(SHADED AREA)
LOWER PROBE OF
BORESCOPE INTO
1.60 (40.64) PRIMARY HOLE WITH
MAX DIA THE RIGHT ANGLE MIRROR
POINTING TOWARDS THE
SECONDARY HOLE.
2.00 (50.80)
SECTION A - A MIN DIA
A
REF
VALVE ADAPTER (230)
VALVE GUIDE (220)
A SUPPORT (180)
HEAT SHIELD
SECONDARY
TUBE (200) SUPPORTS WITH
VALVE GUIDES
MODELS: 6740281M7, M8*,
M9, M18, M19, M21*, M23, M24
(* NOT SHOWN)
VIEW G - G
SUPPORTS WITH
VALVE ADAPTERS OUT OF ROUND
CONDITION OF G
MODELS: 6740281E32*, HOLE "F" G CL
E33, E34
(* NOT SHOWN)
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN

PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS
IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION, SECTION A - A
NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 509CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-867-A01
Support Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5009
Page 5018
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5010
3.238 (82.25) MIN

LENGTH L
0.116 - 0.122
(2.95 - 3.10)
FOR 0.050 (1.27)
SCRATCHES, DENTS, DAMAGE ALLOWED MIN LENGTH
0.005 (0.13 MM) DEPTH
DIA A
PRIMARY TUBE (140)
0.005 (0.13) R
MAX
EXCESSIVE RADIUS
NOT ALLOWED
BENT TABS
NOT ALLOWED
VIEW ROTATED
FOR CLARITY
1.
3. NO RAISED METAL ALLOWED.
510CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-868-A01
Primary Tube Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5010
73-13-07 Page 5019

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
5011
-F-
- E-
DETAIL #7
POINT "P" SECTION

K-K
-
K -D
B
CONNECTOR AND K
FITTING (50)
DETAIL #22
SUPPORT AND
METERING SET (160)
FINAL ACCEPTANCE GAGE

(6723094M2)
MEASURES DIMENSION
DETAIL #7 2.960-3.020 A
(75.18 - 76.71)
0.080 (2.03) M D E M F M
DETAIL #22 3.034 - 3.076 B

(77.06 - 78.13)
0.040 (1.02) M D E M F M
511CF650
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-869-A01
Nozzle Inspection Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 5011
Page 5020
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR
TASK 73-13-07-99F-900-A01
A. Component parts that have unsatisfactory results during TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION and/or
CHECK procedures must be replaced.
B. Table 6001 lists the detailed repair procedures contained in REPAIR.

C. Materials, equipment and fixtures necessary for repair are shown in Table 6002.
D. Parts that are damaged or defective must be repaired or replaced.
TASK 73-13-07-94B-900-A01
2. Repair Procedures
Repair procedures are shown in Table 6001.

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-900-A01
Repair Procedures—Table 6001
Repair Number Procedure

1 Remachine and Repair Primary Body
2 Machine Gas Hole in Primary Body (Models 6740281M8, M21, E32)
3 Remachine and Repair Shroud/Secondary Body
4 Flame Spray Shroud/Secondary Body
5 Primary Body and Shroud/Secondary Body Match
6 Fitting Replacement
7 Rework Footed Connector and Fitting(Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, and M19)
8 Rework Footless Connector and Fitting(Models 6740281M21, M23, M24, E32,
E33, and E34)
9 Rework Footed Connector and Fitting to Footless Configuration(Models 6740281M7,
M8, M9, M18, and M19)
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair Number Procedure

10 Rework Footed Support for Footless Connector Conversion (Models 6740281M7, M8,
M9, M18, and M19)
11 Support Conversion; Add-Rotation Pin Hole(Model 6740281M8 To M21) (Model
6740281M8 To E32)
12 Valve Adapter Replacement (Models 6740281 E32, E33, and E34)
13 Support Repair
14 Locating Pin/Primary Tube Replacement
15 Valve Liner Repair
16 Straighten Primary Tube
17 Repair Lockwire Hole
18 Remove Shroud/Secondary Body Only From Nozzle Assembly
19 Weld Buildup for Short Components
20 Replace Primary Adapter in Support
21 Repair Threads
22 Lapping and Polishing Repairs
23 Remove Raised Metal
24 Bench Repairs (Grind, Etch for Zyglo, ect)
25 Repair Defective Weld
26 Recommended Repair Procedure for Matching Shroud and Secondary to Primary
Replacement
27 Replace Heat Shield (Models 6740281E32, E33, and E34)
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-94A-900-A01
3. Repair Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment

The materials, Equipment and Fixtures shown in Table 6002 are necessary to do the repair procedures in
this section.
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-901-A01
Repair Materials, Equipment and Fixtures—Table 6002

6723095 Chuck Jaws Parker Hannifin Corporation
6723097 Weld Fixture Same As Above
6753532 Tool Setting Block Same As Above
6753535 Tack Weld Fixture Same As Above
6753545 Length Gage Same As Above
6753551M1 Turning Fixture Same As Above
6753552 Final Acceptance Gage for Connector Same As Above
6755046 Test Fixture Clamp Same As Above
6763622 Extracting Tool Same As Above
6763628 Lapping Tool Same As Above
6763630 Special Collet and Stop Same As Above
6763631 Length Gage Same As Above
6763661 Weld sample, adapter Same As Above
6765129 Test Fixture Same As Above
6783823 Tool Setting Block Same As Above
6785319 Test Fixture Same As Above
6793001 Height Gage Same As Above
6793008M1 Combination Lathe and Welding Fixture Same As Above
6897008 Universal Face Plate Adapter Same As Above
6897097 Polish Arbor Same As Above
Repair Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 6002
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

6927601 Tip Seal Fixture Same As Above
6947601 Ceramic Holder Same As Above
6957660 Set Up Block Same As Above
6957661 Expandable 5c Collet Same As Above
6957662 Holding Fixture Same As Above
6957663 Straightening Tool Same As Above
6957664 Assemble Fixture Same As Above
6957665 Acceptance Gage Same As Above
Repair Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 6002
TASK 73-13-07-601-900-A01
4. Repair Materials
The materials, shown in Table 6003 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.
6003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-902-A01
Repair Materials, —Table 6003

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
2-Jaw chuck (optional) Commercially Available
Argon gas, inert Commercially Available
Ball, 0.062 in. (1.58 mm) dia Commercially Available
Borescope Commercially Available
Boring tool Commercially Available
Braze paste, AMS 4787 Commercially Available
Braze stop-off material Commercially Available
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially Available
Carbide burr tool Commercially Available
Carbide abrasive tool Commercially Available
Carbon plate, flat Commercially Available
Ceramic cup, 0.375 in. (9.23 mm) Commercially Available
Repair No. 3 Repair Materials (Sheet 1 of 4)—Table 6003
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Chamfer tool Commercially Available
Chuck, standard, 2 jaw, 10.0 in. (254 mm) Commercially Available
Collet Commercially Available
Collet holder Commercially Available
Collet, 5c, 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) dia Commercially Available
Counterbore tool Commercially Available
Crocus cloth, 500 grit Commercially Available
Cutoff tool Commercially Available
Cutting oil Commercially Available
Degreaser, non-acidic cleaner Commercially Available
Dowel, wood Commercially Available
Dowel, wooden, ½ in. (12.70 mm) dia Commercially Available
Drill press Commercially Available
Drill, 0.196 in. (4.98 mm) dia Commercially Available
Drill, 1/8 in. (3.175 mm) dia Commercially Available
Drill fixture Commercially Available
E.D.M. fixture Commercially Available
Electrode, copper, 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) dia Commercially Available
End mill, 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) dia Commercially Available
End mill, 31/64 in. (12.29 mm) dia Commercially Available
End mill (optional), 0.090 to 0.100 in. (2.29 to 2.54 mm) Commercially Available
dia
End mill Commercially Available
Filler wire material, ref. Hastelloy “X” Commercially Available
Filler wire, 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) dia (ref: 347) stainless Commercially Available
steel
Fine India oil stone Commercially Available
Furnace, vacuum Commercially Available
Gloves, white cotton Commercially Available
Indicator and stand Commercially Available
Lapping Compound, 1200 grit Commercially Available
Lathe, metal cutting Commercially Available
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Lathe, speed Commercially Available
Mandrel Commercially Available
Microscope, 10X power with illumination Commercially Available
Milling machine (optional) Commercially Available
Moly grind sheet Commercially Available
Nitrogen gas, dry Commercially Available
Oven, capable of 650° F (343° C) Commercially Available
Plug gage, blade type, 0.129 in. (3.28 mm) wide Commercially Available
Plug gage Commercially Available
Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 Commercially Available
Press, air or manual powered Commercially Available
Push rod Commercially Available
Rotary table Commercially Available
Rotary abrasive tool, spherical or round-nose Commercially Available
Shot, S110 cast steel (optional) Commercially Available
Stick, flat, wood Commercially Available
Thread die,.216-32 UNEF-2A Commercially Available
Thread die,.4375-20 UNF-3A Commercially Available
Thread die,.625-32 UN-2A Commercially Available
Thread die, 1.250-12 UNF-3A Commercially Available
Thread go gage set Commercially Available
Thread tap,.625-32 UN-2B Commercially Available
Thread tap,.216 UNEF-2B Commercially Available
Tool holder Commercially Available
Toothpick, round, wood Commercially Available
Turning fixture Commercially Available
Turning tool Commercially Available
Vacuum furnace, capable of 2200° F (1204° C) at a Commercially Available
vacuum of 1 X 10-5 TORR min
Weld filler material (Hastelloy X), 0.035 to 0.040 in. (0.89 Commercially Available
to 1.02 mm) dia, AMS 5798
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded tungsten arc, with Commercially Available
angle head torch
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated Commercially Available
tungsten
Wire brush, hand or power Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-901-A01
5. General Repair Procedures

A. Replace component part if found to be defective or beyond repair during inspection.
NOTE: Some parts determined to be out of limits during repair may be salvaged for weld samples. If
this is possible, a note to that effect is included in the repair instructions. Parts or assemblies
that cannot be salvaged in this manner should be discarded.
B. It is recommended to cap or protect critical areas of the nozzle during repair, as applicable. To prevent
damage, keep all fixtures or parts mounting surfaces clean to prevent nicks, scratches, or seal finish
damage.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE ALUMINUM OXIDE PRODUCTS IN ANY AREA SUBJECT TO REWELDING
OR REBRAZING.
C. Simple repair will be limited to polishing minor burrs, nicks, scoring, and scratches with 500 grit silicon
carbide abrasive cloth. Repair of the connector (80, IPL Figure 1), Shroud/Secondary body (270), and
primary body (300) consists of remachining cutoff surfaces to instructions and dimensions as directed
in this section.
CAUTION: AFTER MACHINING OPERATIONS, REMOVE ALL BURRS TO PREVENT THEM FROM
CAUSING TROUBLE DURING LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS CAN WORK
LOOSE AND BECOME LODGED IN SPRAY ORIFICES, CAUSING FAULTY SPRAY
PATTERNS AND INSUFFICIENT FUEL FLOW.
D. Machining chips or foreign material must be prevented from entering or lodging in fuel passages. Flush
or backflush as required to remove any suspected blockage.
E. Use standard machine or hand tools to remove heavy burrs. Use silicon carbide abrasive cloth to
remove light burrs. Do not use aluminum oxide products in any area subject to rewelding or rebrazing.
F. When using calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, maintain a temperature of 80 ± 2° F (27 ± 1° C).
G. Upon completion of repair(s), all component parts must be cleaned in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner
as directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations.
H. The requirements defined in CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
I. If reworked parts will be stored over 24 hours prior to assembly, it is recommended to preserve parts
by wetting with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
73-13-07 Page 6007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
J. Refer to Table 6002 or 6003 for a list of recommended repair materials, which is in addition to standard
repair shop equipment.
K. After repair, components that are short in length by 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) max may be repaired using
REPAIR No. 19.
Page 6008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 1
REMACHINE AND REPAIR PRIMARY BODY
TASK 73-13-07-94B-901-A01

The tools and equipment shown in Table 6001 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-903-A01
Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment—Table 6001

6753545 Length Gage Parker Hannifin Corporation
Repair No. 1 Tools and Equipment —Table 6001
TASK 73-13-07-94A-901-A01
2. Repair Materials
The materials shown in Table 6002 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-904-A01
Repair No. 1 Materials—Table 6002

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Crocus Cloth, 500 grit Commercially Available
Repair No. 1 Materials —Table 6002
TASK 73-13-07-601-902-A01
3. Remachine Weld Area of Primary Body.
Repair No. 1
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: COMPONENT PARTS [SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270, IPL FIGURE 1), PRIMARY
BODY (300), AND PRIMARY PLUG (310)] OF METERING SET (260) ARE A MATCHED
ASSEMBLY. DURING REPAIR, KEEP PARTS TOGETHER AS A MATCHED SET. IF IT IS
NECESSARY TO REPLACE TO REPLACE A COMPONENT, REFER TO REPAIR NO. 5,
FOR PRIMARY BODY TO SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY MATCH.
A. Secure primary body, Diameter "T", into a collet mounted in a metal cutting lathe.
B. Make sure primary body, Diameter "S" is within ± 0.001 in. (.0.025 mm) TIR.
C. Machine Length "R" and Diameter "S" as shown in Figure 6001.

D. Remove machining burr and weld flash from Diameter "U" using 500 grit crocus cloth.
(1) If I.D. is undersize, ream to depth shown in Figure 6001, to remove excess weld.
(2) If I.D. is oversize, discard primary body.
E. Remove primary body from collet.
F. Inspect the machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001. The limits given in Figure
6001 must be met after repairs are completed.
NOTE: To inspect Length "R", use length gage, 6753545, with suitable indicator and stand.
G. Upon completion of repair, clean primary body in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
H. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
preserve components by wetting with Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 1
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
LENGTH R NO RAISED METAL

0.374 - 0.378 ALLOWED
(9.50 - 9.60)
0.216-32 UNEF-2B
REF
0.220 - 0.223 0.370 (9.40)

(5.59 - 5.66) REF
3 DIA U DIA T
0.283 - 0.287
(7.19 - 7.29)
DIA S
0.005 (0.13) R
MAX 0.060 - 0.080
(1.52 - 2.03)
PRIMARY / SECONDARY
NOZZLE CONFIGURATION
M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34

OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
2. DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL FOR

PRIMARY-SECONDARY AND
NON-PRIMARY ORIFICE NOZZLES.
3. MACHINE O.D. TO DIA "S".

AREAS ON THIS O.D. MAY BE
UNDERSIZE AFTER MACHINING.
THESE UNDERSIZE AREAS CAN
NOT BE LESS THAN 0.273 (6.93)
NON - PRIMARY DIA.
NOZZLE CONFIGURATION
(M8, M21, E32)
601-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-900-A01
Repair No. 1 Primary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 1
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 1
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 2
MACHINE GAS HOLE IN PRIMARY BODY
(MODELS 6740281M8, M21, E32)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-902-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-905-A01

6763661 Weld sample, adapter Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-13-07-94A-902-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-906-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Collet holder Commercially Available
Drill press Commercially Available
E.D.M. fixture Commercially Available
Electrode, copper, 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) dia Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-903-A01
Repair No. 2
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3. Repair Procedures
(REFER TO "TASK-73-13-07-94A-905-A01" ON PAGE 6001.)
A. Drill Procedure.
(1) Secure primary body (300. IPL Figure 1), Diameter “T”, in collet mounted on a drill press.
(2) Drill gas hole in accordance with the limits given in Figure 6001 below.
(3) Deburr edges as necessary.
6001
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH

0.60 - 0.080 MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
(1.50 - 2.03) 2. ORIENTATION OF GAS HOLE
OPTIONAL.
0.025 - 0.035
(0.64 - 0.89) DIA
BURR FREE
DIA T
DO NOT DAMAGE THREADS

(REF: 0.216 - 32 UNEF - 2B)
602-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-901-A01
Repair No. 2 Primary Body Gas Hole Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
B. Optional E.D.M. procedure.
Repair No. 2
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) Install collet in collet holder mounted to E.D.M. fixture.
(2) Secure adapter weld sample, 6763661, in collet. Thread primary body (300, IPL Figure 1) onto
adapter weld sample.
NOTE: A scrap adapter piece part may be used in place of adapter weld sample, 6763661.
(3) E.D.M. purge hole, using a 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) dia copper electrode, in accordance with the
limits given in Figure 6001.
(4) Deburr edges as necessary.

C. Repair threads in primary body (300), as required. Refer to REPAIR No. 22.
D. Upon completion of repair, clean primary body in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
E. Inspect primary body gas hole dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001. The limits given in
Figure 6001 must be net after repairs are completed.
F. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 2
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 2
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 3
REMACHINE AND REPAIR SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY
TASK 73-13-07-94B-903-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-907-A01

6763630 Special Collet and Stop Parker Hannifin Corporation
6763631 Length Gage Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-903-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-908-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-904-A01
3. Repair Weld Area of Shroud/Secondary Body
Repair No. 3
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(REFER TO "TASK-73-13-07-94A-905-A01" ON PAGE 6001.)
A. Install Shroud/Secondary body (270) in special collet and stop, 6763630, mounted in a metal cutting
lathe.
B. Machine Length “L”, Radius “R”, Diameter “Y”, Diameter “X”, and Diameter “Z”, as required, within the
limits given in Figure 6001.
C. Inspect the machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001.
NOTE: To check Length “L”, use length gage, 6763631, with appropriate indicator and stand.
D. Upon completion of repair, clean shroud/secondary body in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed
in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
E. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 3
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
0.010 - 0.070
(0.25 - 1.78) SHROUD / SECONDARY
BODY (270, IPL FIGURE 1)
RADIUS R
0.005 - 0.010
(0.13 - 0.25)
0.760 - 0.770
(19.30 - 19.56)
DIA Z
DIA X
0.627 - 0.640
(15.93 - 16.26)
DIA Y
SEE DETAIL A
0.015 (0.38) LENGTH L
MAX BREAK 0.828 - 0.833
(21.03 - 21.16)
DETAIL A
ANY UNDERCUT CONFIGURATION

PERMITTED IN AREA SHOWN, PROVIDED
ALL REQUIREMENTS IN DETAIL A ARE MET.
DIA. X 0.002
(0.05) MIN
RADIUS R
R 0.005
(0.13) MIN.
LENGTH K
0.010 - 0.070
(0.25 - 1.78)
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH HOLD DIA Y FOR LENGTH K
603-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-902-A01
Repair No. 3 Shroud/Secondary Body Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 3
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 3
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 4
FLAME SPRAY SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY
TASK 73-13-07-94A-904-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-909-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-905-A01
2. Application of Flame Sprayed Material
A. Use the instructions in the General Electric Standard Practice Manual GEK 9250, Chapter 70-49-00, to
apply flame sprayed material.
B. Shroud/Secondary body flame spray setup.
CAUTION: BEFORE APPLYING FLAME SPRAY MATERIAL, REPAIR SHROUD/SECONDARY

BODY IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPAIR, REPAIR NO. 3.
(REFER TO "TASK-73-13-07-94B-903-A01" ON PAGE 6001.)
(1) Use Metco 45C NS Coating, or equivalent. Typical composition is as follows:
(a) Chromium 25%

(b) Nickel 10%
(c) Tungsten 7%
(d) Carbon 5%
(e) Cobalt 53%
(2) Test samples may be used to determine coating thickness, adhesion, and hardness. The
following requirements must be met.
(a) Coating thickness on significant surfaces must not exceed 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) buildup after
machining to final size.
Repair No. 4
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(b) Coating hardness at room temperature must not be less than RA64.
(c) Finish must be uniform in appearance, adherent, free from blisters and nodules, and not
shipped or cracked.
(3) The surface to be coated must be free from flaws and other surface conditions or defects
detrimental to the final finish and must have a maximum surface roughness of 150 μin (3.8 μm).
The surface must be subjected to cleaning and other finishing operations necessary to provide
maximum adhesion and maximum wear and corrosion resistance.
(4) Do not heat parts to more than 400° F (204° C) during flame spray procedure.
C. Machine Shroud/Secondary body (270) prior to plasma spray.

(1) Set Shroud/Secondary body into a suitable fixture. Make sure Shroud/Secondary body runs true
with thread, datum B, within 0.002 in. (0.05 mm).
(2) Machine Shroud/Secondary body, Dia C, Dia D, radius E, per Figure 6001.
D. Apply plasma spray.
(1) Grit blast the machined area. Mask remaining areas of the Shroud/Secondary body shown in
Figure 6001.
(2) Apply flame spray material in accordance with General Electric Standard Practices Manual GEK
9250, Chapter 70-49-00, except omit paragraph 6A (bonding coat). Metal spray outside diameter
to achieve 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) min coating.
NOTE: Refer to Table 6002, Flame Spray Equipment and Conditions. These parameters are for
equipment specified and may vary for different equipment, line voltages, etc.
Repair No. 4
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
TANGENT TO
0.746 - 0.748 (18.95 - 19.00) DIA
-A-
0.000 (0.00)
MIN
DIM B
0.581 (14.76) R
MIN 0.563 (14.30)
-B- MIN
RADIUS E DIA D
0.746 - 0.748
(18.95 - 19.00)
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH (PRIOR TO DIA C
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. MACHINING) 0.002 (0.05)
B
2. NO MACHINING ON SURFACE - A -
IS PERMITTED TO MEET DIMENSION B.
MASK ALL SURFACES APPLY COATING TO

AND OPENINGS WITHIN THIS AREA ALL AROUND
THIS AREA
MASK ALL SURFACES

AND OPENINGS WITHIN
THIS AREA
604AA-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-903-A01
Repair No. 4 Shroud Coating Repair (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
6002
Repair No. 4
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-910-A01
Repair No. 4 Flame Spray Equipment and Conditions—Table 6002
EQUIPMENT
Material Metco 45C NS
Type of Gun Nozzle Metco 9Mb
Nozzle “G” (730)
Powder Port #1
Insulator 9M55 (Nitrogen)
GASSES TYPE PRESSURE FLOW RATE
psi (kPa) cfh (1/min)
Primary Nitrogen 50 (345) 100 (689)
Secondary Hydrogen 50 (345) 15 (103)
Air N/A N/A N/A
Carrier Gas Nitrogen N/A 37 (255)
POWER
Amps 400
Volts 70 to 80
FEED METHOD
Type 3 mp
Carrier Plate, Wheel “S”
Vibrator No
Spray Rate 15 lbs/hr (6.8 kg/hr)
RPM & Dial Setting 22 RPM Ref.
SPRAYING
Spray Distance 4.5 to 5.5 in. (114.3 to 139.7 mm)
Part Preheat 200° F (93° C)
Deposit 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) Ref.
Part RPM 100%, 600 RPM
Part Temperature 300° F (149° C)
TEST SAMPLE
Size and Material N/A
Deposit N/A
Repair No. 4 Flame Spray Equipment and Conditions —Table 6002
E. Machine Shroud/Secondary body after plasma spray.
(1) After coating application, chuck Shroud/Secondary body in lathe, and grind or machine shroud
contour limits, Dia C, Dia D, Radius E, given in Figure 6002.
NOTE: If grinding, use a grinding wheel having a grit of A180 or finer.
(2) Carefully remove overspray from ends, maintaining all radii and step dimensions shown.
F. Inspect Shroud/Secondary body.

Repair No. 4
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) Inspect shroud contour using a micrometer and comparator, or locally manufactured template.
(2) Use a strong light, when inspecting shroud. Finish shall be uniform in appearance, adherent, free
from blisters and nodules, and shall not be chipped or cracked.
(3) The limits given in Figure 6002 and CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
G. Upon completion of repair(s), all component parts must be cleaned in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner
as directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations.
Repair No. 4
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
INCOMPLETE PLASMA COATING

PERMITTED, BUT OVERSPRAY
MUST BE FIRMLY ATTACHED.
0.005 (0.13)
MIN COATING 0.000 - 0.015
(0.00 - 0.38)
DIM B
0.590 - 0.610 0.570 - 0.590

(14.99 - 15.49) (14.78 - 14.99)
-B- RADIUS E DIA D
0.005 (0.13)
0.015 (0.38) R MAX R MAX
DEBURR PLASMA 0.763 - 0.770
SPRAY FLASH TO (19.38 - 19.56)
PARENT MATERIAL DIA C
B 0.004 (0.10) DIA
604C-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-904-A01
Repair No. 4 Shroud/Secondary Body Plasma Spray Coating Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 4
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 5
PRIMARY BODY AND SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY MATCH
TASK 73-13-07-94A-905-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-911-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Fine India oil stone Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-906-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: This repair makes matched sets of previously matched metering set components that have
become separated; or uses components remaining from matched sets where other parts were
scrapped, or lost. This repair is for all fuel nozzle assembly models.
CAUTION: BEFORE MATCHING THE PRIMARY BODY AND SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY MUST
HAVE BEEN REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPAIR NO. 1, 2, 3, AND 4 OF THIS
MANUAL.
A. Select primary body (300, IPL Figure 1) and primary plug (310) for model number of metering set
being assembled. Refer to Table 6002.
(Refer to Table 6002 "TASK-73-13-07-99A-912-A01" on page 6001.)
NOTE: Primary body flow requirements must be met prior to installation in Shroud/Secondary body.
Refer to ASSEMBLY, Metering Set, Primary Body Pre qualification Tests.
B. Install primary plug, if required, into primary body.
C. Select Shroud/Secondary body.

6002
Repair No. 5
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-912-A01
Repair No. 5 Metering Set Part Numbers —Table 6002
Shroud/
Model Primary Description of Primary Plug Secondary Metering Set
Number P/N Primary Body P/N P/N P/N
6740281M7 6741659 5 slots, equally spaced 6741171 6741234 6751062

6740281E33 6771518 5 slots, equally spaced 6771179 6741234 6871354

6740281E34 6771534 6 slots, equally spaced 6771179 6741234 6871358
6740281M8 6741661 6 slots, equally spaced, N/A 6741234 6751063

no primary orifice
6740281M21 6741661 6 slots, equally spaced, N/A 6741234 6871338
no primary orifice
6740281E32 6741661 6 slots, equally spaced, N/A 6741234 6871338
no primary orifice
NOTE: Primary body flow requirements must be met prior to installation in Shroud/Secondary body. Refer
to ASSEMBLY, Metering Set, Primary Body Pre qualification Tests.
NOTE: Select only part numbers that apply to the metering set being assembled.
Repair No. 5 Metering Set Part Numbers—Table 6002
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE BASE MATERIAL FROM DIAMETER “T” [PRIMARY BODY (300)
OUTSIDE DIAMETER] OR DIAMETER “V” [SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270) INSIDE
DIAMETER]. THIS IS A MATCHED CLEARANCE THAT AFFECTS SECONDARY FUEL
FLOW.
D. Test fit primary body into shroud/secondary body. Primary body must drop freely into shroud/
secondary. Select components until this requirement can be met. Raised material may be removed
using a flat India oil stone. Refer to REPAIR No. 23.
Repair No. 5
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
32 in
m
PRIMARY (0.8 m)
m
BODY (300)
PRIMARY
PLUG (310)
DIA T 32 in
m
(0.8 m)
m
DIA V
NO RAISED
METAL ALLOWED
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

PARENTHESIS ARE IDENTIFIED.
NON-PRIMARY NOZZLE 2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS
PRIMARY BODY REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
CONFIGURATION
605-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-905-A01
Repair No. 5 Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
E. Test metering set assembly in accordance with ASSEMBLY, Metering Set, Shroud/Secondary Body
Pre qualification Tests. Metering set must meet flow and primary spray angle requirements only.
NOTE: If secondary fuel nozzle is lower or higher than the test limits, alter edges of primary body as
shown in Figure 6002.
Repair No. 5
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
TO INCREASE FLOW:
BREAK SLOT OR RADIUS
0.015 (0.38) MAX.
SEE NOTE 1.
PRIMARY BODY
(300)
TO DECREASE FLOW:
BREAK SLOT OR RADIUS
0.015 (0.38) MAX. ON THIS
NOTES: 1. IF THIS REPAIR IS PERFORMED, EDGE OF SLOT ONLY.
ALL 6 SLOTS MUST BE WORKED SEE NOTE 1.
IN THE SAME MANNER.
2. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
CF50-001
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-906-A01
Repair No. 5 Primary Body Alteration for Changing Shroud/Secondary Body Flow (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
CAUTION: COMPONENT PARTS [SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270), PRIMARY BODY (300),
AND PRIMARY PLUG (310)] OF METERING SET (260) ARE NOW A MATCHED
ASSEMBLY. KEEP PARTS TOGETHER AS A MATCHED SET.
F. When the shroud/secondary body tests are satisfactory, continue with assembly. Keep together as a
matched set. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault Isolation Cart, if metering
set fails tests. Replace complete metering set if a match can not be found.
G. Upon completion of repair, clean metering set components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as
directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
Repair No. 5
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 6
FITTING REPLACEMENT
TASK 73-13-07-94B-904-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-913-A01

6723095 Chuck Jaws Parker Hannifin Corporation
6723097 Weld Fixture Same as above
6753552 Final Acceptance Gage for Connector Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-906-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-914-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially available
Chamfer tool Commercially available
Chuck, standard, 2-jaw, 10.0 in. (245 mm) Commercially available
Counterbore tool Commercially available
Cutting oil Commercially available
Cutting tool Commercially available
Degreaser, non-acidic cleaner Commercially available
Repair No. 6 Materials (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 6002
Repair No. 6
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
End mill, 31/64 dia. Commercially available
Filler wire, 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) dia. (ref. 347) stainless Commercially available
steel
Lathe, metal cutting Commercially available
Oven, capable of 650° F (343° C) Commercially available
Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 Commercially available
Rotary table Commercially available
Wire brush, stainless steel, motor driven Commercially available
TASK 73-13-07-601-907-A01
3. Remove Fitting (60, IPL Figure 1)

NOTE: Separation of fitting (60) from connector (80) listed below is the preferred method. Alternate
methods may be used.
A. Install connector and fitting (50) in chuck jaws, 6723095. Use a 10.0 in. (245 mm) standard two-jaw
chuck mounted on a metal cutting lathe. Make sure that the threaded flange of connector is flush
against the chuck jaws for correct installation.
B. Mount cutting tool blade in tool holder and mount to cross slide tool post of lathe.
C. Position cutting tool blade a minimum of 0.765 in. (19.43 mm) from Surface B, and rough cut through
fitting (60). See Figure 6001. Lubricate cutting tool blade with cutting oil during machining. Use a light,
controlled, hand feed.
D. Remove fitting stub with 31/64 in. end mill. Bore out the 0.499 to 0.502 in. (12.67 to 12.75 mm) inside
diameter to remove weld residue only.
NOTE: When drilling fitting from connector, use 31/64 in. end mill with 115 deg (2.007 rad) point. End
mill must not penetrate beyond indicated area.
E. Remove strainer (70) from connector (80).
Repair No. 6
73-13-07 Page 6002

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
CONNECTOR AND FITTING (50)
THREADED FLANGE
CHUCK JAWS
(6723095)
FITTING
(60)
STRAINER (ONLY ONE

(70) SIDE SHOWN)
CONNECTOR
(80)
0.285 (7.24) MAX

END MILL MUST NOT
PENETRATE BEYOND
INDICATED AREA
0.765 (19.43) MIN
SURFACE B
CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER
606-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-907-A01
Repair No. 6 Fitting and Strainer Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 6
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-601-908-A01
4. Remachine Connector (80) After Removing Fitting (60) and Strainer (70)
NOTE: Remachine fitting end of connector (80) at this time while connector is still mounted in chuck jaws.
A. Use Counterbore tool to finish 0.499 to 0.502 in. (12.67 to 12.75 mm) bore. Face connector, if required,
to meet Surface “A” 0.755 in. (19.18 mm) max. dimension.
B. Check ID with inside micrometer. Use depth micrometer to check depth.
C. Use chamfer tool in tool holder to finish 0.020 to 0.050 in. (0.51 to 1.27 mm) x 45 deg (0.78 rad) basic
chamfer on OD.
D. Break edges and deburr.
E. Inspect the machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6002.
6002
SURFACE A
**SEE NOTE 3 0.755 (19,18)
MAX
DO NOT MACHINE
THESE SURFACES
DO NOT DAMAGE
THREADS 0.085 (2,16)
MIN
0.010 (0,25) R
MAX
0.499 - 0.502
(12,67 - 12,75)
DIA
0.005 (0,13)
MAX BREAK
0.005 - 0.015 R
SURFACE B (0,13 - 0,38) 0.020 - 0.050 (0,51 - 1,27)
X
45 DEG (0,78 RAD)
BASIC CHAMFER
2.297 - 2.319 ***SEE NOTE 4
0.02728 (0,6929) (58,34 - 58,90)
REF
REF
607-50A
NOTES:1.DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
2.CHECK DIMENSION FIRST

BEFORE CONTINUING.
3.DO NOT MACHINE IF IT SURFACE

DOES NOTA
EXCEED 0.755 (19.18) MAX.
4.MAY NOT CLEAN UP FOR 360 DEG
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-908-A01
Repair No. 6 Remachine Connector After Fitting and Strainer Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 6
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-601-909-A01
5. Weld Fitting (60) to Connector (80)
A. Place weld fixture, 6723097, on a rotary table secure.

B. Clean all component parts [fitting (60), strainer (70), and connector (80)] in a non-acidic degreaser
cleaner as directed in CLEANING.
C. Install strainer (70) in connector (80).
D. Install new fitting (60), bottom it on the strainer flange.

E. Check concentricity with final inspection gage for connector, 6753552, detail no. 21.
F. Place connector, strainer, and fitting into weld fixture, 6723097. Make sure the strainer is in place, and
connector is secure. Position lock wire hole as shown in Figure 6003, within upper half of fitting.
G. Weld, using 0.020 in (0.51 mm) dia filler wire, (ref. 347) as shown in Figure 6003. Keep fillet to a
minimum. Provide a continuous, uniform weld. If replacement parts are being used, additional filler
material may not be required.
NOTE: Do not weld lock wire hole shut. If required to open lock wire hole, redrill hole, using a
standard drill, 0.045 to 0.055 in. (1.14 to 1.40 mm) diameter. Refer to REPAIR No. 17.
H. Remove connector and fitting (50) from weld fixture. Allow to air cool in a suitable stainless steel rack.
I. Visually check connector and fitting to make sure fixture clamping has not caused damage.
J. Clean welded area using a motor driven stainless steel wire brush.
K. Pressure test with parts submerged in calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, and pressurized with
190 to 210 psig (1310 to 1448 kPa gage) nitrogen for 30 seconds minimum. There shall be no
evidence of leakage.
NOTE: Pre qualification pressure test requirements may be used as reference for assembly purposes
and need not be verified, provided the nozzle meets all final assembly and test requirements.
L. Post weld heat treat in oven at 625 to 650° F (330 to 343° C) for one hour.
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WHEN REMOVING HOT NOZZLE PART FROM THE
OVEN. FAILURE TO PROVIDE PROTECTION WILL RESULT IN SEVERE BURNS.
M. Remove connector and fitting from oven and allow to air cool.
N. Upon completion of repair, clean connector and fitting in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
O. Inspect the weld against the limits given in Figure 6003. The limits given in Figure 6003 must be met
after repairs are completed.
Repair No. 6
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
P. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
6003
0.045 - 0.055 (1,14 - 1,40) DIA

POSITION LOCKWIRE HOLE AS
SHOWN, WITHIN UPPER HALF
OF FITTING.
STRAINER (70)
FITTING (60)
G 0.010 (0,25) DIA
-G-
INERT GAS, SHIELDED

ARC TUNGSTEN WELD
CONNECTOR (80) 0.030 (0,76) MIL-STD-2219. FILLER
MIN
1.
608-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-909-A01
Repair No. 6 Weld Requirements for Fitting Replacement (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 6
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 7
REWORK FOOTED CONNECTOR AND FITTING
(MODELS 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-905-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-915-A01

6753532 Tool Setting Block Parker Hannifin Corporation
6897008 Universal Face Plate Adapter Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-907-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-916-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Cutting tool Commercially available
Lathe, metal cutting Commercially available
TASK 73-13-07-601-910-A01
Repair No. 7
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3. Remachine Connector and Fitting (50, IPL Figure 1)
A. Mount turning fixture, 6753551M1, on universal face plate adapter, 6897008, and install on metal
cutting lathe.
B. Install tool setting block, 6753532, onto turning fixture, 6753551M1. Indicate on machined surface of
tool setting block within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR. Adjust screws on face plate adapter as necessary.
See Figure 6001.
C. Mount cutting tool into tool holder. Position side of cutting tool flush against Surface “A” to establish
point of cut. Move tip of cutting tool to Surface “B” to establish maximum depth of cut. Record indicator
reading and remove tool setting block.
D. Install footed connector onto turning fixture. Make sure the connector fits snugly over the sleeve and is
flush against the mandrel assembly.
E. Using previously recorded indicator readings, machine Diameter “B” and Surface “C” to dimensions
indicated in Figure 6002.
F. Check depth of Surface “C”, Figure 6002, with depth micrometer.

G. Upon completion of repairs, clean connector and fitting in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair completed.
H. The limits given in Figure 6002 must be met after repairs are completed.
I. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 7
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
UNIVERSAL
FACE PLATE
ADAPTER
(6897008)
TURNING FIXTURE
(6753551M1)
MANDREL
ASSEMBLY
SLEEVE
FOOTED
CONNECTOR
AND FITTING
SURFACE B
(MAXIMUM SURFACE A
DEPTH OF CUT)
(POINT OF CUT)
TOOL SETTING
BLOCK
TOOL HOLDER
CUTTING TOOL
TOOL SETTING
BLOCK (6753532)
609-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-910-A01
Repair No. 7 Footed Connector and Fitting Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 7
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
FOOTED
CONNECTOR
0.157 - 0.160
(3.99 - 4.06)
DIA B
SURFACE C
STARTING SURFACE 1.375 - 1.385
- DO NOT MACHINE (34.93 - 35.18)

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. 610-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-911-A01
Repair No. 7 Footed Connector and Fitting Dimensions
(Models 6740281 M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 7
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 8
REWORK FOOTLESS CONNECTOR AND FITTING
(MODELS 6740281M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, AND E34)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-906-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-917-A01

6783808M1 Turning Fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6783823 Tool Setting Block for Same as above
Connector and Fitting Rework
6957660 Set Up Block Same as above
6957661 Expandable 5c Collet Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-908-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-918-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
2-Jaw chuck (optional) Commercially Available
Repair No. 8
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Turning Fixture Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-911-A01
3. Remachine Connector and Fitting (50, IPL Figure 1)
NOTE: When turning fixture is specified in the following footless connector repair procedures, it is
acceptable to use turning fixture, 6783808M1, and face; or a commercially available 2-jaw chuck.
A. Repair OD of footless connector.

(1) Mount expandable 5c collet, 6957661, to spindle of lathe.

(2) Install tool setting block, 6957660, onto expandable 5c collet.
(3) Mount cutoff tool in tool holder. Mount to lathe cross slide. Set point of cut and maximum depth of
cut from tool setting block. Record indicator readings. Remove tool setting block.
(4) Install turning tool into tool holder and mount in lathe turret.
(5) Install footless connector onto turning fixture. Make sure that connector fits snugly over
expandable 5c collet.
(6) Cut Surface “C”, with cutoff tool, to establish Depth “X” per Figure 6002.
(7) Machine Diameter “B”, with turning tool, within the limits given in Figure 6002. Deburr sharp
edges. Inspect Diameter “B” with micrometers.
(8) Machine a chamfer with chamfer tool, within the limits given in Figure 6002.
(9) Remove connector and fitting from tooling. Inspect Depth “X” with depth micrometers.
NOTE: If connector and fitting (50), depth “X”, is undersize, 0.076 to 0.097 in. (1.93 to 2.46
mm), refer to REPAIR No. 19.
Repair No. 8
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
LATHE
EXPANDABLE
5C COLLET
6957661
FOOTLESS
CONNECTOR
AND FITTING
CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER
SET UP
BLOCK
6957660
CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER 611C-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-912-A01
Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting OD Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
B. Remove connector and fitting from tooling. Inspect Depth “X” with depth micrometer.
(1) Mount turning fixture on universal face plate adapter, 6897008, or 2-jaw check, and install on
metal cutting lathe.
Repair No. 8
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) Install tool setting block for connector and fitting rework, 6783823, into turning fixture. Indicate on
machined diameter of tool setting block. Adjust screws on face plate adapter, as necessary, to
turn within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR.
NOTE: Make sure tool setting block is installed in the correct position to machine Diameter “D”,
Figure 6002.
(3) Mount boring tool and establish point of cut. Move boring tool in until cutting edge of boring tool
rests against Surface “Z”, Figure 6003, to establish depth of cut. Record indicator reading as
Depth “X”, Figure 6002.
(4) Insert protective cap (350, IPL Figure 1) to cover end of strainer (70) in connector and fitting bore.
Install protective cap over inlet fitting.
(5) Remove tool setting block and install footless connector and fitting. Indicate as shown, per Figure
6002, on machined surface of connector and fitting to turn within 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR. Adjust
turning fixture or universal face plate adapter, as necessary.
C. Upon completion of repair, remove protective cops and clean connector and fitting (50) in a non-acidic
degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair
operations.
D. The limits given in Figure 6002 must be met after repairs are completed.
E. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 8
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
3.345 - 3.367 0.02728 (0,6929)

REF
(84,96 - 85,52) REF
INDICATE HERE STARTING SURFACE

- DO NOT MACHINE
FOOTLESS
CONNECTOR
DEPTH X
0.097 - 0.101
(2.46 - 2.57)
SURFACE C
0.050 (1.27)
MIN WALL REF 0.035 - 0.055 R
0.010 - 0.017 R (0.89 - 1.40)
(0.25 - 0.43)
OR 0.005 (0.13) R
45 DEG (0.79 RAD) MAX
BASIC CHAMFER
0.040 (1.02) 1.293 (32.84)
MIN WALL MAX
DIA D
1.373 - 1.380
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH (34.87 - 35.05)
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. DIA B
PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED. 613-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-913-A01
Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting Dimensions (6740281M21, M23, M24, E33, E34) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 8
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6003
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS
(6897008) REFERS TO IPL FIGURE 1.
2. A COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE
2-JAW CHUCK MAY BE USED
INSTEAD OF TURNING
FIXTURE, 6783808M1.
TURNING FIXTURE
(6783808M1)
FOOTLESS CONNECTOR
AND FITTING (50)
TURNING
FIXTURE
BORING TOOL
TOOL SETTING
BLOCK FOR
CONNECTOR AND FITTING
REWORK (6783823)
SURFACE Z
(DEPTH OF CUT)
VIEW A 612A-50
TOOL SETTING BLOCK
POSITION FOR DIAMETER D
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-914-A01
Repair No. 8 Footless Connector and Fitting ID Repair Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 8
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 9
REWORK FOOTED CONNECTOR AND FITTING TO FOOTLESS CONFIGURATION
(MODELS 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-907-A01
1. Rework Footed Connector and Fitting to Footless Configuration

A. This repair is for fuel nozzle assembly models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18 and M19.
(1) This repair must be done in conjunction with REPAIR No. 10, Rework Support and Footless
Connector Conversion, REPAIR No. 11, Support Conversion; Add Anti-Rotation Pin Hole.
(2) To update to fuel nozzle assembly model E32, E33, or E34, refer to 6740281
S/B 73-019, Valve Adapter Conversion.
B. Refer to Table 6001 for a list of recommended repair equipment, in addition to standard repair shop
equipment.
NOTE: Item numbers refer to IPL Figure 1 unless specified

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-919-A01

6783808M1 Turning Fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6783823 Tool Setting Block Same as above
6957660 Set Up Block Same as above
6957661 Expandable 5c Collet Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-909-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-920-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Collet (optional) Commercially Available
End mill (optional), 0.090 to 0.100 in. (2.29 to 2.54 mm) Commercially Available
dia.
Milling machine (optional) Commercially Available
Shot, S110 cast steel (optional) Commercially Available
Turning tool Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-912-A01
3. Rework of connector and Fitting
NOTE: Connector and fitting (50, IPL Figure 1) must be removed from the support, (180), if not already
removed, before rework. The cutoff point, which is below the footed connector weld joint, is critical
and may remove parent metal from the support. Width of the cut will establish the integrity of
connector Dimension “B”, Figure 6001, and usability of the part.
CAUTION: COMPLETE NOZZLE DISASSEMBLY, INCLUDING CUTTING METERING SET (260)

WELDS, IS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FLUSHING OF ANY CONTAMINATES THAT COULD
BLOCK THE METERING SET ORIFICES.
A. Perform the FOOTLESS connector and fitting removal procedure, if required, in DISASSEMBLY to
remove the FOOTED connector and fitting (50) from support (180).
B. Inspect footed connector (80) against maximum serviceable limits given in Figure 6001. Parts can not
be repaired if below minimum material condition.
NOTE: If connector and fitting (50) is undersize, 0.076 to 0.097 in. (1.93 to 2.46 mm), Dimension “E”,
after complete conversion to a footless connector, refer to REPAIR No. 19.
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6002

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
FOOTED CONNECTOR
(80)
0.092 (2.34)
MAX
DIM B
1.376 (34.95)
MIN
DIA C

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. 615-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-915-A01
Repair No. 9 Inspect Dimensions for Modification to Footless Connector (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
CAUSING TROUBLE DURING LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS CAN WORK
C. Rework and repair OD of connector.

(1) Mount expandable 5c collet, 6957661, to spindle of lathe. Install tool setting block, 6957660, onto
expandable 5c collet.
(2) Mount cutoff tool in tool holder. Mount to lathe cross slide. Set point if cut, Surface A, and
maximum depth of cut, Surface B, from tool set up block, 6957660. Record indicator readings.
Remove tool set up block.
(3) Install turning tool into tool holder and mount in lathe turret.
(4) Install footed connector onto turning fixture. Make sure that connector fits snugly over
expandable 5c collet, 6957661.
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: FAILURE TO REWORK CONNECTOR FLANGE DIMENSION “B” TO WITHIN 0.089
TO 0.092 IN. (2.26 TO 2.34 MM) MAY RESULT IN DISCREPANT FITTING END POINT
LOCATION AFTER REWORK.
(5) Set lathe to run at approximately 170 rpm. Machine Dimension “E”, with cutoff tool; machine
Diameter “C”, with turning tool; and machine chamfer, with chamfer tool, within the limits given in
Figure 6004.
(6) Inspect Diameter “C” with micrometers. Visually verify chamfer.

6002
LATHE
EXPANDABLE
5C COLLET
6957661
FOOTED
CONNECTOR
AND FITTING
CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER
SURFACE B
(MAXIMUM SET UP
DEPTH OF CUT) BLOCK
6957660
SURFACE A
(POINT OF CUT)
CUTOFF TOOL
TOOL HOLDER 611B-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-916-A01
Repair No. 9 Footed Connector and Fitting Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 9
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6003
TURNING FIXTURE
TOOL SETTING BLOCK
(6783823)
CUTOFF TOOL
CONNECTOR AND FITTING

(50)
SET CROSS SLIDE

STOP TO PREVENT SURFACE F
CUTOFF TOOL
HITTING FIXTURE
DIA D
TURNING FIXTURE
DIM E
TOOL SETTING BLOCK
(6783823) SURFACE G
BORING TOOL
NOTES: 1. TOOL SETTING BLOCK

IS REVERSED FROM
POSITION USED FOR
DIA D FOOT CUTOFF SET-UP
ABOVE.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN
PARENTHESES REFER
TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
SET CROSS SLIDE
STOPS FOR BORING
TOOL DEPTH AND DIAMETER
DIM E
616-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-917-A01
Repair No. 9 Connector and Fitting Tooling Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. Rework and repair ID of connector.
(1) Mount turning fixture, 6783808M1, on universal face plate adapter, 6897008, mounted on a metal
cutting lathe. Install cutoff tool and boring tool into lathe turret. Install tool setting block, 6783823,
and indicate ID to run within 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) TIR. Set cutting depth “E” and diameter “D” with
the tool setting block, as shown in Figure 6003. Remove tool setting block.
(2) Install connector and fitting in turning fixture, 6783808M1. Indicate as shown in Figure 6004,
within 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) TIR. Use cutoff tool to remove connector foot to Surface “F” as shown
in Figure 603. Use boring tool to machine Diameter “D” to Radius “R”; turn Radius “R” to
Dimension “E”; turn Surface “G” per limits given in Figure 6004.
(3) Inspect Diameter “D” and Dimension “E”. Verify Radius “R”. The limits given in Figure 6004 must
be met after repairs are completed.
E. Connector web and foot rework.
NOTE: This procedure is optional.
(1) Install connector and fitting neck into a collet mounted on a milling machine. Index the web to
horizontal position. Use a vertical end mill of 0.090 to 0.100 in. (2.29 to 2.54 mm) diameter, to cut
out web to the limits given in Figure 6005.
WARNING: THE ACTIVE INGREDIENTS OF ETCHING SOLUTION ARE TOXIC AND

CORROSIVE. USE IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA AND WEAR PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING, GLOVES, AND FACE SHIELD. AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF
VAPOR AND CONTACT WITH SKIN. IF ETCHINGSOLUTION GETS IN THE EYES,
FLUSH THROUGHLY WITH COOL WATER UNDER EYELIDS AND OBTAIN
MEDICAL ATTENTION AT ONCE.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE ETCHING SOLUTION DIES NOT GET ON SURFACES OUTSIDE
INSPECTION AND REWORK AREAS.
(2) Inspect the connector web and foot rework areas for surface defects.
(a) Prepare reworked surfaces for fluorescent penetrant inspection by etching as described in
Chapter 70-24-00, class C (Schantz Reagent) of General Electric Standard Practice
Manual, GEK 9250. Apply etching solution with a saturated cotton swab for 60 to 90
seconds. Blot etching solution with a clean paper towel or cloth saturated with clean water.
Perform a spot fluorescent penetrant inspection of the reworked surface area as described
in Chapter 70-32-03 of GeneralElectric Standard Practices Manual GEK 9250. Repaired
areas must be free of fluorescent penetrant indications. No cracks are permitted. A notch is
not permitted at Surface “W”.
NOTE: Repair any defects in the reworked areas by grinding out all defects. Repair weld
as described in REPAIR No. 24. After weld repair, repeat machining operations
necessary and repeat dimensional inspection and fluorescent penetrant
inspection.
REPAIR No. 24 (Refer to "TASK-73-13-07-94A-924-A01" on page 6001.)
Repair No. 9
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: FULLY PROTECT ALL OPENINGS TO PREVENT ANY SHOT FROM
ENTERING. RESIDUAL SHOT IS DIFFICULT TO REMOVE FROM INTERNAL
PASSAGES. IT WILL CAUSE VALVE AND METERING SET MALFUNCTIONS
DURING SUBSEQUENT TESTING. COMPLETE DISASSEMBLY AND
OVERHAUL OF THE FUEL NOZZLE WILL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE
RESIDUAL SHOT.
(b) Prepare the connector web rework area for shot peening by masking the surfaces outside
inspection area. Shot peen the web repair area. Use S110 cast steel shot at an intensity of
5-9A per Chapter 70-47-01 of General Electric Standard Practices Manual, GEK 9250.
Overspray to adjacent areas is permitted.
F. Repair and rework of the connector and fitting, as previously described, accomplishes conversion of
the affected parts to new part numbers as listed in Table 6003.
6003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-921-A01
Repair No. 9 Conversion Table For Modified Components—Table 6003
Replacement
Old Part Number Nomenclature New Part Number Part Number
6761073 (footed) Connector and Fitting 6771672* 6871346
(Assy) (footless) (footless)
6761072 (footed) Connector 6771673* 6871347
(footless) (footless)
6761069 Discard; Spacer 6781576* 6871345
Replace with 6871345
6761668 Discard or rework per Valve Liner 6761667* 6871342
(M8 Only) 6740281 S/B 73-019
NOTE: * Non-procurable; however, acceptable to use if already in stock.
Repair No. 9 Conversion Table For Modified Components —Table 6003
G. Re-identify reworked nozzles.
(1) Re-identify reworked nozzles with new identification plate stamped with new Parker and General
Electric part numbers. Refer to Table 6004. Retain the original serial number of the reworked
nozzle to maintain support/fuel nozzle assembly S/N correlation.
(2) Stamp nozzle identification plate with original serial number of reworked nozzle.
6004
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-922-A01
Repair No. 9 Identification of Reworked Nozzles—Table 6004
Old Parker Old General New Parker New General New Parker New General
OR
Hannifin P/N Electric P/N Hannifin P/N Electric P/N Hannifin P/N Electric P/N
6740281M7 9119M60P07 6740281M23 9119M60P23 6740281E33 9119M60P33
OR
* * *** ***
6740281M8 9119M60P08 6740281M21 9119M60P21 6740281E32 9119M60P32
OR
*** ***
6740281M9 9119M60P09 6740281M24 9119M60P24 6740281E34 9119M60P34
OR
** ** *** ***
6740281M18 9119M60P18 6740281M23 9119M60P23 6740281E33 9119M60P33
OR
*** ***
6740281M19 9119M60P19 6740281M24 9119M60P24 6740281E34 9119M60P34
OR
*** ***
NOTE: * Requires replacement of metering set, 6751062, with metering set, 677517, or replacement part
number 6871354.
NOTE: ** Requires replacement of metering set, 6751064, with metering set, 6771533, or replacement
part number 6871358.
NOTE: *** Requires additional completion per 6740281 S/B 73-019 refer to DISASSEMBLY and
ASSEMBLY.
Repair No. 9 Identification of Reworked Nozzles —Table 6004
H. Continue with REPAIR Numbers. 10,11, and 12, as applicable, for modification of the support (180) to
accept new footless connector and anti-rotation pin, and rework the valve liner. Use repaired and
reworked parts listed in Table 6003 and Repairs 10, 11 and 12, to complete the fuel nozzle overhaul.
Perform the appropriate ASSEMBLY and TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedures for new part
numbers.
I. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contamination from repair operation.
J. The limits given in Figures 6004 and 6005 must be met after repairs are complete.
K. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 9
Page 6008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6004
0.040 (1.02)
MIN WALL
1.270 - 1.293
(32.26 - 32.84)
DIA D 1.380 (35.05)
MAX
DIA C
0.030 (0.76) MAX
GROOVE PERMITTED
BURR FREE
0.035 - 0.050 R
(0.89 - 1.27)
RADIUS R
0.005 (0.13) R MAX
NO CHAMFER
ALLOWED
INDICATE HERE
COMPLETE CLEAN-UP
REQUIRED ON THIS
SURFACE.
DEBURR 0.010 - 0.017 (0.25 - 0.43) R
0.020 (0.51) R MAX OR 45° (0.79 RAD)
CHAMFER.
0.097 - 0.101
(2.46 - 2.57) DIM E
SURFACE G
NOTE: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH

MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES,
617-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-918-A01
Repair No. 9 Rework Footed Connector and Fitting Subassembly to Footless Connector Configuration
(Models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19) (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6004
Repair No. 9
73-13-07 Page 6009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6005
0.540 - 0.550 RELIEVE WEB THIS AREA

(13.72 - 13.97) TO BLOCK WELD HEAT SINK EFFECT
CAST DIA (SHOTPEEN REWORKED AREA)
BREAK EDGES
0.030 (0.76) R MIN
ALL AROUND
CUT-OUT BOTH SIDES
SURFACE W
(OLD WELD
INTERFACE)
0.700 - 0.740
(17.78 - 18.80)
1.090 - 1.110
0.090 - 0.130 (27.69 - 28.19)
(2.29 - 3.30) R CAST DIA
0.000 - 0.020
(0.00 - 0.51)

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-919-A01
Repair No. 9 Rework Connector Web and Foot (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6005
Repair No. 9
Page 6010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 10
REWORK FOOTED SUPPORT FOR FOOTLESS CONNECTOR CONVERSION
(MODELS 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, M19)
TASK 73-13-07-94A-910-A01
1. Rework Footed Support for Footless Connector Conversion

A. This repair is for fuel nozzle assembly models 6740281M7, M8, M9, M18, and M19.
B. This repair must be done in conjunction with REPAIR No. 9, Rework Footed Connector and Fitting
Configuration, REPAIR No. 11, Support Conversion; Add Anti-Rotation Pin Hole.
NOTE: To update to fuel nozzle assembly model E32, E33, or E34, refer also per 6740281 S/B 73-
019, Valve Adapter Conversion.
C. The materials shown in Table 6001 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-923-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-913-A01
2. Repair and Rework Support (180, IPL Figure 1)
NOTE: Connector and fitting (50) must be removed from the support (180), if not already removed, before
rework. The cutoff point, which is below the footed connector weld joint, is critical and may remove
parent metal from the support. Width of the cut will establish the integrity of support Dimension “M”
and usability of the part. See Figures 6001 and 6002.
A. Perform the FOOTLESS connector and fitting removal procedure, if required, in DISASSEMBLY to
remove the FOOTED connector and fitting (50) from support (180).
Repair No. 10
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: COMPLETE NOZZLE DISASSEMBLY INCLUDING CUTTING OF METERING SET
WELDS, IS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FLUSHING OF THE CONTAMINATES THAT COULD
BLOCK THE METERING SET ORIFICES.
CAUSING TROBLE DURING LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS CAN WORK
B. Inspect support for maximum serviceable limits given in Figure 6002. Parts can not be reworked if
below minimum material condition, except for dimension “M”. If dimension “M” is undersized, 1.661 to
1.681 in. (42.19 to 42.70 mm), refer to REPAIR No. 19.
C. Remachine support to dimensions shown in Figure 6003.

NOTE: The limits given in Figure 6002 and 6003 must be met after repairs are completed.
D. Rework for model 6740281M8 (non-primary) also requires the addition of a valve cartridge anti-rotation
pin. Refer to REPAIR No. 11.
E. Repair and rework of the support, as previously described, accomplishes conversion of the affected
parts to new part numbers. Refer to Table 6002.
F. After completion of all required repair procedures, perform the appropriate ASSEMBLY and
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedures for the new part numbers.
G. Re-identify reworked nozzles.
(1) Re identify reworked nozzles with new identification plate stamped with new Parker and General
Electric part numbers. Refer to Table 6003. Retain the original serial number of the reworked
nozzle to maintain support/fuel nozzle S/N correlation.
(Refer to Table 6003 "ABLE-73-13-07-99A-925-A01" on page 6003.)
(2) Stamp nozzle identification plate with original serial number of reworked nozzle.
H. Upon completion of repair, clean connector and fitting (50) in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as
directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operation.
I. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
preserve components by wetting with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
6002
Repair No. 10
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-924-A01
Repair No. 10 Conversion Table For Modified Support —Table 6002
Old Part Nomenclature New Part Replace Part OR Replacement Part

Number Number Number Number
(Conversion to “E”
models)
6761663 Support 6771669 6871353 OR 6921078
(Primary/Secondary) * (M23, M24) **
(E33, E34)
6761664 Support 6771676 6871336 OR 6921079
(Non-primary) * (M21) **
(E32)
NOTE: * Non-procurable; however, acceptable to use if already instock.
NOTE: ** Requires completion of REPAIR, Repair Numbers. 11,12, and 14, as applicable to meet “E”
model requirements.
Repair No. 10Conversion Table For Modified Support —Table 6002
6003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-925-A01
Old Parker Old General New Parker New General OR New Parker New General
Hannifin P/N Electric P/N Hannifin P/N Electric P/N Hannifin P/N Electric P/N
6740281M7 9119M60P07 6740281M23 9119M60P23 OR 6740281E33 9119M60P33
* * *** ***
6740281M8 9119M60P08 6740281M21 9119M60P21 OR 6740281E32 9119M60P32
*** ***
6740281M9 9119M60P09 6740281M24 9119M60P24 OR 6740281E34 9119M60P34
** ** *** ***
6740281M18 9119M60P18 6740281M23 9119M60P23 OR 6740281E33 9119M60P33
*** ***
6740281M19 9119M60P19 6740281M24 9119M60P24 OR 6740281E34 9119M60P34
*** ***
NOTE: * Requires replacement of metering set, 6751062, with metering set, 677517, or replacement
part number 6871354.
NOTE: ** Requires replacement of metering set, 6751064, with metering set, 6771533, or replacement
part number 6871358. Refer to DISASSEMBLY and ASSEMBLY.
NOTE: *** Requires additional completion per 6740281 S/B 73-019.
Repair No. 10
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
DIA N
1.691 -1.692
(42.95 - 42.98)
REF
CUTOFF TOOL
POINT P
TOOL HOLDER
SEE DETAIL A
DIA N
DETAIL A
REWORK FOOTED CONNECTOR
WELD CUT
614A-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-920-A01
Repair No. 10 Support Cutoff Point (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 10
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
0.040 (1.02)
MIN WALL
1.293 (32.84) MAX DIA
NO UNDERCUTS ALLOWED
1.203 (30.56) MAX DIA
1.681 (42.70)
MIN
DIM M
POINT P

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-921-A01
Repair No. 10 Minimum Serviceable Dimensions for Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 10
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6003
1.380 (35.05)
0.010 - 0.017 R MAX
(0.25 - 0.43) 0.040 (1.02) DIA N
OR MIN WALL
45 DEG (0.79 RAD)
BASIC CHAMFER 0.005 (0.13) R
1.270 - 1.293 MAX
0.050 (1.27) MIN (32.26 - 32.84)
LENGTH OF DIA N DIA W
(STEP PERMISSIBLE) 0.035 - 0.055 R
(0.89 - 1.40)
STARTING SURFACE
- DO NOT MACHINE
NO UNDERCUTS
0.155 (3.94) ALLOWED
MAX
1.681 - 1.691
(42.70 - 42.95)
DIM M
POINT P

2. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR PRIMARY
/SECONDARY NOZZLES (M7, M9, M18, 621-50
M19). DIMENSIONS ARE IDENTICAL
FOR NON-PRIMARY NOZZLE (M8).
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-922-A01
Repair No. 10 Rework Support Dimensions for Conversion to Footless Connector (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 10
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 11
SUPPORT CONVERSION; ADD ANTI-ROTATION PIN HOLE
(MODEL 6740281M8 TO M21 OR E32)
TASK 73-13-07-94A-911-A01
1. Support Conversion: Add Anti-Rotation Pin Hole

A. This is for fuel nozzle assembly model 6740281M8.
B. This repair must be done in conjunction with REPAIR No. 9, Rework Footed Connector and Fitting to
Footless Configuration, REPAIR No. 10, Rework Support for Footless Connector Conversion.
NOTE: To update fuel nozzle assembly model E32, refer also per 6740281 S/B 73-019, Valve
Adapter Conversion.
C. The materials shown in Table 6001 are necessary to do the repair procedures in this section.

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-926-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Drill fixture Commercially Available
Plug gages Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-942-A01
2. Rework Procedure
A. Rework model 6740281M8 (non-primary) to M21 or E32 by drilling cartridge valve anti-rotation pin
hole. Refer to Figure 6001.
NOTE: Metering set (260), must also be replaced. Refer to DISASSEMBLY and ASSEMBLY.
(1) Mount support into drill fixture and secure in place.
(2) Drill hole “D” (diameter “D”) and then hole “T” (diameter “T”) to dimensions shown in Figure 6001.
(3) Remove all chips and loose burrs from the drilled holes.
Repair No. 11
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(4) Inspect Dimension “C” of hole “T” with depth micrometer. Inspect diameters of holes “D” and “T”
with plug gage.
CAUTION: AFTER MACHINING OPERATIONS, REMOVE ALL BURRS TO PREVENT THEM

FROM CAUSING TROUBLE DURING LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS
CAN WORK LOOSE AND BECOME LODGES IN SPRAY ORIFICES, CAUSING
FAULTY SPRAY PATTENS AND INSUFFICIENT FUEL FLOW.
(5) Deburr edges as required.
B. Upon completion of repair, clean support in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING,
to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations.
C. The limits given in Figure 6001 must be met after repairs are completed.
D. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 11
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
0.410 (10.41)
ANTI-ROTATION
PIN HOLE
A A
-E-
SURFACE T
-L-
0.151 - 0.158 0.015 (0.38) M E M L M
(3.84 - 4.01)
DIA T
1.566 - 1.596
(39.78 - 40.54) 1.696 - 1.716
DIM C (43.08 - 43.59)
-E-
SECTION A - A
0.123 - 0.127
(3.12 - 3.23) DIA D

2. FOR CONVERSION OF SUPPORT TO E32,
REFER TO REPAIR, REPAIR NO. 14. 622-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-923-A01
Repair No. 11 Rework of Non-Primary Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 11
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 11
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 12
VALVE ADAPTER REPLACEMENT
(MODELS: 6740281E32, E33, AND E34)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-908-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-927-A01

6763622 Extracting Tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
6957662 Holding Fixture Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-912-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-928-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Braze paste, AMS 4787 Commercially available
End mill, 0.250 in. (6.35mm) dia Commercially available
Milling machine Commercially available
TASK 73-13-07-601-914-A01
Repair No. 12
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3. Valve Adapter Removal.
NOTE: If new valve adapter is required refer to Service Bulletin 6740281, S/B 73-019.
NOTE: Fuel nozzle must be disassembled to support (180, IPL Figure 1) level first prior to doing this
repair. Support must be pyrolytically and chemically cleaned prior to doing this repair. Refer to
DISASSEMBLY and CLEANING sections.
NOTE: The primary tube (140) or pin (150) must be removed prior to doing this repair. Refer to
DISASSEMBLY.
A. Secure holding fixture, 6957662, to a milling machine.

B. Load support into holding fixture, 6957662. Position the support flange mounting holes over the round
end diamond locator pins on the clamp base. Make sure the support flange is in full contact with the
clamp.
C. Indicate as shown per Figure 6001. Re-adjust to Diameter F.

CAUTION: DO NOT MACHINE COMPLETELY THROUGH VALVE ADAPTER OR SUPPORT

SURFACES MAY BE DAMAGED.
D. Using end mill, machine to remove top portion of valve adapter only.
NOTE: Max depth of milling, 1.200 in. (30.48mm) from top of support.
E. Use extracting tool, 6763622, to remove secondary insulation tube (200).
TASK 73-13-07-601-915-A01
4. Rework Support
A. Machine secondary circuit, Diameter D, Radius S, and Dimension H. Chamfer top of hole.
B. Deburr all machined edges.
C. Upon completion of repair, clean support in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING,
to eliminate all traces of contaminants from repair operations.
Repair No. 12
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
INDICATE 0.250 (6.35) DIA

HERE
0.160 - 0.170
(4.06 - 4.32) DIM F
SUPPORT (180)
VALVE ADAPTER
1.200 (30.48) (230)
REF
1.686 (42.82)
REF
HOLDING SECONDARY
FIXTURE TUBE (200)
6957662
634-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-924-A01
Repair No. 12 Valve Adapter Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 12
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
1.080
(27.43) REF 0.165 (4.19)
DIM F
0.153 - 0.158
(3.89 - 4.01) DIA G
A A
POINT P
INDICATE 1.200 - 1.203

-A-
SURFACE T HERE (30.48 - 30.56) DIA A
SEE DETAIL B
1.661 - 1.681
(42.19 - 42.70)
DIM H POINT P
SECTION A - A
0.234 - 0.235
(5.94 - 5.97) DIA D
0.002 (0.051) -B-
0.015 - 0.025
(0.38 - 0.64)
X 45° (0.79 RAD)
CHAMFER
0.04 - 0.06 NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH

(1.02 - 1.52) R MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES,
RADIUS S OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN
0.03 PARENTHESIS ARE IDENTIFIED.
(0.80) MIN. WALL
-B-
628B-50
DETAIL B
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-925-A01
Repair No. 12 Rework Valve Adapter Area of Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 12
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 13
SUPPORT REPAIR
TASK 73-13-07-94B-909-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-929-A01

6763628 Lapping Tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-13-07-94A-913-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-930-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Lapping compound, 1200 grit Commercially Available
Plug gages Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-916-A01
Repair No. 13
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
3. Repair Cartridge Valve Seal Surface in Support
To repair cartridge valve sealing surface in support, use 1200 grit lapping compound and lapping tool,
6763628. Lap face of valve guide (220) or valve adapter (230), flat to within 0.0001 in. (0.0025 mm), until a
full pattern is developed indicated by a continuous matte gray finish. Lapping tool must be held parallel to
support face.
NOTE: To repair discrepancies to Service Bulletin 6740281, S/B 73-109.
TASK 73-13-07-601-917-A01
4. Repair Flange Sealing Surface
NOTE: To repair minor discrepancies, polish flange seal surface per REPAIR No. 22.
A. Measure Dimension J and Dimension K. Flange must be within the limits given in Figure 6001.
Determine maximum amount of material that can be removed.
B. Load support in a suitable turning fixture on a metal cutting lathe.
CAUTION: ANY REMOVAL OF MATERIAL WILL RESULT IN LOWERING OF TIP END AND COULD
PRODUCE AN UNACCEPTABLE RESULT ON THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE GAGE.
C. Machine flange surface, tip end only, as required, to repair damage within the limits given in Figure
6001. Make sure not to remove more than previously determined allowable amount.
D. Install plastic flange protector or equivalent (331, IPL Figure 1) after turning operation to protect seal
surface.
TASK 73-13-07-601-918-A01
5. Repair Flange Mounting Bolt Holes
A. Inspect bolt hole, Diameter L, with appropriate size diameter plug gage. Ream hole as necessary until
plug gage is accepted.
NOTE: Other 2 flange bolt holes may be repaired by this procedure as required.
B. Deburr flange hole(s), tip end only, as required to repair damage within the limits given in Figure 6001.
Do not damage seal surface.
TASK 73-13-07-601-919-A01
6. Repair Threads
A. Refer to REPAIR No. 21.

B. Upon completion of repair, clean cartridge valve in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations.
C. If rework components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 13
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
0.280 - 0.295 DIA

(7.11 - 7.49)
2 PLACES
MOUNTING FLANGE
SEALING SURFACE
0.251 - 0.260 DIA (SHADED AREA)
(6.38 - 6.60)
DIA L 0.005 (0.13)
IMPERFECTIONS PERMITTED WITHIN

SEALING SURFACE AREA TO 0.010 (0.25) MAX
RADIAL LENGTH, 0.005 (0.127) MAX DEPTH
1.60 (40.64)
MAX DIA
2.00 (50.80)
SECTION A - A MIN DIA 0.180 (4.57) MIN
DIM K
SEE NOTE #4
A OUTSIDE MOUNTING
FLANGE SEAL SURFACE
0.010 (0.25)
1.681 (42.70)
POINT P
MIN
DIM J
0.12 - 0.14
A (3.05 - 3.56) R
BLEND
SUPPORT
DEBURR FLANGE EDGES (180)
0.015 (0.38) R MAX
-TIP END ONLY-
DEBURR FLANGE HOLES
0.010 (0.25) MAX BREAK
-TIP END ONLY-
3 PLACES
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS
IN PARENTHESES. OTHER METRIC
CONVERSIONS IN PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
3. INTERNAL CONFIGURATION, SECTION A - A

4. NOT APPLICABLE IN AREAS OF MINOR DAMAGE,
AS DESCRIBED IN CHECK SECTION, PARA. 1.D.,
CF50-003
OUTSIDE SEALING SURFACE OF THE MOUNTING FLANGE.
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-926-A01
Repair No. 13 Support Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 13
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 13
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 14
LOCATING PIN/PRIMARY TUBE REPLACEMENT
(MODELS 6740281 M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, E34)
TASK 73-13-07-94B-910-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-931-A01

6763622 Extracting Tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
6793001 Height Gage Same as below
TASK 73-13-07-94A-914-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-932-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Collet, 5c, 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) diameter Commercially available
Lathe, speed Commercially available
TASK 73-13-07-601-920-A01
3. Repair Procedure
Repair No. 14
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
A. Measure distance, Diameter N, Figure 6001.
(1) Check height with height gage, 6793001. Pin (150, IPL Figure 1) or primary tube (140) must be
seated and must engage height gage to make sure cartridge valve does not rotate. Top of pin or
primary must be within limits given in Figure 6001.
(2) If less than this dimension, remove pin or primary tube using extracting tool, 6763622, and
replace it with oversize replacement pin (151), or oversize replacement primary tube (141).
B. Install oversize pin (151) or oversize tube (141) in support until bottomed in support.
C. Measure from top of valve guide (220) or valve adapter (230), as applicable, to top of pin or primary
tube to determine amount of material to be removed.
D. After installation of oversize replacement pin or oversize primary tube, oversize pin or oversize primary
tube must be machined to meet Dimension N shown in Figure 6001.
E. Install 0.125 in (3.175 mm) diameter 5c collet in lathe. Install pin or primary tube in collet.
F. Turn pin or primary tube to meet requirements of Dimension N. Break corner of outside diameter or
inside diameter. Verify height with height gage, 6793001.
G. Upon completion of repair, clean assembly in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
H. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 14
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
VALVE ADAPTER (230)
0.036 - 0.059 VALVE GUIDE (220)

(0.91 - 1.50)
DIM N
0.036 - 0.059
(0.91 - 1.50)
DIM N
PRIMARY TUBE
(140)
PIN (151)
REPLACEMENT
PIN MUST BE
REPLACEMENT BOTTOMED IN
TUBE MUST BE HOUSING PIN
BOTTOMED IN BORE
HOUSING TUBE
BORE
SINGLE ORIFICE SUPPORTS
DUAL ORIFICE SUPPORTS
NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, WITH MILLIMETERS

IN PARENTHESES.
2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER TO
IPL, FIGURE 1.
3. DUAL ORIFICE SUPPORT SHOWS CONFIGURATION
AFTER REPAIR NO. 15. SINGLE ORIFICE SUPPORT
SHOWS CONFIGURATION BEFORE REPAIR NO. 15. CF50-002
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-927-A01
Repair No. 14 Repair / Refinish Oversize Pin (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 14
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 14
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 15
VALVE LINER REPAIR
TASK 73-13-07-94B-911-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-933-A01

6957661 Expandable 5c Collet Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-13-07-94A-915-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-934-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Mandrel Commercially Available
Press, air or manual powered Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-921-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. Use a straight edge to make sure valve liner top is straight. If required, straighten as follows:
Repair No. 15
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) Load valve liner over the appropriate size mandrel in an air or manual powered press.
(2) Apply pressure, as required, to straighten valve top liner top surface.
B. Machine valve liner orifice ID.
(1) Load valve liner (130) on expandable 5c collet, 6957661, mounted in a metal cutting lathe.
(2) Make sure valve liner OD is within ± 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR.
(3) Machine valve liner orifice ID to the limits shown in Figure 6001.
NOTE: If anti-rotation pin hole is not in limits, refer to REPAIR No. 11.
(4) Inspect the machined dimensions against the limits given in Figure 6001. The limits given in
Figure 6001 must be met after repairs are completed.
C. Upon completion of repair, clean valve liner in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contamination from repair operations.
Repair No. 15
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
EXPANDABLE 5C
COLLET (6957661)
VALVE LINER (130)
PUSH ROD IN AIR PRESS
0.605 (15.37) MAX
0.410 (10.41) REF

STRAIGHT TOP
0.128 (3.25)
MAX
0.005
(0.13) R MAX VALVE LINER
MANDREL

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-928-A01
Repair No. 15 Valve Liner Repair (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 15
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 15
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 16
STRAIGHTEN PRIMARY TUBE
TASK 73-13-07-94B-912-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-935-A01

6957663 Straightening Tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-13-07-94A-916-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-936-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-922-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. Insert primary tube into straightening tool, 6957663.

B. Straighten primary tube as required.
Repair No. 16
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Upon completion of repair, clean repaired area in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
D. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
E. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hour before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 16
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 17
REPAIR LOCKWIRE HOLE
TASK 73-13-07-94A-917-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-937-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Drill bit, 3/64 in. (1.19 mm) dia Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-923-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Enlarged holes cannot be repaired.
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. THESE PROCEDURES

WILL CAUSE LOOSE PARTICLES THAT CAN INJURE EYES.
CAUTION: AFTER DRILLING OPERATIONS, ALL BURRS MUST BE REMOVED TO PREVENT

DAMAGE DURING ASSEMBLY AND CLEANING. BURRS CAN WORK LOOSE AND
BECOME LODGED IN SPRAY ORIFICES CAUSING FAULTY SPRAY QUALITY
PATTERNS AND LOW FUEL FLOW.
CAUTION: FULLY PROTECT ALL OPENINGS TO PREVENT METAL PARTICLES FROM ENTERING.
METAL PARTICLES ARE DIFFICULT TO REMOVE FROM INTERNAL PASSAGES AND
MAY CAUSE VALVE CARTRIDGE AND METERING SET MALFUNCTIONS. COMPLETE
DISASSEMBLY AND OVERHAUL OF THE FUEL NOZZLE MAY BE REQUIRED TO
REMOVE RESIDUAL PARTICLES.
A. Use drill bit 3/64 in. (1.19 mm) dia, to enlarge hole to required size. See Figure 6001. Remove excess
burrs or raised metal.
B. Verify diameter with plug gage.
C. After repair, clean parts in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner to eliminate all traces of contaminates used
in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
Repair No. 17
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
preserve parts by wetting with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
6001
0.045 - 0.055 (1.14 - 1.40) DIA

POSITION LOCKWIRE HOLE AS
SHOWN, WITHIN UPPER HALF
OF FITTING. FITTING (60)
1.
CONNECTOR
(80)
643-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-929-A01
Repair No. 17 Lockwire Hole Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 17
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 18
REMOVE SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY FROM NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
TASK 73-13-07-94A-918-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-938-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-924-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: This repair is for all fuel nozzle assembly models that have been previously disassembled,
pyrolytically and chemically cleaned, and repaired, but damaged during handling.
A. Remove defective shroud/secondary body (270, IPL Figure 1). Remachine support. Refer to
DISASSEMBLY.
NOTE: Defective shroud/secondary body must be replaced. Use discarded part for weld sample.
B. Machine chips of foreign material must be prevented from entering or lodging in fuel passages. Flush
as required to remove any suspected blockage. Refer to CLEANING section, “Flushing Nozzle
Assembly”.
C. Select new shroud/secondary body (270, IPL Figure 1). Refer to REPAIR No. 5.
D. Install shroud/secondary body to support. Refer to ASSEMBLY section.
E. Qualify nozzle assembly per instruction given in ASSEMBLY and TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION.
NOTE: Nozzle must meet all final assembly and test requirements. If nozzle fails, disassemble.
F. Upon completion of repair, clean repaired components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
G. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
Repair No. 18
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 18
73-13-07 Page 6002

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 19
WELD BUILDUP FOR COMPONENTS
TASK 73-13-07-94A-919-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-939-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
TASK 73-13-07-601-925-A01
2. Repair Procedure
A. Weld buildup component using one of the following options:
(1) Option A: Weld applicable scrap hardware to end of short component. Use applicable welding
instructions in the ASSEMBLY section. The repair weld must meet radiographic and fluorescent
penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK section but can be verified at final assembly. Disassemble
and remachine component to required dimensions per CMM.
(2) Option B: Weld an extension sleeve made of bar-stock. See table 5002 for material information.
Use applicable welding instructions in the ASSEMBLY section. The repair weld must meet
radiographic and fluorescent penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK section but can be verified
at final assembly. Remachine component to required dimensions per CMM.
(3) Option C: Weld a bead of filler material, conforming to the material of the component being
repaired, around the top edges of the component. See table 5002 for material information. The
repair weld must meet radiographic and fluorescent penetrant inspection criteria in CHECK
section but can be verified at final assembly. Remachine component to required dimensions per
CMM.
B. If radiographic inspection is to be performed directly after Option C weld repair, use the column in table
5003 that matches the next assembly weld joint. Drop thru and reinforcement requirements do not
need to be met at this level but must be met at sub-assembly or final assembly.
C. After repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, to eliminate all traces of
contaminates used in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
Repair No. 19
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. If reworked parts are stored prior to assembly, it is recommended to preserve parts by wetting with
preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 19
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 20
REPLACE PRIMARY ADAPTER IN SUPPORT
TASK 73-13-07-94B-913-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-940-A01

6755046 Test Clamp Fixture Parker Hannifin Corporation
6765129 Test Fixture Same as above
6785319 Test Fixture Same as above
6897008 Face Plate Adapter Same as above
6947601 Ceramic Holder Same as above
6957664 Assembly Fixture Same as above
6957665 Acceptance Gage Same as above
TASK 73-13-07-94A-920-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-941-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Ball, 0.062 in (1.58 mm) dia Commercially Available
Repair No. 20
Page 6001
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Braze paste, AMS 4787 Commercially Available
Braze stop-off material Commercially Available
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially Available
Carbon plate, flat Commercially Available
Drill, 0.196 in. (4.98 mm) dia Commercially Available
End Mill Commercially Available
Vacuum furnace, capable of 2200°F (1204°C) at a Commercially Available
vacuum of 1 X 10-5 TORR min.
Gloves, white cotton Commercially Available
Lathe, standard Commercially Available
Wire Brush Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-926-A01
3. Support Adapter Removal

NOTE: Fuel nozzle must be disassembled to support level first (180, IPL Figure 1), prior to doing this
repair. Support must be pyrolytically and chemically cleaned prior to doing this repair. Refer to
DISASSEMBLY and CLEANING sections.
A. Mount turning fixture, 6793005M1, on face plate adapter, 6897008. Install this assembly onto a
standard lathe.
B. Install appropriate size end mill. Position on lathe cross slide tool post.
C. Load support into turning fixture, 6793005M1. Position the support flange mounting holes over the
round end diamond locator pins on the clamp base. Make sure the support flange is in full contact with
the clamp base.
D. Indicate as shown per Figure 6001.

CAUTION: DO NOT MACHINE COMPLETELY THROUGH SUPPORT ADAPTER OR SUPPORT

SURFACE MAY BE DAMAGED.
E. Machine per Figure 6001.

(1) Rough drill out adapter (250, IPL Figure 1), using appropriate size end mill, to remove the major
portion of support adapter only.
NOTE: Do not machine completely through support adapter. Do not drill into housing.
Repair No. 20
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) Using a 0.196 in. (4.98 mm) dia drill, finish drilling out remainder of adapter.
(3) Using flat bottom appropriate size drill, finish drilling support to bottom of drilled hole.
(4) Finish ream hole to size. Blend into radius shown. Chamfer top of hole as shown.
F. Deburr all machined edges.
TASK 73-13-07-601-927-A01
4. Install New Adapter in Support
A. Install braze ring (240) onto primary adapter (250).
B. Clean support (180), and new support adapter, with braze ring securely positioned on support adapter,
in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING.
NOTE: All components must be kept clean and free from contaminates, oil, grease, dirt, etc. through
all brazing operations. If components become contaminated, or there is any doubt, parts must
be disassembled and recleaned. Clean components immediately prior to braze preparation.
Use clean white cotton gloves for handling parts to prevent contamination.
C. Apply braze stop-off material, all around, to secondary hole and secondary threads as shown per
Figure 6002.
D. Insert support into assembly fixture, 6957664. Lock support in fixture with taper pin. Secure with
padded clamp.
E. Install adapter into support.
NOTE: For model numbers 6740281M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, and E34, make sure to align
the hole at the base of adapter with the primary flow port. See Figure 6002.
F. Thread holding clamp, of assembly fixture, 6957664, into support (180). Thread jack into holding
clamp until indicator registers zero.
G. Remove support from assembly fixture. Remove holding clamp and jack from support.
H. Slide braze ring to base of adapter.
I. Verify alignment on acceptance gage, 6957665.
TASK 73-13-07-601-928-A01
5. Braze New Support Adapter

NOTE: To assure braze qualification, it is recommended that trial parts be made up from unserviceable,
non-repairable, or rejected parts. Braze these trial parts and section to qualify braze integrity.
A. Apply braze paste, AMS 4787, over braze ring.
B. Install support on ceramic holder, 6947601. Set on clean, flat, carbon plate with valve adapter facing
down.
Repair No. 20
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Refer to General Electric Standard Practice Manual GEK 9250, Chapter 70-41-03, and high
temperature braze valve adapter to support as follows:
(1) Place support on moly grind sheets in a vacuum furnace capable of 2200° F (1204° C) at a
vacuum of at least 1 X 10-5 TORR.
(2) Evacuate furnace as follows:
(a) Attach thermalcouple(s).
(b) Evacuate furnace to 200 microns.
(c) Backfill with Argon to 1000/2000 microns.
(d) Evacuate furnace to 5 X 10-4 TORR or lower.
(3) Braze as follows:

(a) Heat furnace to 1175 to 1225° F (635 to 663° C) at 50° F (10° C) per minute.
(b) Hold furnace temperature at 1175 to 1225° F (635 to 663° C) for 10 to 45 minutes or until
support temperature equalizes with furnace temperature.
(c) Increase the furnace temperature until the filler material begins to flow. Hold this
temperature until the filler material has melted and formed the desired bond.
(d) Vacuum cool furnace until support temperature drops to 1475 to 1525°F (802 to 829° C).
(e) Force cool in recirculating argon until support temperature drops below 200° F (93° C).
(f) Equalize furnace pressure, with argon and open chamber.
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WHEN REMOVING HOT SUPPORT FROM

OVEN. SEVERE BURNS COULD RESULT IN PROTECTIVE MEASURES ARE
NOT TAKEN.
(g) Remove support from furnace and allow support to cool to room temperature before
handling.
TASK 73-13-07-601-929-S01
6. Pressure Test
Refer to 6740281 S/B 73-019, “After braze, pressure test” for instructions.
TASK 73-13-07-601-930-A01
7. Inspect
A. Process verification by destructive or non-destructive test methods required. Inspect as follows:
(1) X-Ray per CHECK section.
NOTE: In the event of conflict, this requirement takes precedence to the previous requirement.
(a) The entire area of voids, porosity, unbodied areas, and inclusions (compared to total joint
area) shall not exceed 15%.
(b) The maximum length of a single imperfection compared to total length (measured in the
same direction) of the joint shall not exceed 15%.
Repair No. 20
Page 6004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(c) No through voids are permitted.
(2) If inspection criteria requirements are not met, rebraze as follows
(a) Clean support (180) in ultrasonic tank with a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, per CLEANING.
(b) Add braze paste, AMS 4787, around neck of adapter as shown in figure 6003.
(c) Repeat braze operation.

NOTE: If part has been rebrazed, pressure test procedures and inspection procedures
must be preformed after rebraze is complete.
NOTE: If rebraze joint fails inspection requirements, removal of the support adapter is
required.
B. Verify Dimension P, Figure 6004. Use acceptable gage, 6957665.

C. Verify primary adapter alignment for primary/secondary supports. Pass a 0.062 in. (1.58 mm) diameter
ball through the primary hole of the valve cavity. Ball must pass through primary adapter.
D. The requirements defined in CHECK and Figure 6004 must be met after repairs are completed.
E. Remove stop-off material, if required with wire brush. Flush out residue with test fluid using test fixture,
6765129 (for footed supports, or test fixture, 6785319 (for footless supports), and test fixture clamp,
6755046.
F. After repair, clean parts in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, to eliminate all traces of contaminants used
in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
G. If reworked components are stored prior to assembly, it is recommended to preserve parts by wetting
with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 20
73-13-07 Page 6005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
SUPPORT (180)
ROUGH DRILL
DO NOT DAMAGE THREADS OUT ADAPTER
ADAPTER (251)

0.8125 (20.64) REF

ROUGH DRILL OUT
ADAPTER, THIS REGION
0.2085 (5.30) REF FINISH DRILL

FINISH DRILL OUT SUPPORT
ADAPTER, THIS REGION
REMOVE HEAVY BURR

0.005 - 0.015 (0.13 - 0.38)
X
45 DEG (79 RAD)
BSC CHAMFER
INDICATE HERE DO NOT DAMAGE THREADS
0.625 - 32 UN-2B REF
MINOR DIA: 0.5912 - 0.5986
POINT "P" (15.02 - 15.20)
0.203 - 0.205 DIA

(5.16 - 5.21)
0.650 (16.51)
0.010 - 0.030 R
DIA
(0.25 - 0.76)
REF
1.564 - 1.572
(39.73 - 39.93)
646B-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-930-A01
Repair No. 20 Support Adapter Removal (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 20
Page 6006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6002
ASSEMBLY FIXTURE
6957664
ZERO LEVEL
JACK
HOLDING
CLAMP
PADDED CLAMP
TAPER PIN
ADAPTER
(250) APPLY STOP-OFF HERE
(SECONDARY HOLE AND
BRAZE RING SECONDARY THREADS,
(240) ALL AROUND)
PRIMARY
FLOW PORT
SUPPORT
(180)
NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS LISTED IN ALIGN HOLE AT BASE OF ADAPTER

PARENTHESES REFER TO WITH PRIMARY FLOW PORT FOR
IPL, FIGURE 1. PRIMARY/SECONDARY NOZZLES
647-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-931-A01
Repair No. 20 Install Adapter in Support (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6002
Repair No. 20
73-13-07 Page 6007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6003
ADD PBRAZE PASTE, AMS 4787,

ALL AROUND, IF REQUIRED
SUPPORT
(180)
GOLD NICKEL BRAZE,

(FILLER MATL: AMS 4787)
PRIMARY
FLOW PORT
CERAMIC HOLDER
(6947601)
VALVE GUIDE (220) OR CARBON PLATE

VALVE ADAPTER (230)
NOTES: 1. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1 648-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-932-A01
Repair No. 20 Support on Ceramic Holder (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6003
Repair No. 20
Page 6008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6004
POINT P
0.060 (1.52) MAX

BRAZE FILLET
EVIDENCE OF BRAZE
REQUIRED ALL AROUND
DO NOT DAMAGE
THREADS
0.4105 (10.43) REF
GOLD NICKEL BRAZE

(FILLER MATL: AMS 4787)
0.070 (1.79) MIN
BRAZE LENGTH
2.582 - 2.592
(65.58 - 65.87)
DIM P 649-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-933-A01
Repair No. 20 Braze Adapter Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6004
Repair No. 20
73-13-07 Page 6009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 20
73-13-07 Page 6010

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 21
REPAIR THREADS
TASK 73-13-07-94A-921-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-942-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Cutting oil Commercially Available
India oil stone, fine Commercially Available
Thread go gage set Commercially Available
Thread die,.216-32 UNEF-2A Commercially Available
Thread die,.4375-20 UNF-3A Commercially Available
Thread die,.625-32 UN-2A Commercially Available
Thread die, 1.250-12 UNF-3A Commercially Available
Thread tap,.216-32 UNEF-2B Commercially Available
Thread tap,.625-32 UN-2B Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-931-A01
2. Repair Procedure
A. Damaged, but repairable threads can be smoothed our using a fine India oil stone or by using the
applicable thread die or tap specified in Table 6002. Use cutting oil as required.
B. Visually inspect the repaired threads against the limits given in CHECK, Table 5003, Inspection
Criteria.
6002
Repair No. 21
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-943-A01
Repair No. 21 Component Thread Sizes —Table 6002
LOCATION OF THREADS SIZE DIAMETERS

Fitting (60) 0.4375-20 UNF-3A Major dia:0.4294 to 0.4375
Connector (80) 1.250-12 UNF-3A Major dia:1.2386 to 1.2500
Pitch dia:1.1913 to 1.1959
Support (180) 0.625-32 UNEF-2B Major dia:0.5912 to 0.5986
Pitch dia:0.6047 to 0.6093
Support adapter (250) 0.216-32 UNEF-2A Major dia:0.2091 to 0.2151
Pitch dia:0.1917 to 0.1948
Shroud/secondary body (270) 0.625-32 UN-2A Major dia:0.6179 to 0.6239
Primary body (300) 0.216-32 UNEF-2B Major dia:0.182 to 0.190
Repair No. 21 Component Thread Sizes —Table 6002
C. Use thread go gages to verify repairs.
D. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

E. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 21
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
CONNECTOR (80)
1.250-12 UNF 3A
FITTING (60)
0.4375-20 UNF-3A
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
0.625-32 UN-2A
PRIMARY BODY (300)

0.216-32 UNEF-2B
SUPPORT (180) ADAPTER (250)

0.625-32 UN-2B 0.216-32 UNEF-2A
642-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-934-A01
Repair No. 21 Thread Repair (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 21
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 21
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 22
LAPPING AND POLISHING REPAIRS
TASK 73-13-07-94B-914-A01

6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-944-A01

6897097 Polishing Arbor Parker Hannifin Corporation
TASK 73-13-07-94A-922-A01
2. Repair Materials
6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-945-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Crocus cloth, 500 grit Commercially Available
Dowel, wood Commercially Available
Lapping compound, 1200 grit Commercially Available
Non-acidic degreaser cleaner Commercially Available
Stick, flat, wood Commercially Available
Toothpick round, wood Commercially Available
Repair No. 22
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-601-932-A01
3. Repair Procedure
A. To repair sealing surface of fitting (60), polish with polishing arbor, 6897097, and 500 grit crocus cloth.
B. Polish primary and secondary flow surfaces.
NOTE: For effective results, perform polish operation with primary flow test operation, in ASSEMBLY.
Monitor polish results by cleaning and testing until the required flow and spray pattern is
obtained.
(1) Mount in appropriate collet and spin in a speed lathe.

(2) Use 1200 grit lapping compound and a round toothpick sharpened to a fine point to polish orifice
and conical surfaces.
(3) Use a flat wooden stick for flat front faces.
(4) Polish surfaces to remove carbon or foreign material only. Do not remove base metal.
(5) Polish with a light touch; excess polishing of orifice will increase flow.
(6) To improve spray quality, polish edges to remove nicks.
(7) Polish, clean, and test to check polishing results. Overlapped parts are un-salvageable and must
be replaced.
NOTE: Use discarded parts for weld samples.
C. To repair sealing surface of support (180) flange, polish with 500 grit crocus cloth. Polish with a light
touch. Polish surfaces to remove carbon or foreign material only. Do not remove base metal.
D. To repair discrepancies on cartridge valve sealing surface in support, by machining, refer to 6740281
S/B 73-019, “Machine Valve Guide Seal Surface Face” for supports with valve guides (220), or refer to
6740281 S/B 73-019, “Machine Valve Adapter Seal Surface Face” for supports with valve adapters
(230).
TASK 73-13-07-601-933-A01
4. Remove Carbon and Foreign Deposits From Conical Front Face and Orifice of Primary or
Shroud/Secondary body, and Inside Diameter of Shroud/Secondary Body
A. Polish primary orifice or shroud/secondary body, Area W, with 1200 grit lapping compound and round
wooden toothpick ground to a fine point.
B. Use flat wood stick for flat surfaces.
C. Spin shroud/secondary body in a high speed lathe. Do not remove any base metal; maintain
Dimension “B”.
D. Polish Diameter “V” with 500 grit crocus cloth and wooden dowel to restore 32 μin (0.8 μm) finish. See
figure 6001. (See Figure 6001 "GRAPHIC-73-13-07-99B-935-A01" on page 6003.)
E. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

F. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 22
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
32 in.
u
(0.8 m)
u
PRIMARY
BODY (300)
PRIMARY
PLUG (310) AREA W
DIA V
DIA T
NO RAISED 0.000 - 0.015

METAL ALLOWED (0.00 - 0.38)
DIM B
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
PRIMARY BODY ORIFICE

(PRIMARY/SECONDARY
NOZZLES ONLY)
SHROUD
FRONT
FACE
SECONDARY BODY
FRONT FACE

MIILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-935-A01
Repair No. 22 Shroud/Secondary Body Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 22
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 22
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 23
REMOVE RAISED METAL
TASK 73-13-07-94A-923-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-946-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
India oil stone, fine Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-934-A01
2. Repair Procedure
CAUTION: REMOVE ALL BURRS TO PREVENT THEM FROM CAUSING TROUBLE DURING
LATER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES. BURRS CAN WORK LOOSE AND BECOME
LODGED IN SPRAY ORIFICE, CAUSING FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS AND
INSUFFICIENT FUEL FLOW.
A. Repair Diameter “T” of Primary Body. See Figure 6001.

CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE BASE MATERIAL FROM DIAMETER “T” (PRIMARY BODY
OUTSIDE DIAMETER). THIS IS A MATCHED CLEARANCE WITH THE SHROUD/
SECONDARY BODY (270). THIS CLEARANCE AFFECTS SECONDARY FUEL
FLOW.
(1) Mount collet in speed lathe. Install primary in collet.
(2) Use fine India oil stone to remove raised metal and restore 32 μin (0.8 μm) surface finish.
B. Repair Diameter “V” of Shroud/Secondary Body.
(1) Mount shroud/secondary body in speed lathe collet with threaded end exposed.
Repair No. 23
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE BASE MATERIAL FROM DIAMETER “V” [SHROUD/
SECONDARY BODY (270, IPL FIGURE 1) INSIDE DIAMETER]. THIS IS A MATCHED
CLEARANCE WITH THE PRIMARY BADY (300) OUSIDE DIAMETER. THIS
CLEARANCE AFFECTS SECONDARY FUEL FLOW.
(2) Use fine India oil stone to remove raised metal and restore 32 μin (0.8 μm) surface finish. Do not
remove base metal.
C. Fuel Nozzle Component Parts.
Use a fine India oil stone, as required, to remove raised metal and restore surface finish. Refer to
CHECK for individual component limits.
D. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

E. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
preserve components be wetting with preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 23
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
32 in
m
PRIMARY (0.8 m)
m
BODY (300)
PRIMARY
PLUG (310)
DIA T 32 in
m
(0.8 m)
m
DIA V
NO RAISED
METAL ALLOWED
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)

NON-PRIMARY NOZZLE 2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS
PRIMARY BODY REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
CONFIGURATION
605-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-936-A01
Repair No. 23 Repair Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 23
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 23
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 24
BENCH REPAIR (GRIND, ETCH FOR ZYGLO, ECT.)
TASK 73-13-07-94A-924-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-947-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Carbide abrasive tool Commercially Available
Rotary abrasive tool, spherical or round-nose Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-935-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Use this repair to restore weld nugget only. Do not touch parent metal.
CAUTION: DURING REPAIR PROCEDURE, TAKE THE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT

CUTTING SHIPS AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS FROM FALLING INTO ASSEMBLED
SUBASSEMBLIES. ANY CONTAMINANTS WILL CAUSE FAULTY SPRAY PATTERNS
OR DISTURB FUEL FLOW.
A. Using a carbide abrasive tool, hand grind out defect or indications in weld nugget only, do not to below
parent metal. Visually inspect weld during operation. Refer to CHECK section for individual component
requirements.
B. Etch repaired area in accordance with General Electric Standard Practices Manual, GEK-9250,
Chapter 70-24-01.
NOTE: All surfaces to be etched must be free from oil, grease, scale, or other extraneous material.
C. Fluorescent penetrant inspect in accordance with GEK-9250, Chapter 70-32-02, Class D, except apply
penetrant with a brush - do not dip or permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Inspect the repaired area
against the limits given in CHECK, Table 5003, Inspection Criteria.
D. Clean weld area in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING, using a lint free
applicator. Blow dry with shop air filtered to 10 microns nominal.
Repair No. 24
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-601-936-A01
3. Connector and Fitting Cast Surface Repair Procedure
CAUTION: REWORK OF AREA PREVIOUSLY REWORKED DURING MANUFACTURE OR

MAINTENANCE IS NOT PERMITTED. SUSPECT AREAS OF PREVIOUS REWORK ARE
WHERE CAST SURFACES HAVE BEEN REMOVED AND SHOT PEENED.
A. Repair surface defects in connector and fitting (50) cast surfaces, Zone 2 Figure 6001, that exceeds
the limits given in CHECK by removing surface indications. Use a standard rotary abrasive tool with a
0.20 in. (5.10 mm) minimum diameter, spherical or round-nose shape.
B. Remove stock, as required, to remove the defect. Do not exceed 0.010 in (0.25 mm) as measured
from adjacent surfaces. Use a straightedge and a 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) diameter wire as a feeler gage
to check depth of rework. Repaired areas must be free of visual indications. If defects are still evident
after rework to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) maximum depth, replace the defective component. If the repair
corrects the surface indication, use the abrasive tool to remove the edge of the reworked areas for a
smooth blend into the adjacent surfaces.
C. For assembled nozzles which have had cast surfaces reworked, perform an immersion leakage test of
reworked nozzle assemblies as described in ASSEMBLY.
WARNING: THE ACTIVE INGREDINTS OF ETCHING SOLUTION ARE TOXIC AND CORROSIVE.
USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AND WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES,
AND FACE SHIELD. AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPOR AND CONTACT
WITH SKIN. IF ETCHING SOLUTION GET IN THE EYES, FLUSH THOROUGHLY WITH
COOL WATER UNDER EYELIDS AND OBTAIN MEDICAL ATTENTION AT ONCE.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE ETCHING SOLUTION DOES NOT CONTACT SURFACES OUTSIDE
INSPECTION AND REWORK AREAS.
D. To check reworked areas, prepare reworked surfaces for fluorescent penetrant inspection by etching
as described in Chapter 70-24-00, Class C (Schantz Reagent) of the Standard Practice Manual GEK
9250. Apply etching solution with a saturated cotton swab for 60 to 90 seconds. Blot etching solution
with a clean paper towel or cloth and wipe with paper towel or cloth saturated with clean water.
E. Perform a spot fluorescent penetrant inspection of the reworked surface areas as described in Chapter
70-32-03 of Standard Practice Manual GEK 9250. Repaired areas shall be free of fluorescent
penetrant indications. If defects are still evident after reworked to 0.010 in (0.25 mm) maximum depth
limit, the defective part shall be replaced.
F. Upon completion of repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in

G. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repairs are complete.
Repair No. 24
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
ZONE 2
FLUORESCENT
PENETRANT
INSPECTION
CONNECTOR CASTING AREA OF
INSPECTION TO BE INCLUDED IF
IDENTIFICATION PLATE IS REMOVED.
652-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-937-A01
Repair No. 24 Connector Casting Area of Inspection (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 24
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 24
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 25
REPAIR DEFECTIVE WELD
TASK 73-13-07-94A-925-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-948-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Carbide burr tool Commercially Available
Ceramic cup, 0.375 in. (9.23 mm) Commercially Available
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded, tungsten arc, with Commercially Available
angle head torch
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated Commercially Available
tungsten
Weld filler material (Hastelloy X), 0.035 to 0.040 in. (0.89 Commercially Available
to 1.02 mm) dia, AMS 5798
Wire brush, hand or power Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-937-A01
2. Repair Procedure
NOTE: Use this repair to restore weld nugget only. Do not touch parent metal.
NOTE: Repair minor discrepancies only: pits, slight voids, lack of penetration, welds that have not fused
to the joint interface, etc. Inspect the repaired area against the limits given in CHECK, Table 5003,
Inspection Criteria. For welds with major flaws (cracks), repair by disassembly.
A. Use a carbide burr tool to grind out any weld defects and indications and etch repair area as directed in
REPAIR No. 24.
Repair No. 25
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
B. Reweld using a foot pedal controlled standard TIG welder, with an inert gas shield, water cooled, angle
head torch assembly. Use a 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten electrode, sharpened to a
point with a 0.375 in. (9.53 mm) ceramic cup. Repair using weld filler material conforming to AMS
5798, 0.035 to 0.040 in. (0.89 to 1.102 mm) dia. Inert gas to torch shall be argon at 15 to 20 cfh (0.43
to 0.57 m³/h).
C. Wire brush weld area and visually inspect weld. No defects are allowed.
D. For assembled nozzles which have had cast surface reworked, perform an immersion leakage test of
reworked nozzle assemblies as described in ASSEMBLY.
E. Fluorescent penetrant inspect per GEK-9250, Chapter 70-32-02, Class D, except apply penetrant with
a brush - do not dip or permit penetrant to enter nozzle. Inspect as directed in CHECK, Table 5003,
Inspection Criteria.
F. If weld is still defective, repair by disassembly and check weld procedures.
G. Upon completion of repair, clean repaired area in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in
H. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repairs are completed.
I. If reworked components will be stored more than 24 hours before assembly, it is recommended to
Repair No. 25
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 26
RECOMMENDED REPAIR PROCEDURE FOR MATCHING SHROUD AND SECONDARY
TO PRIMARY REPLACEMENT.
TASK 73-13-07-94A-926-A01
1. Repair Materials
6001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-949-A01

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Non-acidic degreaser cleaner Commercially Available
TASK 73-13-07-601-938-A01
2. Identifying Procedure
NOTE: This repair is to identifying the proper repair part number to order when replacing shroud/
secondary only.
NOTE: If the shroud/secondary has not been disassembled refer to DISASSEMBLY section.
A. Measure primary body (300, IPL Figure 1) at diameter “Y”.

B. Calculate Diameter “X” (Figure 6001) to meet diametral clearance.
C. See Table 6002. For Diameteral Ranges.

6002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-950-A01
Repair No. 26 Diameter Ranges —Table 6002
IPL FIG. 1 Range For Dia “X”

(ITEM NO.)
MIN MAX
NOZZLES
IN. (MM) IN. (MM)
Repair No. 26 Diameter Ranges (Sheet 1 of 2)—Table 6002
Repair No. 26
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(270) 0.3700 0.3705

All Nozzles (9.398) (9.411)
(-270A) 0.3705 0.3710
All Nozzles (9.411) (9.423)
Repair No. 26 Diameter Ranges (Sheet 2 of 2)—Table 6002
D. After repair, clean components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner, to eliminate all traces of
contaminates used in repair operations. Refer to CLEANING section.
E. If reworked parts are stored prior to assembly, it is recommended to preserve parts by wetting with
preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010.
Repair No. 26
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6001
DIM Y
PRIMARY BODY
(300)
NOTE: 0.0005 ££
DIA. X - DIA. Y 0.0018, INCHES
(0.013 ££
DIA. X - DIA. Y 0.046), MILLIMETERS
DIM X
SHROUD AND SECONDARY BODY CF50-061

(270)
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-938-A01
Repair No. 26 Primary Body, and Shroud and Secondary Body (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 6001
Repair No. 26
73-13-07 Page 6003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Repair No. 26
73-13-07 Page 6004

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
REPAIR NO. 27
REPLACE HEAT SHIELD
(MODELS 6740281E32, E33, AND E34)
TASK 73-13-07-99F-901-A01
1. General
A. This repair is for the replacement of the heat shield assembly on fuel nozzle models
6740281E32, E33 and E34.
(1) To inspect if the heat shield needs to be replaced, refer to the CHECK section, Table 5003 of this
manual.
(2) To Identify the heat shield refer to Figure 5001 in the CHECK section.
B. For Equipment and Materials refer to paragraph 4.
TASK 73-13-07-601-939-A01
2. Engine Effectivity
CF6-45A, -45A2, -50A, -50C, -50C1, -50C2, -50C2B, -50C2D, -50CA, -50E, -50E1,
-50E2 and -50E2B.
TASK 73-13-07-94A-927-A01
3. Equipment and Materials
A. Standard equipment - contact approved vendor.
B. Consumable materials - contact approved vendor.

C. Special tooling - contact approved vendor.
TASK 73-13-07-601-940-A01
4. Repair Facilities
A. To accomplish this repair either utilize the authorized repair vendors listed below or contact General
Electric Aircraft Engines (GEAE) to determine if a qualification can be initiated at their facility.
GEAE
One Neumann Way
Cincinnati, Ohio, 45215
USA
B. Authorized repair vendors for Heat Shield Replacement, Procedure OH-0201 are listed below:
Parker Hannifin Corporation

Gas Turbine Fuel System Division
Customer Support Operations
Glendale, Arizona 85307
USA
Repair No. 27
73-13-07 Page 6001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. The designation by GEAE of an authorized repair vendor indicates that the repair vendor has
demonstrate the necessary capability to enable it to carry out the listed repair work. However, GEAE
makes no warranties or representations concerning the qualifications or quality standards of the repair
vendors to carry out the repair work and accepts no responsibility whatsoever for any work that may be
carried out by a repair vendor, other than GEAE is listed as the repair vendor. Authorized repair
vendors do not act as agents or representatives of GEAE.
TASK 73-13-07-601-941-A01
5. Repair Procedure
A. Repair heat shield per Procedure OH-0201, Parker Hannifin Corporation, Gas Turbine Fuel Systems
Division.
B. The limits given in CHECK must be met after repair(s) are completed.
(Refer to "CHECK-PageBlock-5001" on page 5001.)
Repair No. 27
Page 6002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
ASSEMBLY
TASK 73-13-07-99F-870-A01
A. This section contains recommended assembly and storage procedures for the fuel nozzle. Assembly
and component/subassembly test procedures start with a nozzle disassembled to the maximum
recommended state. Partially disassembled nozzles should be assembled and tested at the
appropriate assembly point.
B. The fuel nozzle is assembled by a series of testing and welding procedures. This requires temporary
assembly and pretesting prior to welding. To ensure that all components and subassemblies work
properly with their related parts, it is recommended that pre qualifying testing be done as part of the
assembly procedure. Once nozzle components are welded, replacement of a component later found to
be defective, requires major rework.
NOTE: Included flow requirements may be used as reference for manufacturing purposes and need
not be verified, provided the nozzle meets all final assembly and test requirements.
Compliance of recommended guidelines is suggested, to ensure quality assembly results.
NOTE: Some nozzle components determined to be out of limits during pre-testing procedures may be
salvaged by matching at final assembly. Parts or assemblies that cannot be salvaged in this
manner should be discarded, or tagged and retained for use as weld samples.
C. Prior to assembly, each component of the disassembled fuel nozzle assembly, must be burr and chip
free, thoroughly cleaned, repaired, and inspected per applicable sections of this manual.
D. It is recommended to keep all fuel nozzle components/subassemblies together as an assembly.

Interchanging components/subassemblies with other fuel nozzle assembly components could affect
nozzle performance.
E. An assembly sequence chart is provided for reference. See Figure 7001, Assembly Sequence Chart.
F. Due to differences in spray angle testing equipment, contact Parker Hannifin for correct test set up if
using anything other than protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2, or electronic angle device,
6885016. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION test procedures, as required.
(Refer to "TESTING-PageBlock-1001" on page 1001.)
G. After successfully completing assembly and testing procedures, the fuel nozzle should be prepared for
storage. Refer to Storage Instructions and perform the preservation procedure before storing the
nozzle.
73-13-07 Page 7001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7001
PRIMARY BODY (300)

ASSEMBLE CARTRIDGE VALVE (120)
PREQUALIFICATION TESTS
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY (270) CARTRIDGE VALVE

PREQUALIFICATION TESTS PREQUALIFICATION TEST
ASSEMBLE SUPPORT AND

ASSEMBLE SUPPORT (180)
METERING SET AND
AND PRIMARY BODY
CARTRIDGE VALVE
SUPPORT AND PRIMARY PREPARATION FOR

BODY QUALIFICATION TEST CONNECTOR WELD
TACK WELD CONNECTOR AND

PREPARATION FOR
FITTING (50) TO SUPPORT
PRIMARY WELD
AND METERING SET
CIRCUMFERENTIAL WELD CONNECTOR

CIRCUMFERENTIAL WELD
AND FITTING TO SUPPORT
PRIMARY BODY TO SUPPORT
AND METERING SET
VISUAL AND DIMENSIONAL

PRESSURE TEST SUPPORT
INSPECT CONNECTOR AND FITTING TO
AND PRIMARY BODY
SUPPORT AND METERING SET WELD
ASSEMBLE SHROUD/SECONDARY RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECT

BODY TO SUPPORT FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
PREPARATION FOR
EXTERNAL LEAK TESTS
SHROUD/SECONDARY WELD
CIRCUMFERENTIAL WELD
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECT
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY TO SUPPORT
PRESSURE TEST SUPPORT FINAL FLOW TEST

AND METERING SET (160) FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
FLUORESCENT PENETRANT
FINAL INSPECT FUEL
INSPECT SHROUD/SECONDARY
NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
BODY TO SUPPORT WELD
RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECT SHROUD/ NOTE: ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES

SECONDARY BODY TO SUPPORT WELD REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
701-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-870-A01
Assembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7001
Page 7002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-94B-870-A01
2. Assembly Tools, Fixture, and Equipment

The tools and equipment shown in Table 7001 are necessary to do the assembly procedures in this
section.
7001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-880-A01
Assembly Tools and Equipment—Table 7001

6723089 Lapping tool Parker Hannifin Corporation
6723094M2 Final acceptance gage Same as above
6725090M2 Protractor Angle Measuring Device* Same as above
NOTE: No longer available through Parker
Hannifin; however, acceptable to use if already
purchased.
6753535 Tack weld fixture Same as above
6753553 Length gage Same as above
6755043 Seal Clamp, Proof Test (O-ring No. 5-193) Same as above
6755045 Test Fixture Assembly, Nozzle w/Shroud Air (O- Same as above
rings No. 2-018, 2-028, 2-030)
6755046 Test clamp fixture Same as above
6755051 Test Fixture (O-rings No. 5-001, 5-148) Same as above
6755053 Pressure Test Fixture (O-ring No. 2-006) Same as above
6755061 Seal Cap Assembly (footed) (O-ring No. 2-121) Same as above
6763636 Bending tool gage Same as above
6763637 Heat sink (optional) Same as above
6763660 Weld Sample, Support Tip - Primary Same as above
6763661 Weld Sample, Support Tip - Primary Same as above
6763662 Weld Sample, Support Tip - Secondary Same as above
6763663 Weld Sample, Support Tip - Secondary Same as above
6763664 Weld Sample, Connector (footed) Same as above
6763665 Weld Sample, Housing Same as above
Assembly Tools and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 3)—Table 7001
73-13-07 Page 7003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

6765128 Test Fixture (O-rings No. 5-001, 5-148) Same as above
6765129 Test Fixture (O-rings No. 2-012, 2-121) Parker Hannifin Corporation
677521M3 Program Master Orifice Set Same as above
6785319 Test Fixture (footless) (O-rings No. 2-012, 2-121) Same as above
6785320 Seal Cap Assembly (footless) (O-ring No. 2-121) Same as above
6793000 Argon inlet for welding fixture Same as above
6793001 Height Gage Same as above
6793002 Weld Sample, Connector (footless) Same as above
6793003 Weld Sample, Housing Same as above
6793004 Disassemble and Assemble Tool Same as above
6793006 Rivet Heading Tool Assembly Same as above
6793008M1 Combination Lathe and Welding Fixture Same as above
6793011 Test Fixture Holding Assembly (O-ringNo. 2-023) Same as above
6793012 Test Fixture Assembly (O-rings No. 2-120, 5-057) Same as above
6875500-4 Inlet Adapter to Quick Disconnect Same as above
6885016 Electronic Angle Device Radial Patternator Same as above
6897010 Automatic Welding Lathe Commercially available
6947642 Cartridge Valve Disassembly/Assembly Fixture Commercially available
6957665 Acceptance gage Commercially available
No. 5 Ceramic cup Commercially available
No. 7 Ceramic cup Commercially available
3/8 in. (9.53 mm) standard torque wrench Commercially available
Air vibrator, mechanical Commercially available
Applicator wiper, lint free Commercially available
Argon gas, inert Commercially available
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially available
Page 7004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Demagnetizer Commercially available
Filler wire material (ref: AISI, Type 347), Stainless Commercially available
steel
Filler wire material (ref: AMS 5798) Hastelloy “X” Commercially available
Filler wire material (ref: AMS 5680, Type 347) Commercially available
Lapping compound, 1200 grit Commercially available
Nitrogen gas, dry Commercially available
Oven, drying Commercially available
Pneumatic leak test tank Commercially available
Preservation stand, with 10 micron filtration Commercially available
Pressure test stand, with 10 micron filtration Commercially available
Spray test chamber, with illumination Commercially available
Test stand, fuel flow, with 10 micron filtration Commercially available
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded, tungsten Commercially available
arc
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. (1.59 mm) dia 2% Commercially available
thoriated tungsten
Wire brush, stainless steel, 0.008 in. (0.20 mm) Commercially available
dia max
TASK 73-13-07-701-900-A01
3. Metering Set, Primary Body Pre qualification Tests

Primary/Secondary Nozzles (M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34)
NOTE: Although the primary body is an integral part of the matched set, it should be tested separately if it
has been disassembled from a nozzle removed from service. Refer to REPAIR No. 5, if
components of the metering set have become separated.
A. Inspect O-ring 5-148, supplied with test fixture, 6755051, for damage. Install in test fixture.
NOTE: The O-ring prevents primary leakage.
B. B. Install primary body (300) and primary plug (310) in test fixture, 6755051, and tighten to
recommended 10 to 12 in-lb (1.13 to 1.36 N·m) torque using disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004,
and standard 3/8 in. (9.525 mm) dial torque wrench.
73-13-07 Page 7005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Connect test fixture primary inlet to fuel flow test stand. Place components assembled to tooling, in
spray chamber.
D. Measure the fuel flow.
(1) Flow test the support and primary at the inlet pressure given in Table 7002. Primary flow should
be within the limits in Table 7002. No leakage allowed.
(2) The primary nozzle should provide a fully developed, non-intersection, conical spray. Fine
streaks with visible droplets originating at the nozzle orifice are normal. Refer to TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1006, Spray Quality Standards for Primary Nozzle Performance Test.
(Refer to Figure 1006 "GRAPHIC-73-13-07-99B-815-A01" on page 1015.)
7002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-881-A01
Support and Metering Set Flow Test Limits—Table 7002
PRIMARY FLOW SECONDARY FLOW

NOZZLE AT 100 psig (689 kPa gage) AT 100 psig (689 kPa gage)
pph (kg/hr) pph (kg/hr)
M7, M18, M23, E33 27.1 - 31.9 515 - 540
(12.3 - 14.5) (233.6 - 244.9)
M9, M19, M24, E34 27.1 - 31.9 680 - 705
(12.3 - 14.5) (308.5 - 319.8)
M8, M21, E32 --- 620 - 650
(281.2 - 294.8)
Support and Metering Set Flow Test Limits—Table 7002
7003
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-882-A01
Primary Flow Performance Test Limits—Table 7003
Nozzles: (M7, M9, M18, M23, M24, E33, and E34)

[Overhauled and Check / Test (Used) Nozzles]
Primary Angle Primary
Inlet degrees (radians) Spray
Primary Nozzle
Pressure Using Using Skew
Performance
Psig 6725090M2 6885016 Degs (rads)
(Spray Quality)
(kPa gage) Tube Fill Time
(15 to 17 Seconds)
100 Check 32 - 50 32 (0.56)C - D ±5
(689) See Figure 1006 (0.56 - 0.87) 36 (0.63)D - D (± 0.09)
40 (0.70)D - E
45 (0.79)E - E
50 (0.87)E - F
Nozzles: (M7, M9, M18, M23, M24, E33, and E34)
[Overhauled and Check / Test (Used) Nozzles]—Table 7003
Page 7006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
E. Measure the primary spray angle.
NOTE: Instructions given below use setup procedures from previous test. Components and tooling
are installed in electronic angle device, 6885016, mounted in spray chamber. If using
protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2, install primary plug and primary body in test
fixture, 6765128, and then install components and tooling per instructions given in setup
procedures in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Flow Test Setup.
(1) With the primary body and primary plug installed in test fixture, 6755051, or 6765128, as
applicable, set the air and inlet pressure as given in Table 7003.
(2) Check the conical spray.
(a) Measure the spray angle if using protractor angle measuring device, 6725090M2. Move
each blade slowly toward conical spray by using the adjusting knobs located on the base
plate. Stop each blade when fluid droplets are observed starting to drip off the tip of the
probe. Record the angle on the dial scale. The spray angle should fall within the limits given
in Table 7003.
(b) Measure primary angle of the nozzle spray if using angle device, 6885016. With patternator
empty, swing patternator into place and allow it to fill with test fluid for 15 to 17 seconds.
Record the outer patternator readings. Read the levels per instructions given in TESTING
AND FAULT ISOLATION, Figure 1007. The outer patternator readings should be within
limits specified in Table 7003.
F. Measure for primary spray skew.
(1) With the primary body (300, IPL Figure 1) and primary plug (310) installed in test fixture, 6755051
or 6765128, as applicable, set the inlet pressure as given in Table 7003.
(2) The spray angle and total spray skew should fall within the limits specified in Table 7003.
G. Check primary spray quality.
(1) With the primary body and primary plug installed in test fixture, 6755051 or 6765128, as
applicable, set the inlet pressure as given in Table 7003.
(2) The primary spray should provide a fully developed non-intersecting conical spray. Fine streaks
with visible droplets originating at the nozzle orifice are normal. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1006, Spray Quality Standards for Primary Nozzle Performance Test.
TASK 73-13-07-701-901-A01
4. Metering Set, Shroud/Secondary Body Pre qualification Tests

(All Models)
A. Inspect O-ring 5-001, supplied with test fixture, 6755051, for damage. Install in test fixture.
NOTE: The O-ring prevents leakage from the shroud/secondary body.
73-13-07 Page 7007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
CAUTION: PRIMARY BODY ORIFICE AND SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY FRONT FACE ARE
EXTREAMLY CRITICAL. SLIGHT SCRATCHES OR MARS COULD AFFECT SPRAY
QUALITY.
B. With primary body (300) and primary plug (310) installed in test fixture, 6755051, install shroud/
secondary body (270) to dim G or dim J, in test fixture. See Figure 7002. Use length gage 6753553, to
set dim G, or depth micrometers to set dim J.
C. Connect test fixture secondary inlet to fuel flow test stand. Place components attached to tooling, in
spray chamber.
D. Measure the fuel flow.
(1) Set the secondary flow inlet pressure as given in Table 7002.
(2) The flow through secondary system should fall within the limits specified in Table 7002.
Secondary flow may be changed approximately 4pph (1.81 kg/hr) by adjusting dim G or dim J
within limits. Also, secondary flow may be changed by altering primary body slots per REPAIR,
No. 5.
(3) Remove components from tooling if using test fixture, 6755051. Continue with metering set (260)
spray quality test with shroud air if using test fixture, 6765128.
7004
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-883-A01
Metering Set Test With Shroud Air—Table 7004
FIXTURE INLET SHROUD AIR SPRAY

FLUID PRESSURE PRESSURE DROP QUALITY
350 psig 1.6 psig See
(2413.2 kPa gage) (11.0 kPa gage) Figure 109
Metering Set Test With Shroud Air—Table 7004
Page 7008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7002
SUPPORT
(180)
SHROUD/SECONDARY
O-RING BODY (270)
[#5-148]
O-RING
[#5-001] PRIMARY
POINT "P" PLUG
ADAPTER (310) PRIMARY BODY
(250) (300)
0.3560
(9.04)
GAGE DIA
0.0868
(22.05)
GAGE DIA
0.206 - 0.226
(5.23 - 5.74) J
0.186 - 0.206
(4.72 - 5.23) G
2.828 - 2.850
(71.83 - 72.39) H
3.034 - 3.076
(77.06 - 78.13) F
702a-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-871-A01
Metering Set Assembly Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7002
E. Metering set spray quality test with shroud air.
(1) Assemble metering set on test fixture, 6765128, if required. Install assembly in test fixture,
6755045. Mount test assembly on spray chamber and connect air and test fluid line from test
stand.
73-13-07 Page 7009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) Observe spray quality under the fluid and air conditions given in Table 7004. Fine streaks are
allowed. Twelve small, evenly spaced voids (from holes in shroud), are allowed. The metering set
should provide a fully developed, non-intersecting conical spray. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT
ISOLATION, Figure 1009, Spray Quality Standards for Secondary Spray Quality Test.
7005
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-884-A01
Shroud Air Effective Area (Flow) Test Limits—Table 7005
AIRFLOW
NOZZLE AIR PRESSURE DROP in² (mm²)
Min Max
ALL MODELS 10 in. H2O 0.0443 0.0536
(254 mm H2O) (28.58) (34.58)
Ref: Ref:
3.8 cfm 4.6 cfm
(0.0018 m3/m) (0.0021 m3/m)
Cartridge Valve Leakage Requirements—Table 7005
F. Shroud air effective area flow test.
(1) Use same test set up as metering set spray quality test shroud air.
(2) With 10 in. (254 mm) of water pressure drop established from air shroud inlet to discharge, the air
flow through the shroud should be as given in Table 7005.
TASK 73-13-07-701-902-A01
5. Support and Metering Set (160, IPL Figure 1) Assembly and Test
NOTE: If support and metering set is used as a potential spare, this test is required and flow requirement
must be met. If not a potential spare at this level, included flow requirements may be used as
reference for manufacturing purposes and need not be verified, provided the nozzle meets all final
assembly and test requirements.
NOTE: Primary bodies (300), Primary plugs (310), and shroud/secondary bodies (270) not passing flow
requirements should be replaced with a qualified metering set (260), consisting of primary plug,
primary body, and shroud/secondary body. If components have become separated, refer to
REPAIR, Repair No. 5.
A. Support and Primary Qualification.

Primary/secondary nozzles only (M7, M9, M18, M23, M24, E33, E34)
(1) Inspect O-ring, 5-148 for damage. Replace if required.
(2) Assemble O-ring, 5-148 in groove on center adapter post of support (180). Make sure O-ring is
positioned correctly. See Figure 7002.
Page 7010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(3) Assemble primary plug, primary/secondary nozzles only, and primary body to support, and
tighten to recommended 10 to 12 in-lb (1.13 to 1.36 N·m) torque using disassembly/assembly
tool, 6793004, and standard 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) dial torque wrench.
(4) Install bending tool and gage, 6763636, in support threads for shroud/secondary body and
indicate primary body diameter “T”, Figure 7003, to within 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) TIR. If necessary,
straighten center adapter post of support by adjusting fixture screws.
(5) Check length, dimension H. See Figure 7002. Use final acceptance gage, 6723094M2, and
primary body Detail 21. If necessary to meet required dimensions, select another metering set.
NOTE: Dimension H need not be verified, provided dimensions F and J or dimensions F and G
are met at final assembly.
B. Flow test for primary/secondary nozzles only (M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34).
(1) Install test fixture, 6765129, in valve end of support (180) for M7, M9, M18, and M19 nozzles.
Use test fixture, 6785319, for M23, M24, E33 and E34 nozzles. Install test clamp fixture,
6755046, on assembled support and test fixture. Place in spray chamber. Connect test fluid
pressure line to primary inlet fitting on test fixture.
(2) Apply primary fluid pressure indicated in Table 7002, Support and Metering Set Flow Test Limits.
Flow should be within limits given in Table 7002. Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION,
Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, if flow test fails.
(3) Set fixture pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa gage), flow must be 891 to 909 pph (404 to 412 kg/hr).
C. Use a feeler gage to measure dimension “A”, Figure 7003, at several points. Select a filler ring (320 or
320A, IPL Figure 1) size less than this dimension. Disassemble primary body (and primary plug, if
applicable) using disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004.
D. Remove O-ring 5-148 from center adapter post of support.
E. Install filler ring (320 or 320A), primary plug (310) if applicable and primary body (300) on adapter post
of support (180).
(1) Tighten primary body finger tight on adapter.
(2) Primary body bottoms on plug not weld ring. Weld ring can rotate.
(3) Maximum gap allowed is 0.004 in. (0.102 mm) prior to torquing.
(4) Adequately torque primary body onto adapter using disassembly/assembly tool, 6793004, to a
recommended 5 to 7 in-lbs, to ensure acceptable weld joint characteristics.
NOTE: If gap and clearance are not within limits, select the next size filler ring, as required, until
gap and ring clearance are in limits. See Figure 7003.
73-13-07 Page 7011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7003
SUPPORT
(180)
ADAPTER
(251) PRIMARY BODY
(300)
0.369 - 0.370
(9.37 - 9.40) DIA T
FILLER RING (320) FILLER RING (320A)

ADAPTER
(251)
GAP GAP
0.004 (0.10)
MAX 0.004 (0.10)
MAX
* SEE NOTE 4
"A" "A"
OLD STYLE FILLER RING NEW STYLE FILLER RING

CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION

2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES,
3. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR NON-PRIMARY
NOZZLES (M8, M21, E32). DIMENSIONS ARE
IDENTICAL FOR PRIMARY/SECONDARY NOZZLES
(M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34).
703-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-872-A01
Selection of Primary Body Weld Filler Material (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7003
F. Preparation for primary weld.
NOTE: It is recommended to keep shroud/secondary body together with primary body (and plug if
applicable) as an assembly during welding procedure. The assembly has been previously
qualified as a matched set. Interchanging components with other fuel nozzle assembly
components could affect nozzle performance.
Page 7012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) It is recommended prior to welding, clean support (180) and assembled parts in a non-acidic
degreaser cleaner for 30 seconds minimum with nozzle tip down.
(2) Bake in drying oven until dry for approximately 30 minutes to one hour at 350° F Max (176° C).
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPEMENT WHEN REMOVING HOT NOZZLE FROM OVEN.
FAILURE TO PROVIDE PROTECTION WILL RESULT IN SEVERE BURNS.
(3) Remove nozzle assembly from oven and allow to reach room temperature.
7006
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-885-A01
Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7006
COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE AUTOMATIC TIG WELDER

Selector Switch: (dial) Manual T.I.G.
Starting Current Switch: (dial) On
Range Switch: Medium
DC (Polarity Switch): Straight
Preflow Gas: Argon
Postflow Gas: Argon
Amperage: 20 (Ref.)
Argon (Torch): 12 to 15 cfh (0.34 to 0.43 m³/hr)
Argon (Heat Sink, optional): 12 to 15 cfh (0.34 to 0.43 m³/hr)
Primary/secondary nozzle only (M7, M9, M18,
M19, M23, M24, E33, E34)
Welding Speed: 1.5 ipm (0.0006 m/s)
Filler Wire AMS 5680 (ref.: 347)
Primary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7006
TASK 73-13-07-701-903-A01
6. Circumferential Weld Primary Body
A. Mount universal face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount turning
fixture, 6793005M1, on universal face plate adapter. Mount support and primary body on turning
fixture. Indicate on machined area on support side of filler ring. Adjust universal face plate adapter until
support and primary body run within 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) TIR. See Figure 7004.
NOTE: Heat sink, 6763637, may be installed on primary body of primary/secondary fuel nozzles (M7,
M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34), if previously purchased. Heat sink is not required.
B. Use automatic T.I.G. welder, with an HW-20 angle head torch and No. 5 ceramic cup. Refer to Table
7006 for equipment settings and conditions. These setting may vary with different equipment, line
voltages, etc.
NOTE: To make sure welds are satisfactory, use a non-repairable or simulated parts to set lathe
rotation speed and welder control parameters. Section the trial parts to qualify weld integrity.
See Figure 7005.
73-13-07 Page 7013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7004
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER
(6897008) AUTOMATIC WELDING
LATHE (6897010)
TURNING FIXTURE NO. 5
(6793005M1) CERAMIC
CUP
SUPPORT
(180)
TUNGSTEN
ELECTRODE
PRIMARY BODY
(300)
FILLER RING
704-50
(320 or 320A)
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-873-A01
Primary Body Weld Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7004
Page 7014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7005
6763660 0.374 - 0.378

WELD SAMPLE (9.50 - 9.60)
PRIMARY BODY 0.270 (6.86) MAX
CRES, QQ-S-763, THREAD RUNOUT
CL 321 or CL 347, 0.005 - 0.015 (0.13 - 0.38)
COND. A. 0.200 (5.08) MIN X
FULL THREAD 40 - 50 DEG (0.70 - 0.87 RAD)
0.060 - 0.080
(1.52 - 2.03)
25 - 35 DEG
(0.44 - 0.61 RAD)
0.018 - 0.025
(0.46 - 0.64)
DIA
0.005 R
0.220 - 0.223 (0.13) MAX
(5.59 - 5.66)
DIA 0.182 - 0.190 0.365 - 0.370
0.283 - 0.287 (4.62 - 4.83) 118 - 135 DEG
(7.19 - 7.29) (9.27 - 9.40)
MINOR DIA (2.06 - 2.36 RAD) DIA
DIA
0.216 -32 UNEF -2B
0.245 - 0.255
(6.22 - 6.48)
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH 0.290 - 0.310
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. (7.37 - 7.87) 0.216 -32 UNEF -2A MOD
OTHER METRIC CONVERSIONS IN PD A 0.002 (0.05) DIA
0.320 - 0.323
(8.13 - 8.20)
0.055 - 0.065
6763661 (1.40 - 1.65)
WELD SAMPLE 0.220 (5.59)
MIN FULL THREAD
ADAPTER 40 - 50 DEG
CRES AMS 5646 (0.70 - 0.87 RAD) THREAD RELIEF
(REF 347) 0.040 - 0.080 OPTIONAL
(1.02 - 2.03) R
0.160 - 0.165
(4.06 - 4.19) DIA
0.190 - 0.195
(4.83 - 4.95) DIA L
0.090 - 0.102
(2.29 - 2.59) DIA
0.250 (6.35) MIN
LENGTH OF DIA L 40 - 50 DEG
0.213 - 0.215
-A- (5.41 - 5.46) DIA (0.70 - 0.87 RAD)
0.010 - 0.020
(0.25 - 0.51) R
0.278 - 0.283
(7.06 - 7.19) DIA 0.010 R
(0.25) MAX 0.070 - 0.090
(1.78 - 2.29)
0.950 - 0.97
(24.13 - 24.64)
706-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-874-A01
Primary Support Tip Weld Samples (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7005
73-13-07 Page 7015

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. Set controls and allow equipment to warm-up. Position the electrode centrally to the filler ring (320 or
320A, IPL Figure 1), approximately 0.030 in. (0.076 mm) over filler ring diameter. Use a 1/16 in. (1.59
mm) dia 2% thoriated tungsten electrode ground to a point. Flatten ground point approximate 0.020 in.
(0.51 mm).
CAUTION: THIS IS A SEAL WELD. FAILURE TO MEET MINIMUM PENETRATION MAY CAUSE
LEAKAGE. EXCEEDING MAXIMUM PENETRATION WILL CAUSE DIFFICULY AT
DISASSEMBLY AND POSSIBLE SCRAPPING OF METERING SETS.
D. Inert-gas shielded tungsten arc groove machine weld. Use filler wire, AMS 5680 (reference: 347), to
generate raised bead while welding one complete revolution plus approximately 1/8 in, (3.18 mm)
overlap. Weld must meet all requirements in Figure 7006 and CHECK section.
NOTE: First article radiographic (X-ray) inspect required. Refer to CHECK section.
NOTE: To assure weld penetration within specified limits, it is recommended that weld samples be
prepared and sectioned after welding for each lot. Weld samples may be prepared from
defective parts, locally manufactured, or purchased from Parker Hannifin Corporation, as
noted in Table 7001, Tools, Equipment and Materials.
E. After air cooling, wire brush weld area with a stainless steel brush. Check 0.300 in. (7.62 mm)
maximum diameter over weld bead using micrometers and visually inspect weld for cracks, voids, or
pitting. No defects allowed. If weld is defective, refer toREPAIR, No. 25.
F. Pressure test support and primary body.

Primary/secondary nozzles only (M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34)
(1) Place test fixture, 6765129, or 6785319, as applicable, in valve end of support. Install support in
test clamp fixture, 6755046, and seal primary orifice with pressure test fixture, 6755053.
(2) With test fixture primary inlet connected to nitrogen supply, immerse the assembly in test fluid
and apply at 200 to 220 psig (1379 to 1517 kPa gage) for 30 seconds, minimum. There must be
no leakage.
(3) If weld is defective, refer to REPAIR No. 25.

(4) Disassemble test setup.
Page 7016
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7006
SUPPORT
(180)
ADAPTER
(251)
PRIMARY BODY
(300)
SEE DETAIL
A OR B
OLD STYLE FILLER RING NEW STYLE FILLER RING

CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION
ADAPTER
DETAIL A (251)
DETAIL B
FILLER RING
FILLER RING (320A)
(320)
0.300 (7.62) DIA

MAX OVER WELD
0.010 (0.25) MINIMUM

WELD PENETRATION
NO NEGATIVE WELD
REINFORCEMENT ALLOWED
MAXIMUM WELD
PENETRATION NOT TO MAXIMUM WELD
EXTEND BELOW THIS PENETRATION NOT TO
SURFACE OF SUPPORT EXTEND BEYOND MAJOR
DIAMETER OF THREADS

2. ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES,
3. SUPPORT SHOWN IS FOR NON-PRIMARY
NOZZLES (M8, M21, E32). DIMENSIONS ARE
IDENTICAL FOR PRIMARY/SECONDARY NOZZLES
(M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24, E33, E34).
705-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-875-A01
Compressing cartridge Valve Spring (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7006
73-13-07 Page 7017

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-701-904-A01
7. Support and Shroud/Secondary Body Qualification
A. Inspect O-rings # 2-012 and # 2-121, part of test fixture, 6765129 or 6785319, for damage. Replace if
required.
B. Install O-ring, 5-001, in groove on shroud/secondary body (270, IPL Figure 1). Make sure O-ring is in
correct position.
C. Assemble shroud/secondary body to nominal dim G or nominal dim J. See Figure 7007. Use length
gage, 6753553, to set dim G or micrometers to set dim J.
D. Install test fixture, 6765129 or 6785319, as applicable, in valve end of support (180). Install test clamp
fixture, 6755046, on assembled support and test fixture, and place in spray chamber. Connect test
fluid pressure line to primary inlet fitting on test fixture. Apply primary fluid pressure indicated in Table
7002. If flow is out of limits, refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault Isolation
Chart, or DISASSEMBLY, to replace metering set (260).
E. Disconnect test fluid pressure line from primary inlet and connect it to the secondary inlet fitting of test
fixture, 6765129 or 6785319, as applicable. Apply secondary fluid pressure indicated in Table 7002. If
flow is at extreme end of limits, high or low, adjust slightly by turning the shroud/secondary body into
(decrease flow) or out of (increase flow) the support. Maintain the dim G or dim J. See Figure 7007. If
flow is not in the limits given in Table 7002, refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008,
Fault Isolation Chart, or DISASSEMBLY, to replace metering set.
(Refer to "DISASSEMBLY-PageBlock-3001" on page 3001.)
F. Check overall length by placing support and metering set assembly in final acceptance gage,
6723094M2, using secondary support detail 22. Slight adjustments may be made by turning the
shroud/secondary body into or out of the support, maintaining the limits of dim G or dim J, and flow per
previous step.
NOTE: If adjustment is made, verify flow and re-record dim G or dim J.
Page 7018
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7007
SUPPORT
(180)
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
O-RING
[#5-001]
POINT "P"
FILLER RING PRIMARY BODY
(280) (300)
0.3560
(9.04)
GAGE DIA
0.0868
(22.05)
GAGE DIA
0.206 - 0.226
(5.23 - 5.74) J
B
0.186 - 0.206
(4.72 - 5.23) G
3.034 - 3.076
(77.06 - 78.13) F

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-876-A01
Selection of Shroud/Secondary Body Filler Ring (Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 7007
73-13-07 Page 7019

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
G. Use a standard feeler gage to determine actual gap between end of shroud/secondary body (270, IPL
Figure 1) and face of support (180). Refer to dimension B, Figure 7007. Select the next size filler ring
(280) smaller than this measured gap. For example, if gap “B” measures 0.048 in. (1.22 mm), use filler
ring (283A, IPL Figure 1).

VENTILATED AREA. AVOID PROLONGED INHALATION OF SOLVENT FUMES AND
EXTENDED EXPOSURE OF CLEANING SOLVENTS TO THE SKIN. WASH
THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WARM WATER AFTER CONTACT WITH SOLVENTS.
H. Remove shroud/secondary body (270) from support (180). Remove O-ring from groove on shroud/
secondary body. Clean all components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner.
I. Using cleaned parts, install selected weld ring (280) on shroud/secondary body. Assemble on support
using torque wrench and disassemble/assembly tool, 6793004. Torque shroud/secondary body to
recommended 47 to 53 in-lbs (5.31 to 5.99 NM). Verify dim G and F or dims J and F.
TASK 73-13-07-701-905-A01
8. Preparation for Shroud/Secondary Body to Support Weld
A. Nozzle components must be completely free of test fluid. Blow dry with clean dry, filtered compressed
air.
B. Bake in drying oven for approximately one hour at 250 to 325° F (121 to 163° C).
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WHEN REMOVING HOT NOZZLE FROM OVEN.
C. Remove nozzle assembly from oven and allow to reach room temperature.
TASK 73-13-07-701-906-A01
9. Circumferential Weld Shroud/Secondary Body
A. Mount universal face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount turning
fixture, 6793005M1, on universal face plate adapter. Mount support and shroud/secondary body on
turning fixture. See Figure 7008. Indicate on machined area on support side of filler ring. Adjust
universal face plate adapter until support and shroud/secondary body run within 0.002 in. (0.051 mm)
TIR.
Page 7020
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7008
UNIVERSAL FACE
PLATE ADAPTER AUTOMATIC WELDING
(6897008) LATHE
(6897010)
TURNING FIXTURE NO. 7
(6793005M1)
CERAMIC
SUPPORT CUP
(180)
SHROUD/SECONDARY
BODY (270)
FILLER RING
(280)

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-877-A01
Shroud/Secondary Body Weld Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7008
B. Use automatic T.I.G. welder, with an HW-20 angle head torch and No. 7 ceramic cup. Refer to Table
7007 for equipment settings and conditions. These setting may vary with different equipment, line
voltages, etc.
NOTE: To make sure welds are satisfactory, use non-repairable or simulated parts to set lathe
rotation speed and welder control parameters. Section the trial parts to qualify weld integrity.
C. Set controls and allow equipment to warm-up. Position the electrode centrally to the filler ring,
approximately 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) over filler ring diameter. Use a 1/16 in. (1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated
tungsten electrode ground to a point.
7007
73-13-07 Page 7021

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-886-A01
Shroud/Secondary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7007

Preflow Gas: Argon
Postflow Gas: Argon
Amperage: 50 (Ref.)
Welding Speed: 6.5 ipm (0.0006 m/s)
Filler Wire AMS 5798
Shroud/Secondary Body Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7007
CAUTION: THIS IS A SEAL WELD. FAILURE TO MEET MINIMUM PENETRATION MAY CAUSE
LEAKAGE. EXCEEDING MAXIMUM PENETRATION WILL CAUSE DIFFICULTY AT
DISASSEMBLY AND POSSIBLE SCRAPPING OF METERING SETS.
D. Inert-gas shielded tungsten arc groove weld. Use filler wire, AMS 5798, to generate raised bead while
welding one complete revolution plus approximately ¼ in. (6.35 mm) overlap. Weld must meet all
requirements in Figure 7010 and CHECK section.
NOTE: To assure weld penetration within specified limits, it is recommended that weld samples be
prepared and sectioned after welding of each lot. Weld samples be prepared from defective
parts, locally manufactured, or purchased from Parker Hannifin Corporation, as noted in Table
7001, Equipment, Tools and Materials. See Figure 7009.
CAUTION: PRIMARY BODY ORIFICE AND SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY FRONT FACE ARE
EXTREAMLY CRITICAL. DO NOT TOUCH THIS AREA WITH ANY TOOL OR
INSTRUMENT. SLIGHT SCRATCHES OR MARS WILL AFFECT FLOWS AND SPRAY
QUALITY.
E. Wire brush weld area only using a stainless steel wire brush, 0.008 in. (0.20 mm) diameter, maximum.
Use care; do not touch front face of shroud/secondary body (270). Allow weld to reach room
temperature.
F. Inspect weld. Refer to CHECK section, and Figure 7010 for weld acceptability requirements. If weld is
defective, refer to REPAIR, No. 19.
NOTE: Verify nozzle tip location in final acceptance gage, 6723094M2, or acceptance gage,
6957665.
Page 7022
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7009
0.350 (8.89) MIN

THREAD RUNOUT
0.280 (7.11) MIN
FULL THREAD
0.070-0.090
(1.78-2.29)
0.080-0.100
(2.032-2.540) R
0.625 - 32 UNC - 28
MINOR DIA: 0.591-0.599 (15.01-15.22)
PITCH DIA: 0.6047-0.6093 (15.36-15.48)
0.180-0.200
(4.57-5.08)
DIA
0.647-0.653
(16.43-16.59)
DIA
0.900-1.100
(22.86-27.94)
DIA
0.765-0.770 DIA
(19.43-19.56)
30-50 DEG
(0.52-0.87 RAD)
0.110-0.140
(2.79-3.56) R
0.175-0.195
(4.45-4.95)
0.395-0.405
6763663 (10.03-10.29)
WELD SAMPLE 0.090-1.100

(22.86-27.94)
MATERIAL:
FORGED OR BAT CRES
QQ-S-763, CL 347, COND. A
1.170-1.176
(29.72-29.87)
1.000-1.010
(25.40-25.65)
0.700-0.800
(17.78-20.32) 0.065-0.070
(1.65-1.78)
0.841-0.878
0.765-0.770 (21.36-21.49)
(19.43-19.56
0.050-0.060 X 40-50 DEG
(1.27-1.52 X 0.70-0.87 RAD)
0.570-0.572 DIA
(14.48-14.53)
0.456-0.461 DIA
0.497-0.510
DIA (11.58-11.71)
0.638-0.640 (12.62-12.95)
(16.21-16.26)
DIA
0.625 - 32 UN -2A
MAJOR DIA: 0.6179 - 0.6239
.005-0.015
6763662 40-50 DEG

(0.13-0.38)
710CF6-50
WELD SAMPLE (0.70-0.87 RAD)
MATERIAL:
CAST CRES,
G.E. SPEC, B5OT53 NOTE : DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-878-A01
Secondary Support Tip Weld Sample (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7009
73-13-07 Page 7023

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7010
NOTES:1.DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS

IN PARENTHESES.
2.ITEM NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES REFER

-F-
TO IPL, FIGURE 1.
3.INTERNAL CONFIGURATION, SECTION A-A,

4.WELD MAY CONSUME THE NEAREST

CORNER OF THE SHROUD PROVIDED
-E-
SECTION A - A
NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENT
NOT ALLOWED
LENGTH L
0.273 (6.93)
SURFACE C MAX
MAXIMUM WELD PENETRATION
RECOMMENDED NOT TO EXTEND DEPTH D
BELOW THIS SURFACE OF
SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY
0.830 (21,08)
MAX DIA
OVER WELD
A -D-
0.015 (0.38) MIN
WELD PENETRATION
(BOTH SUPPORT AND
SHROUD/SECONDARY
DETAIL B BODY SIDES)
SHROUD/SECONDARY
POINT P BODY (270)
SEE
DETAIL B PRIMARY
BODY (300)
SUPPORT 0.040 (1.02) M D E M F M

(180) FILLER
RING (280)
PRIMARY
PLUG (310)
709A-50
3.034 - 3.076
(77.06 - 78.13) F
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-879-A01
Shroud/Secondary Body Welding Requirements (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7010
Page 7024
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7011
PROOF TEST
TEST CLAMP FIXTURE SEAL CLAMP
(6755046) (6755043)
SECONDARY INLET SUPPORT AND

METERING SET
(160, IPL FIGURE 1)
TEST FIXTURE
(6765129 OR 6785319)
NITROGEN 711-50
SOURCE
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-880-A01
Leak Test of Support and Shroud/Secondary Body and Support Weld (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7011
G. Pressure test support and metering set (160, IPL Figure 1).
NOTE: The following leak tests are required, and sub-assembly must meet requirements given.
These may be performed at this time, or at final assembly and test (connector and fitting to
support and metering set weld). These tests must be done prior to fluorescent penetrant
inspection.
(1) Pneumatic leak test.
(a) Seal secondary orifice with proof test seal clamp, 6755043. Install test fixture, 6765129 or
6785319, into valve end of support. Install assembly and attached tooling into test clamp
fixture, 6755046, and secure.
(b) Attach nitrogen source to secondary inlet on test fixture.

(c) Submerge in test fluid filled tank and apply 300 to 315 psig (2068 to 2172 kPa gage)
nitrogen pressure to secondary inlet fitting for 20 seconds minimum. There must be no
leakage indicated by escaping gas bubbles.
73-13-07 Page 7025

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(d) When test is satisfactory, continue with hydraulic leak test. Refer to REPAIR, No. 25, if sub-
assembly fails test.
(2) Hydraulic leak test.

(a) Use same test setup as pneumatic leak test. Attach test fluid connection of pressure test
stand to secondary inlet.
(b) Submerge support (180) and shroud/secondary body (270) assembly with attached tooling
into a test fluid filled tank, tip end up. Crack open the proof test seal clamp, 6755043, and
apply low pressure test fluid to purge all air or gas from the support assembly. Purge at 250
to 300 psig (1724 to 2069 kPa gage). Hold the support assembly submerged and reseat the
proof test seal clamp after all evidence of air or gas is purged from support assembly.
(c) Remove the support and shroud/secondary body assembly with attached tooling from test
fluid. Use shop air to remove all evidence of fluid from the nozzle and attached tooling.
(d) Apply fluid pressure 1000 to 1025 psig (6895 to 7067 kPa gage) and hold pressure for 30
seconds minimum. There must be no visible signs of leakage.
(e) Reduce applied pressure to zero. Remove support and metering set from test setup.
H. Fluorescent penetrant inspect shroud/secondary body weld area. Refer to CHECK section.
I. Radiographic (X-ray) inspect shroud/secondary body weld area. Refer to CHECK section.
TASK 73-13-07-701-907-A01
10. Assemble Cartridge Valve. See IPL, Figure 2.
NOTE: The sleeve (120, IPL Figure 2) and spool (130) are only available as a matched set (110).
Damage to one component during the overhaul and assembly process will require replacement of
the matched set.
CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO INSTALL SLEEVE (120) OVER SPOOL (130). USING
FORCE MAY CAUSE GALLING AND PREVENT CORRECT OPERATION OF
ASSEMBLED CARTRIDGE VALVE.
A. Carefully install sleeve (120) over spool (130).
B. Install compression spring (100, IPL Figure 2) over sleeve and spool (110
C. Install shim (90), if required.
D. Install retainer (80).
E. Install partially assembled cartridge valve in cartridge valve disassembly/assembly fixture, 6947642.
Use lever on fixture to push down on the retainer (80). Insert slotted washer (10) into groove on spool.
Slowly raise lever on fixture and remove cartridge valve.
TASK 73-13-07-701-908-A01
11. Cartridge Valve Qualification Test Procedure
Page 7026
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
A. Flow and hysteresis test setup.
NOTE: The hysteresis test must be run in conjunction with the primary/secondary flow test. Reduce
pressure carefully; do not overshoot or undershoot test points. If overshooting or
undershooting should occur, go back to the previous pressure point and begin from there.
(1) Mount test fixture holder assembly, 6793011, on spray chamber. Install O-ring, No. 2-023 in
groove of test fixture holder assembly. Connect fuel flow test stand supply to test fixture holder
assembly. Install test fixture assembly specified in Table 7008, in test fixture holder assembly and
secure with screws. Make sure O-ring, No. 2-120, is installed in test fixture assembly.
(2) Place cartridge valve (120, IPL Figure 1) and hold down spring (100) in test fixture assembly.
Make sure test fixture O-ring, No. 5-057, is installed on sealing surface on the underside of the
cartridge valve. Lower and lock lever on test fixture holder assembly to secure cartridge valve in
test fixture.
(3) Cycle the valve 3 to 10 times from a low pressure of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high
pressure of 500 to 600 psig (3448 to 4137 kPa gage). Reduce pressure in Table 7008.
B. Test fluid flow through the secondary flow system. Results should be in the limits given in Table 7008.
(1) If flow is not within limits, repairs are as follows:
(a) Use cartridge valve disassembly/assembly fixture, 6947642, to disassemble cartridge

valve. Replace slotted washer. If valve flow is low, select a thinner slotted washer to relax
valve spring tension. If valve flow is high, select a thicker washer to increase spring tension.
Reassemble and retest.
(b) Use cartridge valve disassembly/assembly fixture, 6947642, to disassemble all

components of cartridge valve except sleeve and spool (110, IPL Figure 2). Spread a thin
coating of 1200 grit lapping compound on valve seat of the sleeve and spool (110). Use
medium hand pressure to lap sleeve and spool valve seat surface to a 360 deg (6.28 rad)
lapped surface, indicated by continuous matte gray finish. Upon completion of repair, clean
cartridge valve components in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING, to
eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations. Reassemble and retest
cartridge valve.
(Refer to "CLEANING-PageBlock-4001" on page 4001.)
7008
73-13-07 Page 7027

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-887-A01
Cartridge Valve Flow Test Limits—Table 7008
Non-Primary Primary-Secondary Primary-Secondary

Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle
M8, M21, M32 M9, M19, M24, E34 M7, M18, M23, E33
* Fixture, 6793013 * Fixture, 6793014 * Fixture, 6793012
Inlet
Pressure Fluid Flow Fluid Flow Fluid Flow
Psig pph pph pph
(kPa gage) (kg/hr) (kg/hr) (kg/hr)
100 4.0 - 8.0 4.0 - 8.0
N/A
(690) (1.81 - 3.63) (1.81 - 3.63)
225 71.0 - 75.0
N/A N/A
(1551) (32.2 - 34.0)
270 116.0 - 123.0
N/A N/A
(1862) (52.6 - 55.8)
290 65.0 - 69.0
Record Record
(2000) (29.5 - 31.3)
350 356.0 - 378.0
N/A N/A
(2413) (161.5 - 171.5)
385 413.0 - 437.0 353.0 - 374.0
N/A
(2655) (187.3 - 198.2) (160.1 - 169.6)
500 728.0 - 772.0 661.0 - 701.0 661.5 - 701.0
(3448) (330.2 - 350.2) (299.8 - 317.9) (299.8 - 317.9)
290 Hysteresis Test Hysteresis Test Hysteresis Test
(2000) 5.0 max 5.0** max 5.0 max
(2.27) (2.27) (2.27)
(Refer to NOTE 2)
NOTE: * Use with Test Fixture Holder Assembly, 6793011.
NOTE: ** Need not be within 65.0 to 69.0 pph (29.5 to 31.3 kg/hr), provided hysteresis does not exceed 5.0
pph (2.27 kg/hr) max.
Cartridge Valve Flow Test Limits—Table 7008
Page 7028
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
C. For hysteresis test, record the exact flow rate at 290 psig (2000 kPa gage). Hysteresis is measured as
the difference in flow at 290 psig (2000 kPa gage) when approached from a higher pressure [390 psig
(2690 kPa gage) or higher] as compared to the flow measured at 290 psig (2000 kPa gage) when
approached from a lower pressure. No overshoot or undershoot is allowed.
NOTE: If hysteresis is excessive, remove cartridge valve. Use mechanical vibrator placed against the
spring end of the spool (130) to seat the cartridge valve components. Use an 80 psig (552 kPa
gage) power setting for 1 to 3 seconds. Repeat if necessary and retest. If still excessive, use
cartridge valve disassembly/assembly fixture, 6947642, to disassemble cartridge valve.
Rotate spring (100, IPL Figure 2). Reassemble and retest. If results are not satisfactory,
replace spring. Hand lap sleeve and spool together. Refer to instructions, “if flow is not within
limits”, in previous step.
D. Remove O-ring installed on cartridge valve.

7012
TEST FIXTURE
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
(6793011)
NOTE: SEAL COVER, ADAPTER,

AND TEXT FIXTURE ROTATED
FOR CLARITY.
SEAL COVER
CARTRIDGE VALVE
(120, IPL FIGURE 1)
TEST STAND
CONNECTION ADAPTER TOP OF SPRAY
CHAMBER
TO TEST
STAND
O-RING
[#2-023]
FIXTURE
LOCATING O-RING
SURFACE [#2-120]
TEST FIXTURE
(6793012)
(6793013)
(6793014)
713A-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-881-A01
Cartridge Valve Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7012
73-13-07 Page 7029

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TASK 73-13-07-701-909-A01
12. Assemble Support and Metering Set and Cartridge Valve
A. Install pin (150, IPL Figure 1), or primary tube (140) slotted end up, as applicable until bottomed in
support.
B. Check height with height gage, 6793001. Pin or primary tube must be seated and must engage
primary tube gage to make sure cartridge valve does not rotate. If pin or primary tube is too short to
prevent gage from being rotated, replace pin or primary tube per REPAIR, No. 14.
C. Install valve liner (130), cartridge valve (120), and hold down spring (110) in the support and metering
set (160). Inspect O-ring, No. 2-121, on seal cap assembly, 6755061 or 6785320, refer to Table 7009.
Replace if required. Position the appropriate seal cap assembly over the fuel nozzle components in the
valve end of the support and metering set. Secure the assembled tooling and components in test
fixture clamp, 6755046.
7009
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-888-A01
Selection of Seal Cap Assembly—Table 7009
M7, M8, M9, M18, M19 6755061

M21, M23, M24, E32, E33, E34 6785320
Selection of Seal Cap Assembly—Table 7009
D. Place assembly in spray chamber, and connect to test stand. Cycle nozzle 3 to 10 times, from a low
pressure of 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa gage) to a high pressure of 500 to 600 psig (3448 to 4137 kPa
gage). Reduce pressure to zero.
Page 7030
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7013
TOP OF VALVE GUIDE (220)

OR VALVE ADAPTER (230)
TOP OF PIN (150) OR SUPPORTS WITH

PRIMARY TUBE (140) VALVE GUIDE (220)
NON-PRIMARY
6740281M8, M21
PRIMARY/SECONDARY
M7, M9, M18, M19, M23, M24
0.036 - 0.059 SUPPORTS WITH

(0.91 - 1.50) VALVE ADAPTER (230)
NON-PRIMARY
6740281E32
PRIMARY/SECONDARY
E33, E34

REFER TO IPL, FIGURE 1. 714A-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-882-A01
Shroud and Secondary Body Weld Samples (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7013
E. Set inlet pressure to the first test point specified in Table 7010. Flow should be within limits given.
NOTE: Failure to meet limits may be due to leakage of cartridge valve (120). Lap sealing surfaces as
previously instructed. Retest or return to repair section for replacement.
7010
73-13-07 Page 7031

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-889-A01
Support and Metering Set and Cartridge Valve Assembly Flow Test Limits—Table 7010
Nozzles
Inlet Pressure
Non-Primary Primary/Secondary Primary/Secondary
psig M8, M21, E32 M7, M18, M23, E33 M9, M19, M24, E34
(kPa gage) pph pph pph
(kg/hr) (kg/hr) (kg/hr)
100 (689) 4.0 - 8.0 27.1 - 31.9 32.0 - 39.0
(1.8 to 3.6) (12.3 - 14.5) (14.5 - 17.7)
225 (1551) N/A 112.8 - 127.2 N/A
(51.2 - 57.7)
270 (1862) 112.8 - 127.2 N/A N/A
(51.2 - 57.7)
290 (2000) Record Record 112.8 - 127.2
Hysteresis actual flow actual flow (51.2 - 57.7)
350 (2413) N/A 403.8 - 446.3 N/A
(183.2 - 202.4)
385 (2654) 403.8 - 446.3 N/A 403.8 - 446.3
(183.2 - 202.4) (183.2 - 202.4)
500 (3447) 712.5 - 787.5 712.5 - 787.5 712.5 - 787.5
(323.2 - 357.2) (323.2 - 357.2) (323.2 - 357.2)
8.0 max 8.0 max 8.0 max
(3.6) (3.6) (3.6)
(Refer to NOTE 1)
NOTE: Flow does not need to be within 112.8 to 127.2 pph (51.2 to 57.7 kg/hr), provided hysteresis does
not exceed 8.0 pph (3.6 kg/hr) max.
Support and Metering Set and Cartridge Valve Assembly Flow Test Limits—Table 7010
F. Apply remaining test pressure given in Table 7010. Flows should be within limits given. Conduct
hysteresis test in conjunction with the flow test. Reduce pressure carefully; do not overshoot or
undershoot test points. If overshooting or undershooting should occur, go back to the previous
pressure point and begin from there.
NOTE: Hysteresis is measured as the difference in flow at 290 psig (2000 kPa gage) when
approached from a higher pressure [390 psig (2690 kPa gage) or higher] as compared to the
flow measured at 290 psig (2000 kPa gage) when approached from a lower pressure. No
overshoot or undershoot is allowed. Repair of high hysteresis may be performed as previously
instructed.
G. If primary flow is too high, remove assembly from tooling, and test assembly with cartridge valve
removed. Install test fixture, 6765129 or 6785319, as previously instructed in “Support and Shroud/
Secondary Body Qualification”. Test primary circuit. If flow is within limits, check support (180) valve
guide (220) or support valve adapter (230) seal surface to check the cartridge valve seat for leakage.
Page 7032
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) Hand lap cartridge valve seat and support seat together to stop leakage between the cartridge
valve and support seal surface. Spread a thin coating of 1200 grit lapping compound on seal
surfaces. Use medium hand pressure to lap together seal surfaces flat for a 360 deg (6.28 rad)
lapped 8 μin (0.20 μm) surface finish, indicated by a matte gray finish. Clean cartridge valve in a
non-acidic degreaser cleaner as directed in CLEANING. Make sure cartridge valve seal surface
dimension is in the limits given in Figure 7014. Retest assembly with cartridge valve installed in
support and metering set.
(2) Alternate way to stop leakage between the cartridge valve and support seal surface, restore
valve cartridge seat as follows:
(a) Spread a thin coating of 1200 grit lapping compound on lapping tool, 6723089.
(b) Position cartridge valve on lapping tool as shown in Figure 7014.

(c) Use medium hand pressure on the lapping tool to lap the cartridge valve seal surface flat for
a 360 deg (6.28 rad) lapped 8μin (0.20 μm) surface finish, indicated by matte gray finish.
(d) Upon completion of repair, clean cartridge valve in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner as
directed in CLEANING, to eliminate all traces of contaminates from repair operations.
(Refer to "CLEANING-PageBlock-4001" on page 4001.)
(e) Make sure cartridge valve seal surface dimension is in the limits given in Figure 7014.
(f) Retest assembly with cartridge valve installed in support and metering set.
H. If test results are not acceptable, refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault
Isolation Chart. Repeat complete testing after repair or replacement of cartridge valve is completed.
NOTE: Cartridge valves (120) and metering sets (260) previously tagged as out of limits, may be
matched to meet final nozzle flow limits of TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION. Select high
flowing metering sets to assemble with low flowing cartridge valve, and vice versa.
73-13-07 Page 7033

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7014
LAPPING TOOL
CARTRIDGE VALVE 6723089
(120)
VALVE SEAT
SEAL SURFACE
0.004
(0.10)
MIN

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-883-A01
Restore Cartridge Valve Seat (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7014
I. Open test fixture clamp. Using blue marker pen, or equivalent, mark tip of valve spring retainer (80, IPL
Figure 2) with a stripe to indicate alignment with nozzle metering set. The cartridge valve (120, IPL
Figure 1) and support and metering set (160) are now a matched set. Place assembled sub-assembly
in rack.
TASK 73-13-07-701-910-A01
13. Preparation for Connector Weld

VENTILATED AREA. AVOID PROLONGED INHALATION OF SOLVENT FUMES AND
EXTENDED EXPOSURE OF CLEANING SOLVENTS TO THE SKIN. WASH
THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WARM WATER AFTER CONTACT WITH SOLVENTS.
A. Wash all component parts needed for connector and fitting to support weld, and assembled sub-
assembly in rack from previous step, in a non-acidic degreaser cleaner prior to welding procedures.
NOTE: With sub-assembly still sitting upright in rack and without removing cartridge valve from
support and metering set, lift up cartridge valve to drain excess cleaner from support and
metering set.
B. Prior to welding, bake parts in drying oven for approximately one hour at 250 to 325° F (121 to 163° C).
Page 7034
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WHEN REMOVING HOT NOZZLE FROM OVEN.
C. Remove nozzle sub-assembly from oven, and allow to reach room temperature.
TASK 73-13-07-701-911-A01
14. Tack Weld Connector and Fitting to Support and Metering Set
A. Make sure pin (150) or primary tube (140), valve liner (130), and cartridge valve (120) are correctly
installed in support valve cavity. Install hold down spring (110), and spacer (100). Install support and
cartridge valve assembly in tack weld fixture, 6753535.
(1) For footless models, install filler ring (93A) and connector and fitting (51A). Clamp tack weld
fixture over connector and fitting.
(2) For footed connectors, use a feeler gage to measure dimension “C”, Figure 7015, at several
points. Select filler ring (90) to provide 0.004 in (0.1 mm) max gap less than this dimension. Filler
ring must turn freely.
(a) Unclamp tack weld fixture over connector and fitting (50). Remove connector and fitting
from support and metering set (160).
(b) Install selected filler ring (90). Reinstall connector assembly and secure in place with tack
weld fixture clamp.
(c) With filler ring against support, measure gap between filler ring and connector and fitting at
several places. If gap is not within given limits per Figure 7015, select the next size weld
filler ring, as required. Install ring and verify clearance. Continue until gap is verified.
7011
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-890-A01
Connector Assembly Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7011

Preflow Gas: Argon
Postflow Gas: Argon
Amperage: 60 (Ref.)
Welding Speed: 5.0 ipm (82 m/s)
Filler Wire AMS 5798
Connector Assembly Weld Settings and Conditions—Table 7011
73-13-07 Page 7035

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7015
CONNECTOR
AND FITTING (50)
0.004 (0.10)
MAX GAP
DIM C
FILLER
RING (90)
SUPPORT AND METERING

SET (160)
2. DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
715-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-884-A01
Selection of Filler Ring for Footed Connector (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7015
B. With all parts, including selected filler ring, assembled in tack weld fixture, 6753535, tack weld the
connector and fitting (50) to support and metering set (160) in 3 to 6 places, equally spaced,
approximately 0.150 in. (3.8 mm) in length. Use a manual, inert-gas, tungsten arc welder with 35 to 50
amps DC straight polarity (foot pedal controlled). Provide 8 to 10 cfh (0.23 to 0.28 m³/hr) argon gas to
the torch. Use a 1/16 in (1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp point,
installed into HW-20 torch with No. 7 ceramic cup. Air cool and remove from weld fixture.
NOTE: These settings may vary with different equipment, line voltage, etc.
TASK 73-13-07-701-912-A01
15. Circumferential Weld Connector and Fitting (50) to Support and Metering Set (160)
A. Equipment setup and weld procedure.
Page 7036
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(1) Mount universal face plate adapter, 6897008, on automatic welding lathe, 6897010. Mount
combination lathe and welding fixture, 6793008M1, on universal face plate adapter and mount
support and metering set on combination lathe and welding fixture. Attach argon inlet for welding
fixture, 6793000, to nozzle inlet. See Figure 7016.
(2) Indicate on machined area on support side of tack weld, and adjust universal face plate adapter
until support and connector run within 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) TIR.
NOTE: To make sure welds are satisfactory, use a non-repairable or simulated parts to set lathe
rotational speeds and welder controls. Section the trial parts to qualify weld integrity.
See Figure 7016 (footed connectors) or Figure 7017 (footless connectors).
(3) Use automatic TIG welder, inert-gas shielded, tungsten arc, automatic welder with an HW-20
angle head torch and No. 7 ceramic cup. Refer to Table 7011 for equipment settings and
conditions. These settings may vary with different equipment, line voltages, etc.
(4) Set controls and allow equipment to warm-up. Position the electrode centrally to the filler ring,
approximately 0.030 (0.76 mm) over filler ring diameter. Use a 1/16 in. (1.59 mm) 2% thoriated
tungsten electrode ground to a point with an approximate 0.020 in. (0.508 mm) flat.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO MEET MINIMUM PENETRATION MAY CAUSE LEAKAGE OR

INADEQUATE STRENGTH. EXCEEDING MAXIMUM PENETRATION WILL CAUSE
DIFFICULTY AT DISASSEMBLY.
(5) Inert-gas shielded tungsten arc groove weld. If needed, use filler wire/material, AMS 5798, ref.
Hastelloy X, to generate raised bead while welding one complete revolution plus approximately
0.40 in. (10.2 mm) overlap.
NOTE: To assure weld penetration within specified limits, it is recommended that samples be
prepared and sectioned for each lot. Weld samples may be prepared from defective
parts, locally manufactured parts, or purchased from Parker Hannifin Corporation,
Customer Support Operations, as noted in Table 7001. Refer to Figure 7016 (footed
connector) or Figure 7017 (footless connector).
(6) Wire brush weld area using a stainless wire brush, 0.008 in. (0.2 mm) diameter, maximum. Allow
weld to cool to room temperature.
B. Inspect weld. Refer to CHECK section for weld acceptability requirements. If weld is defective, refer to
REPAIR, No. 25.
C. Radiographic (X-ray) final inspect weld. Refer to CHECK section.

73-13-07 Page 7037

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7016
AUTOMATIC WELDING LATHE

UNIVERSAL FACE (6897010)
PLATE ADAPTER
(6897008)
ARGON INLET
FOR WELDING
COMBINATION FIXTURE
LATHE AND WELDING (6793000)
FIXTURE
(6793008M1)
CONNECTOR AND
FITTING (50)
FILLER RING (90)

GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-885-A01
Connector and Fitting Weld Set Up (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7016
Page 7038
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7017
6763664
WELD SAMPLE 0.157 - 0.160
(3.99 - 4.06)
27 - 33 DEG
(0.47 - 0.58 RAD)
FOOTED CONNECTOR 0.090 - 0.100 0.005 - 0.010 (0.13 - 0.25)
CAST CRES. (2.29 - 2.54) X
AMS 5362, (REF.: 347) 45 DEG (0.79 RAD)
FULL RADIUS
BASIC CHAMFER
0.530 (13.46) BASIC 18 - 22 DEG

1.265 - 1.280 (0.31 - 0.38 RAD)
0.450 - 0.490 (32.13 - 32.51)
(11.43 - 12.45) 0.065 - 0.095
DIA (1.65 - 2.41)
0.110 - 0.140
(2.79 - 3.56) R
0.020 - 0.055 RADIAL

1.245 - 1.247 (0.51 - 1.40) LOCATION
16 DEG 0.933 - 0.943 (31.62 - 31.67) OPTIONAL
(0.28 RAD) (23.70 - 23.95) DIA
BASIC DIA 0.010 (0.25) MIN R
1.005 - 1.015
(25.53 - 25.78) 1.410 - 1.420
DIA (35.81 - 36.07)
DIA
1.550 - 1.570
(39.37 - 39.88)
0.000 - 0.030
(0.00 - 0.76)
A 0.010 (0.25) DIA PARENTHESES ARE IDENTIFIED.
-A- 0.105 (2.67) MIN R

0.620 - 0.640
0.005 (0.13) MAX R (15.75 - 16.26)
1.200 - 1.203
(30.48 - 30.56) DIA 1.193 - 1.203
(30.30 - 30.56) DIA
1.250 - 1.253
(31.75 - 31.83) DIA 1.430 - 1.490
1.375 - 1.380 (36.32 - 37.85) DIA
(34.93 - 35.05) DIA
0.005 - 0.010
(0.13 - 0.25) R
0.007 - 0.017 (0.18 - 0.43)
6763665
or 45 DEG (0.79 RAD) BASIC CHAMFER R WELD SAMPLE
0.110 - 0.113 SUPPORT
(2.79 - 2.87) FORGED CRES.
0.350 (8.89) MIN QQ-S-763, CL 347,
COND. A
1.350 - 1.550
(34.29 - 39.37)
719-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-886-A01
Connector Support Weld Samples for Footed Connectors (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7017
73-13-07 Page 7039

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
7018
0.110 - 0.140
6793002 (2.79 - 3.56)
WELD SAMPLE 0.359 - 0.399
(9.12 - 10.14)
FOOTLESS CONNECTOR
AMS 5362, (REF. 347) 0.097 - 0.101
(2.46 - 2.57)
0.040 - 0.050
(1.02 - 1.27) R
0.010 - 0.017 0 DIA D

- 1.28 )
(0.25 - 0.43) or 1.2706 - 32.51
45 DEG (0.79 RAD) (32.2 DIA B
BASIC CHAMFER 80
- 1.3 )
1.3765 - 35.05
(34.9
0.005 (0.13) MAX R NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN INCHES WITH
0.550 - 0.600
0.105 (2.67) MIN R (13.97 - 15.24)
0.005 (0.13) MAX R
1.200 - 1.203
(30.48 - 30.56)
DIA 1.193 - 1.203
1.270 - 1.280 (30.30 - 30.56)
(32.26 - 32.51) DIA
DIA W 1.430 - 1.490
(36.32 - 37.85)
DIA
1.373 - 1.380
(34.87 - 35.05)
DIA N
0.007 - 0.017 (0.18 - 0.43) R

or 45 DEG (0.79 RAD) 0.050 - 0.100
BASIC CHAMFER. (1.27 - 2.54)
0.040 - 0.055
(1.02 - 1.40) R
6793003
0.091 - 0.106
(2.31 - 2.69) 0.320 (8.13) MIN
WELD SAMPLE
SUPPORT
1.350 - 1.550 AMS 5646, (REF. 347)
(34.29 - 39.37)
720-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-887-A01
Connector Support Weld Samples for Footless Connectors (Sheet 1 of 1)
Figure 7018
Page 7040
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
D. External leak tests.
NOTE: The following leak tests are required, and assembly must meet requirements given. These
tests must be done prior to fluorescent penetrant inspection. If metering set has not been
previously tested for leaks, it must be tested at this time.
(1) Pneumatic leak test.
(a) Mount proof test seal clamp, 6755043, onto the nozzle metering set.
(b) Mount inlet adapter to quick disconnect, 6875500-4, to the nozzle inlet and attach to
nitrogen source.
CAUTION: WHEN PURGING WITH NITROGEN, PURGE ONLY ENOUGH TO PURGE

FLUID FROM NOZZLE. CONTINUOUS APPLICATION OF HIGH PRESSURE
NITROGEN CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO CARTRIDGE VALVE SEALING
SURFACE.
(c) Purge nozzle assembly with dry nitrogen gas by unseating the proof test seal clamp and
applying low pressure nitrogen to purge all fluid from the nozzle. Purge at 70 to 90 psig
(482 to 620 kPa gage) while shaking nozzle to dislodge any drops of fluid from the internal
passages. Reseat the proof test seal clamp after all evidence of fluid is purged from the
nozzle.
(d) Submerge nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid, in the position shown in TESTING AND
FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, if requirements are not met.
(e) Reduce applied pressure to zero. Continue with hydraulic leak test if test is satisfactory.
Refer to TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, if
requirements are not met.
(2) Hydraulic leak test.
(a) Use the same test fixture setup as pneumatic leak test, except attach to pressure test
stand.
(b) Submerge the nozzle and attached tooling in test fluid, tip end of nozzle pointed up. Unseat
the proof test seal clamp, 6755043, and apply low pressure test fluid through inlet fitting to
purge all air or gas from the nozzle. Purge 20 to 50 psig (128 to 345 kPa gage). Holding the
nozzle submerged, reseat the proof test seal clamp after all evidence of air or gas is purged
from nozzle.
(c) Remove the nozzle and attach tooling from the test fluid and clean or remove all evidence
of fluid from the nozzle and tooling using shop air. Place nozzle on a suitable viewing
platform.
(d) Apply test fluid pressure from pressure test stand, at 1000 to 1025 psig (6895 to 7067 kPa
gage), to inlet of nozzle and hold pressure for 30 seconds minimum. No leakage allowed.
(e) Reduce applied pressure to zero. Disassemble test setup if no further testing is to be done.
(f) Continue with fluorescent penetrant inspect when test is satisfactory. Refer to TESTING
AND FAULT ISOLATION, Table 1008, Fault Isolation Chart, if requirements are not met.
73-13-07 Page 7041

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
E. Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld area per CHECK section.
F. Verify true position of connector and fitting (50) with final acceptance gage, 6723094M2, using
connector and fitting Detail 7. Location of the connector and fitting must fall within 0.0595 to 0.0600 in.
(1.511 to 1.524 mm) step dimension of Detail 7. See CHECK, Figure 5011.
TASK 73-13-07-701-913-A01
16. Identification
NOTE: If identification plate (20) has been damaged and removed, transfer information from old plate to
new identification plate and install new plate on fuel nozzle assembly.
A. Wrap new identification plate around neck of connector (80). Install rivet (40) in hole of identification
plate.
B. Install assembly into rivet heading tool assembly, 6793006. Clamp into place.
C. Insert punch through bushing of rivet heading tool assembly, and into rivet. Lightly tap punch. Peened
rivet head diameter is 0.11 in. (2.8 mm) minimum.
D. Remove nozzle from tooling.
E. Make sure identification plate is securely in place.
TASK 73-13-07-701-914-A01
17. Perform Complete Test Procedures in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION
NOTE: Upon successful completion of procedures in TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION, prepare fuel
nozzle assembly for storage. Refer to STORAGE Section.
(Refer to "STORAGE-PageBlock-15001" on page 15001.)
Page 7042
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
FITS AND CLEARANCES
TASK 73-13-07-99F-880-A01
A. Fits and clearances for assemblies are given in CHECK, REPAIR, and ASSEMBLY sections. The final
criteria for wear of the valve cartridge and metering set is determined by the performance during
TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION.
(Refer to "REPAIR-PageBlock-6001" on page 6001.)
(Refer to "ASSEMBLY-PageBlock-7001" on page 7001.)
73-13-07 Page 8001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
73-13-07 Page 8002

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT
TASK 73-13-07-99F-890-A01
1. General Information
A. The special tools, fixtures, equipment, and materials shown in this section are necessary for repair,
overhaul, and testing of the Fuel Nozzle Assembly and its components. Unless specified, the special
tools, fixtures and equipment shown in Table 9001 and the materials shown in Table 9002 can be
ordered from:
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION

Customer Support Operations
Glendale, AZ 85307
USA
B. For illustrated tooling See to Figure 9001.

TASK 73-13-07-94B-890-A01
2. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment
Special tools, fixtures, and equipment used on the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 9001.
9001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-990-A01
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment—Table 9001

6723089 Lapping Tool Refinish cartridge valve seal surface
6723094M2 Final Acceptance Gage Verify nozzle assembly and support
endpoints
6723095 Chuck Jaws Holds connector during fitting removal
6723097 Weld Fixture Connector and fitting weld
6725090M2 Protractor Angle Measuring Device Measure primary and secondary spray
angles [30 to 120 deg (0.52 to 2.09
rad)]
6753522 Set Master (Footed) Set cut-off fixturing for connector /
metering set removal
6753532 Tool Setting Block Set cut-off fixturing for connector weld
repair
6753535 Tack Weld Fixture Connector tack weld
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Sheet 1 of 5)—Table 9001
73-13-07 Page 9001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

6753545 Length Gage Check primary body length - 0.374 to
0.378 in. (9.50 to 9.60 mm)
6753551M1 Turning Fixture Footed connector and fitting weld repair
6753552 Final Acceptance Gage for Connec- Dimensionally check connector and fit-
tor ting end point location
6753553 Length Gage Checks primary/secondary assembly
dimension - 0.201 to 0.192 in (5.11 to
4.88 mm)
6755043 Seal Clamp, Proof Test Secondary body weld test
(O-ring: #5-193)
6755045 Test Fixture Assembly, Nozzle w/ Holds nozzle assembly during shroud
Shroud Air air and fluid flow tests
(O-rings: #2-018, 2-028, 2-030)
6755046 Test Clamp Fixture Holds nozzle and test fixtures during
test procedures
6755051 Test Fixture Flow test complete metering set and
(O-rings: #5-001, 5-148) components
6755053 Pressure Test Fixture Seal primary orifice for pressure test
(O-ring: #2-006)
6755061 Seal Cap Assembly (footed) Testing support with valve assembly,
(O-ring: #2-121) without spacer
6763621 Extracting Tool, Valve Liner Valve liner removal - loose
6763622 Extracting Tool, Primary Tube Primary tube removal
6763624 Length Gage and Set Master Check primary repair - 0.320 to 0.323 in
(8.13 to 8.20 mm) dim.
6763628 Lapping Tool Valve seal surface in support
6763630 Special Collet and Stop Shroud and secondary body repair
6763631 Length Gage Check secondary body - 0.828 to 0.833
in (21.03 to 21.16 mm) dim
6763636 Bending Tool and Gage Check concentricity and alignment of
center post - support
6763637 Heat Sink (optional) Primary body weld
6763638 Extracting Tool, Valve Liner, Alternate Valve liner removal - tight
6763640 Live Center Primary body removal
6763647 “Go Only” Plug Gage Check support - 0.647 to 0.653 in
(16.43 to 16.59 mm) dia.
Page 9002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6763660 Weld Sample, Support Tip Primary weld
- Primary
6763661 Weld Sample, Support Tip Primary weld
- Primary
6763662 Weld Sample, Support Tip Secondary weld
- Secondary
6763663 Weld Sample, Support Tip Secondary weld
- Secondary
6763664 Weld Sample, Connector (Footed) Footed connector weld
6763665 Weld Sample, Housing Housing weld
6765127 Test fixture (back flush) Hold connector and fitting subassy
(O-ring: #2-019)
6765128 Test Fixture Test metering set w/ shroud air
(O-rings: #2-023, 5-001, 5-148)
6765129 Test Fixture (footed) Valve cavity flow divider
(O-rings: #2-012, 2-121)
6775211M3 Master orifice set Test stand calibration
6783807 Set Master (Footless) Set cutoff fixturing for connector/meter-
ing set removal
6783808M1 Turning Fixture Connector rework
6783810 Depth gage Check support 0.711 to 0.714 in. (18.06
to 18.14 mm) dim.
6783823 Tool Setting Block Set cutoff fixturing for connector rework
6785319 Test Fixture (footless) Testing support without valve
(O-rings: #2-012, 2-121)
6785320 Seal Cap Assembly (footless) Testing support with valve assy, without
(O-ring: #2-121) spacer
6793000 Argon Inlet for Welding Fixture Provide argon gas flow during
connector and support weld
6793001 Height Gage Primary tube insertion -.015 in.
(0.38 mm) dim.
6793002 Weld Sample, Connector (Footless) Footless connector
6793003 Weld Sample, Housing Housing weld
6793004 Disassemble and Assembly Tool Primary body or shroud and secondary
body removal/assembly
73-13-07 Page 9003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

6793005M1 Turning Fixture Holds support - during metering set
machining or weld
6793006 Rivet Heading Tool Assembly Rivet installation (identification plate)
6793008M1 Combination Lathe and Welding Connector holds support during
Fixture machining or weld
6793011 Test Fixture Holder Assembly Test cartridge valve assy
(O-ring: #2-023)
6793012 Test Fixture Assembly Test cartridge valve assy
(O-rings: #2-120, 5-057)
6793013 Test Fixture Assembly: Test cartridge valve assy
(O-rings #2-120, 5-057)
6793014 Test Fixture Assembly Test cartridge valve assy
(O-rings: #2-120, 5-057)
6825004 Proof test fixture Backflush support and metering set
6875500-4 Inlet Adapter to Quick Disconnect Connector nozzle to flow and pressure
test equipment
6877149 Thermal cleaning fixture Pyrolytic cleaning
6885016 Electronic Angle Device Radial Measuring spray angle and radial
Patternator distribution
6897008 Universal Face Plate Adapter Positioning holding fixture during
machining/weld
6897010 Automatic Welding Lathe Welding nozzle components and
rotating holding fixture
6897097 Polishing Arbor Fitting seal surface repair
6927600 Thermal holding fixture Pyrolytic cleaning of support
6927601 Tip Seal Fixture Seal primary adapter post for pressure
test
6947601 Ceramic Holder Valve adapter braze fixture
6947642 Valve Cartridge Disassembly / Disassemble or assemble valve
Assembly Fixture cartridge
6957608 Seal Surface Location Gage Locate flange seal surface
6957660 Set Up Block Set cut off fixturing for rework footless
connector
6957661 Expandable 5c Collet Hold connector for rework
6957662 Holding Fixture Hold/secure support
6957663 Straightening Tool Straighten primary tube
Page 9004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6957664 Assembly Fixture Set support adapter location for brazing
6957665 Acceptance Gage In-process inspect support face,
adapter, primary, or shroud/secondary
body end points
TASK 73-13-07-94A-990-A01
3. Materials
Materials used on the Fuel Nozzle Assembly are shown in Table 9002.
9002
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-991-A01 Materials—Table 9002

NOMENCLATURE APPLICATION
#5 Ceramic cup Welding
#7 Ceramic cup Welding
2-Jaw chuck (optional) Assembly
3/8 in. (9.53 mm) standard torque wrench Assembly
Air vibrator, mechanical Assembly flow test
Applicator wiper, lint free Assembly, cleaning
Argon gas, inert Welding
Ball, 0.062 in. (1.58 mm) dia Inspect braze of primary/secondary support
adapters
Borescope Inspect supports
Boring tool Disassembly, repairs
Braze paste, AMS 4787 Brazing application
Braze stop-off material Brazing application
Brush, stainless steel wire, 0.008 in. (0.203 mm) max dia Welding application
wire size
Brush, soft-bristled Repair
Calibration fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Testing and assembly
Carbide abrasive tool Repair
Carbide burr tool Repair, weld defect and indication removal
Carbon plate, flat Brazing application
Materials (Sheet 1 of 4)—Table 9002
73-13-07 Page 9005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

Ceramic cup, 0.375 in. (9.23 mm) Welding application
Chamfer tool Disassembly, repairs
Chuck, standard, 2-jaw, 10.0 in. (254 mm) Repairs, assembly
Cleaning solution, Turco 4181 Cleaning solution, Turco 4181
Cleaning solution, Enprep 576E Cleaning components
Collet Disassembly, repairs, assembly
Collet holder Disassembly, repairs, assembly
Collet, 5c, 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) diameter Repair
Counterbore tool Repair
Crocus cloth, 500 grit Remove metal and restore surface finish
Cutoff tool Disassembly, repairs
Cutting oil Disassembly, repairs
Degreaser, non-acidic cleaner Cleaning components
Demagnetizer Demagnetize final assembly
Dental pick Repair
Dowel, wooden, 1/2 in. (12.70 mm) dia Repair
Dowel, wood Repair
Drill press Repair
Drill bit, 3/32 in. (2.38 mm) dia Repair
Drill, 0.196 in. (4.98 mm) dia Repair
Drill, 1/8 in. (3.175 mm) dia Repair
Drill fixture Repair
E.D.M. fixture Repair
Electrode, copper, 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) dia Welding
End mill (optional), 0.090 to 0.100 in. (2.29 to 2.54 mm) Repair
dia
End mill, 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) dia Repair
End mill, 31/64 dia. Repair
End mill Repair
Filler wire material (ref: AISI, Type 347) stainless steel, Welding
0.020 in. (0.51 mm) dia.
Filler wire material (ref: AMS 5680, Type 347) Welding
Page 9006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
Filler wire material (ref: AMS 5754, Hastelloy “X”) Welding
Filler wire material (ref: AMS 5798, Hastelloy “X”), 0.035 Welding
to 0.040 in. (0.89 to 1.02 mm) dia
Gloves, white cotton Handling components
Hand die grinder Repair
India oil stone, fine Surface finish repair, remove raised metal
Indicator and stand Inspection during repair
Lapping compound, 1200 grit Lapping and polishing component surfaces
Lathe, metal cutting Machining components
Lathe, speed Lapping and polishing component surfaces
Lubricant, machining Disassembly, Repair
Mallet, plastic tip Repair
Mandrel Repair valve liner
Microscope, 10X power with illumination Inspection
Milling machine (optional) Repair
Moly grid sheet Brazing applications
Nitrogen gas (N), dry, up to 300 psig (2069 kPa gage) Pneumatic pressure testing
Oven, capable of 650° F (343° C) Drying components
Oven, air recirculating, capable of 1100°F (593°C) Drying components
Petroleum jelly Assembly lubricant
Plug gage, blade type, 0.129 in. (3.28 mm) wide Inspect out-of-round support
Plug gage Inspection
Pneumatic leak test tank Pneumatic pressure testing
Polishing wheel Surface finish repair
Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 Component and assembly preservation
Preservation stand, capable of supplying preservation oil Component and assembly preservation
at 0 to 400 psig (2758 kPa gage), providing 10 micron fil-
tration
Press, air or manual powered Valve liner repair
Pressure test stand, with 10 micron filtration Supplies test fluid under pressure for pressure
testing
Push rod Repair
Rinsing tanks Component and assembly cleaning
73-13-07 Page 9007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281

Rotary abrasive tool, spherical or round-nose Surface finish repair
Rotary table Welding
Rust Inhibitor, RI-105 Cleaning components
Shot, S110 cast steel (optional) Repair cast surfaces
Spray test chamber, with illumination, 75 watt collimated Flow and spray quality checks
underlighting and/or 300 watt external indirect lighting
Stick, flat, wood Polishing applications
Teflon Tape Shroud air flow testing
Test stand, fuel flow, capable of supplying calibrated fluid Supply test fluid under pressure for flow testing
with measurement up to 1000 pph (454 kg/hr) at an accu-
racy of 0.5% and providing pressure from 0 to 1050 psig
(0 to 7240 kPa gage). Must maintain fluid temperature at
78 to 82 °F (26 to 28 °C) and provide 10 micron filtration
Thread die,.216-32 UNEF-2A Thread repair
Thread die,.4375-20 UNF-3A Thread repair
Thread die,.625-32 UN-2A Thread repair
Thread die, 1.250-12 UNF-3A Thread repair
Thread go gage set Verify thread repair
Thread tap,.216-32 UNEF-2B Thread repair
Thread tap,.625-32 UN-2B Thread repair
Tool holder Disassembly, repair
Toothpick, round, wood Polishing applications
Turning tool Disassembly, repair
Turning fixture Repair
Ultrasonic cleaning tanks (recommended 20 kHz fre- Component and assembly cleaning
quency)
Vacuum furnace, capable of 2200°F (1204°C) at a vac- Brazing applications
uum of 1 X 10-5 TORR min
Welder, automatic, inert-gas shielded, tungsten arc, Welding
Model 430 SCM/S, with angle head torch Model HW-20
Welding electrode, 0.0625 in. Welding
(1.59 mm) dia, 2% thoriated tungsten
Wire brush, stainless steel, 0.008 in. (0.20 mm) dia max, Welding
hand or power
Page 9008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6723089 6723094M2
6723095 6725090M2 6753522
6753532 6753535 6753545

901-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-974-A01
Illustration Tools (Sheet 1 of 6)
Figure 9001
73-13-07 Page 9009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6753551M1 6753552 6753553
6755043 6755045 6755046
6755061
6755051 6755053
6785320
902-50

Figure 9001
Page 9010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6763621 6763622 6763624
6763628 6763630 6763631
6763636 6763637 6763638
903-50

Figure 9001
73-13-07 Page 9011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6763640 6763647 6765127
6765128 6765129 6775211M3

6785319
6783807 6783808M1 6783810
904-50

Figure 9001
Page 9012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6783823 6793000 6793001
6793004 6793005M1 6793006
6793012
6793013
6793008M1 6793011 6793014
905-50

Figure 9001
73-13-07 Page 9013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
9001
6875500-4 6885016 6897008
6897010 6897097 6927600
6927601 6947601 6957608
906-50

Figure 9001
Page 9014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
STORAGE
TASK 73-13-07-99F-920-A01
The recommended storage materials are given in Table 15001.
TASK 73-13-07-94A-995-A01
2. Storage Materials
The material shown in Table 15001 is necessary for storage of the Fuel Nozzle Assembly.
15001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-993-A01 Storage Materials—Table 15001

NOMENCLATURE SOURCE
Bag, polyethylene Commercially Available.
Calibration Fluid, MIL-PRF-7024, Type II Commercially Available.
Preservation, oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 Commercially Available.
Protective Cap Commercially Available
Tag, Identification Commercially Available.
Storage Materials —Table 15001
TASK 73-13-07-915-900-A01
3. Storage Instructions
A. Flush nozzle with Preservation oil, MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010 for 1 minute at a recommended inlet
pressure of 300 to 400 psig (2068 to 2758 kPa gage).
B. Upon successful completion of all assembly and test procedures, dip entire nozzle into filtered
MIL-PRF-7024, Type II, calibration test fluid and allow to drain.
C. Install protective caps (340, 350) and install flange protector (331) equivalent substitutes can be used.
D. Demagnetize fuel nozzle assembly.
NOTE: Magnetism shall not exceed 5 gauss (0.0005 T). If magnetism is excessive, degauss before
storing.
73-13-07 Page 15001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
E. Prepare the component for storage, as follows:
(1) Place fuel nozzle assembly in plastic bag and seal to prevent contamination.
(2) Place fuel nozzle assembly in a box or other protective container to prevent damage from
handling and storage.
(3) Mark identification number on outside of carton.
F. Store the component in a designated area.
Page 15002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
TASK 73-13-07-99F-910-A01
1. Introduction and Purpose

A. This section contains a detailed parts list for the Fuel Nozzle Assembly. The detailed parts list has an
illustration(s) and an alpha-numeric breakdown of parts for all assembly(ies) which can be
disassembled, repaired or replaced, and reassembled. The parts list has six columns: figure and item,
part number, airline part number, nomenclature, effectivity code, and units per assembly.
B. When equipment designators are used for electrical/electronic parts they are shown in the detailed
parts list and in the Equipment Designator Index.
C. When the detailed parts list is more than five pages, a Numerical Index will be included in this section
as a supplement.
D. Vendor Information includes vendor cage codes, names, and addresses of vendors, and is referred to
in the detailed parts list.
TASK 73-13-07-920-900-A01
2. Explanation and Usage
A. The IPL FIG. /ITEM column shows the figure number and the item number for each detail part. The
figure number is shown once in the header row. Each part is identified by an item number. A part which
is not illustrated will have a dash (-) before the item number.
(1) Alpha variants, letters A through Z (except I and O), are used with an item number to show:
(a) Alternate parts.
(b) Optional parts.

(c) Service bulletin changes.
(d) Configuration differences.
(2) An alpha variant item number is not shown on the exploded view when the shape and location of
the alpha variant item is the same as the basic item number.
B. The PART NUMBER column shows the part number for each detail part. Use the part number exactly
as shown when procuring parts, except as noted below.
(1) The Parker Hannifin Corporation basic part numbering system consists of a numerical system of
seven digits. These basic part numbers may be supplied with letters and numbers to indicate
parts available in a range of classes, and/or oversize-undersize dimensions, which provide for
necessary selectivity during servicing and overhaul. The complete number must be quoted on
procurement documentation to ensure that the correct part is supplied. No special numbering
system is employed. Numbers are assigned to assemblies, subassemblies and details as
needed.
73-13-07 Page 10001

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(2) Assembly Order
The indentation system used in this Illustrated Parts List shows the item relationship. For a given
item, the Indentation code shows an assembly or installation assembly starting in the extreme left
position, continuing down into succeeding columns until the end details is reached, as follows:
1234567
Assembly or installation assembly (RF) number
Attaching parts for assembly or installation
***
. Detail parts for assembly
.. Sub-Assembly
.. Attaching parts for sub-assembly
***
... Detail parts for sub-assembly
... Sub-sub-assembly
... Attaching parts for sub-sub-assembly
***
.... Detail parts for sub-sub-assembly
(3) Effectivity
The Effectivity code column established parts relationship with units or assemblies that are
essentially the same but have minor variations. These units or assemblies are the lead items on
the Detailed Parts List. These items or assemblies shall be assigned reference letters such as A,
B, C, D, etc. Parts that are not common to all configurations but are associated with one or more
of the coded items shall carry the letter or letters assigned to the lead item with which it is
associated. When a part is common to all lead items, the effectivity column is blank.
CODE FIGURE NO. PARKER-HANNIFIN PART NO.GENERAL ELECTRIC PART NO.
A ALL 6740281M7 9119M60P07
B ALL 6740281M8 9119M60P08
C ALL 6740281M9 9119M60P09
D ALL 6740281M18 9119M60P18
E ALL 6740281M19 9119M60P19
F ALL 6740281M21 9119M60P21
G ALL 6740281M23 9119M60P23
H ALL 6740281M24 9119M60P24
J ALL 6740281E32 9119M60P32

K ALL 6740281E33 9119M60P33
L ALL 6740281E34 9119M60P34
Page 10002
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
(4) Units per Assembly:
The quantity listed in the “Units per Assy” column is the total quantity used per assembly; the
quantity in the case of each detail part and/or subassembly indented under an assembly is the
quantity used per assembly. For bulk items the letters “AR” are inserted into the Units per
Assembly column to indicate “as required.” Items listed for reference purposes, the letters “RF”
are inserted. Items that are not procurable, the letters “NP” are inserted.
TASK 73-13-07-920-901-A01
3. Parts Replacement Data
The interchangeability relationship between parts is identified in the NOMENCLATURE column of the parts
list. A list of the terms used to show interchangeability and their definition is as follows:
PARTS LIST
TERM ABBREVIATION DEFINITION
Alternate ALT The part fully meets functional and structural

specifications, but is different in external
dimensions, connection installation, and/or mounting
provisions. Rework or possible modifications can be
necessary.
Optional OPT The part is fully interchangeable in form, fit and

function with the subject part number. This gives a
choice of parts for procurement and support functions.
Preferred PRFD The part is preferred over other alternate or

optional parts shown.
Replaced by REPLD BY The part is replaced by and interchangeable with the

item number shown.
Replaces REPLS The part replaces and is interchangeable with the item
number shown.
Superseded by SUPSD BY The part is replaced by and is not interchangeable with

the item number shown.
Supersedes SUPSDS The part replaces and is not interchangeable with the
item number shown.
Service Bulletins S/B PRE Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.
The use of PRE shows the condition of the part before
the work in the service bulletin is done.
S/B POST Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.

The use of POST shows the condition of the part after the
work in the service bulletin is done.
S/B RWK Identifies when a service bulletin has an effect on a part.

The use of RWK shows the part is reworked by the
service bulletin.
TASK 73-13-07-920-902-A01
73-13-07 Page 10003

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
4. Proprietary
A proprietary item is shown with “(-P)” in the nomenclature column for the part. This item is also identified
by the component manufacturers source controlled part number for parts procurement.
TASK 73-13-07-920-903-A01
5. Service Bulletin Incorporation
A. Except as indicated below, assemblies, subassemblies and detail parts subject to modification,
deletion, addition or replacement by an issued service bulletin are annotated to show both pre- and
post-service bulletin configuration. The term (PRE SB XXXX) in the Nomenclature column designates
the original configuration, and the term (POST SB XXXX) identifies assemblies and parts after the
service bulletin modification has been completed.
B. Subassemblies and detail parts used on assemblies bearing the pre-or post-service bulletin notation
will not carry the same notation themselves if the use code(s) assigned to them clearly reflect(s) their
pre- or post-service bulletin status.
TASK 73-13-07-920-904-A01
6. Numerical Index
A. Not applicable.
B. The Numerical Index is included as a supplement to the detailed parts list. All detailed parts are
included in Table 10001.
NOTE: An empty space in the TTL REQ. column shows a deleted item.
10001
TABLE 73-13-07-99A-995-A01
Numerical Index—Table 10001
NOTE: All part numbers shown in the Numerical Index are in alpha-numeric order.
PART NUMBERS AIRLINE PART NO. FIG. ITEM TTL REQ.
MS16535-81 1 -41 NP
ORDER NHA 1 -191 NP
1 -192 NP
1 -193 NP
1 -194 NP
1 -195 NP
1 -301 NP
Numerical Index (Sheet 1 of 11)—Table 10001
Page 10004
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
1 -302 NP
1 -303 NP
1 -304 NP
1 -311 NP
1 190 NP
1 300 NP
1 310 NP
6701095 1 70 NP
6701096 1 60 NP
6701289-65 1 20 NP
6701289-66 1 -21 NP
6701289-67 1 -22 NP
6701289-87 1 -23 NP
6701289-88 1 -24 NP
6701289-91 1 -25 NP
6701289-93 1 -26 NP
6701289-94 1 -27 NP
6701290 1 40 NP
6721205 1 110 NP
6740281E32 1 -9 RF
6740281E33 1 -10 RF
6740281E34 1 -11 RF
6740281M18 1 -4 NP
6740281M19 1 -5 NP
6740281M21 1 -6 RF
73-13-07 Page 10005

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6740281M23 1 -7 RF
6740281M24 1 -8 RF
6740281M7 1 1 NP
6740281M8 1 -2 NP
6740281M9 1 -3 NP
6741135 1 250 1
6741143-1 1 280 NP
6741143-1A 1 -281 NP
6741143-2 1 -282 NP
6741143-2A 1 -283 NP
6741143-3 1 -284 NP
6741143-3A 1 -285 NP
6741143-4 1 -286 NP
6741143-4A 1 -287 NP
6741143-5 1 -288 NP
6741143-5A 1 -289 NP
6741143-6 1 -290 NP
6741143-6A 1 -291 NP
6741143-7 1 -292 NP
6741143-7A 1 -293 NP
6741143-8 1 -294 NP
6741143-8A 1 -295 NP
6741143-9 1 -296 NP
6741144-1 1 320 NP
6741144-2 1 -322 NP
Page 10006
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6741144-3 1 -324 NP
6741144-4 1 -326 NP
6741144-5 1 -328 NP
6741144-6 1 -329 NP
6741144-7 1 -329A 1
6741244 1 -251 1
6741246 2 130 1
6741490 1 200 NP
6751062 1 -260 NP
6751063 1 -261 NP
6751064 1 -262 NP
6751331 2 120 1
6761061 1 120 NP
2 -1 NP
6761062 1 -121 NP
2 -2 NP
6761063 1 -122 NP
2 -3 NP
6761066 1 160 NP
6761067 1 -161 NP
6761068 1 -162 NP
6761069 1 100 NP
6761072 1 80 NP
6761073 1 50 NP
6761088-1 1 90 AR
73-13-07 Page 10007

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6761088-2 1 -91 AR
6761088-3 1 -92 AR
6761663 1 180 NP
6761664 1 -181 NP
6761665 1 -221 NP
6761667 1 -131 NP
1 130 NP
6761669 1 140 NP
6761676 1 -182 NP
6771516 1 -163 NP
6771517 1 -263 NP
6771533 1 -264 NP
6771535 1 -164 NP
6771587 1 150 NP
6771669 1 -183 NP
6771671 1 -93 NP
6771672 1 -51 NP
6771673 1 -81 NP
6771675 1 -165 NP
6781013 1 -166 NP
6781014 1 -167 NP
6781179-1 1 240 1
6781179-4 1 210 1
6781576 1 -101 NP
6802113 1 -61 NP
Page 10008
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6811678 1 220 NP
6871335 1 -165A 1
6871336 1 -182A 1
6871338 1 -261A 1
6871339-1 1 -320A 1
6871339-2 1 -322A AR
6871339-3 1 -324A 1
6871339-4 1 -326A 1
6871339-5 1 -328A 1
6871340-1 1 -280A AR
6871340-1A 1 -281A AR
6871340-2 1 -282A AR
6871340-2A 1 -283A AR
6871340-3 1 -284A AR
6871340-3A 1 -285A AR
6871340-4 1 -286A AR
6871340-4A 1 -287A AR
6871340-5 1 -288A AR
6871340-5A 1 -289A AR
6871340-6 1 -290A AR
6871340-6A 1 -291A AR
6871340-7 1 -292A AR
6871340-7A 1 -293A AR
6871340-8 1 -294A AR
6871340-8A 1 -295A AR
73-13-07 Page 10009

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6871340-9 1 -296A AR
6871341 1 -150A NP
6871341-1 1 -150B 1
6871341-2 1 -150C AR
6871342 1 -130A 1
6871343 1 -121A 1
2 -2A RF
6871344 1 -110A 1
6871345 1 -101A 1
6871346 1 -51A 1
6871347 1 -81A 1
6871348 1 -70A 1
6871349 1 -61A 1
6871350-122 1 -28 1
6871350-123 1 -29 1
6871350-124 1 -30 1
6871350-91 1 -25A 1
6871350-93 1 -26A 1
6871350-94 1 -27A 1
6871351 1 -93A 1
6871352 1 -166A 1
6871353 1 -183A 1
6871354 1 -263A 1
6871355-1 1 -140A 1
6871355-2 1 -141 NP
Page 10010
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6871356 1 -120A 1
2 -1A RF
6871357 1 -167A 1
6871358 1 -264A 1
6871359 1 -122A 1
2 -3A RF
6872177 1 -151 AR
6881775-1 2 10 1
6881775-10 2 -19 AR
6881775-11 2 -20 AR
6881775-12 2 -21 AR
6881775-13 2 -22 AR
6881775-14 2 -23 AR
6881775-15 2 -24 AR
6881775-16 2 -25 AR
6881775-17 2 -26 AR
6881775-18 2 -27 AR
6881775-19 2 -28 AR
6881775-2 2 -11 AR
6881775-20 2 -29 AR
6881775-21 2 -30 AR
6881775-22 2 -31 AR
6881775-23 2 -32 AR
6881775-24 2 -33 AR
6881775-25 2 -34 AR
73-13-07 Page 10011

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6881775-26 2 -35 AR
6881775-27 2 -36 AR
6881775-28 2 -37 AR
6881775-29 2 -38 AR
6881775-3 2 -12 AR
6881775-30 2 -39 AR
6881775-31 2 -40 AR
6881775-32 2 -41 AR
6881775-33 2 -42 AR
6881775-34 2 -43 AR
6881775-35 2 -44 AR
6881775-36 2 -45 AR
6881775-37 2 -46 AR
6881775-38 2 -47 AR
6881775-39 2 -48 AR
6881775-4 2 -13 AR
6881775-40 2 -49 AR
6881775-41 2 -50 AR
6881775-42 2 -51 AR
6881775-43 2 -52 AR
6881775-44 2 -53 AR
6881775-45 2 -54 AR
6881775-46 2 -55 AR
6881775-47 2 -56 AR
6881775-48 2 -57 AR
Page 10012
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6881775-49 2 -58 AR
6881775-5 2 -14 AR
6881775-50 2 -59 AR
6881775-51 2 -60 AR
6881775-52 2 -61 AR
6881775-53 2 -62 AR
6881775-54 2 -63 AR
6881775-55 2 -64 AR
6881775-56 2 -65 AR
6881775-57 2 -66 AR
6881775-58 2 -67 AR
6881775-59 2 -68 AR
6881775-6 2 -15 AR
6881775-60 2 -69 AR
6881775-7 2 -16 AR
6881775-8 2 -17 AR
6881775-9 2 -18 AR
6881782 1 -42 1
6911181 1 230 1
6911182 1 -211 2
6911260 1 -200A 1
6921075 1 -168 1
6921076 1 -169 1
6921077 1 -170 1
6921078 1 -185 1
73-13-07 Page 10013

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
6921079 1 -184 1
6921081 2 110 1
6921082 2 -111 1
6921083 2 -112 1
6921084-3 2 90 1
6921084-5 2 -91 1
6921085 2 100 1
6921086 2 80 1
6992284-1 1 270 1
6992284-2 1 -270A 1
6992284-3 1 -270B 1
6992284-4 1 -270C 1
7. Vendor Information
The list that follows contains the cage code, name, and address of each vendor. The cage code number is
used in the nomenclature column of the illustrated parts list.
CODE VENDORS NAME AND ADDRESS
(V4U799) Parker Hannifin Corporation

Gas Turbine Fuel System Division
124 Columbia Street
Clyde, NY 14433 USA
Page 10014
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
73-13-07 Page 10015

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
FIGURE 73-13-07-999-900-A01 IPL FIGURE 1
IPL Figure 1
60
350 70
80
50
20
40
90
180
100
230
110
DETAIL A
120 220
130 210*
200
150
140
331
190
240*
250 260
320*
310
300
280*
270
340
NOTE: *NOT PART OF
SUB-ASSEMBLY 160
IPL1A-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-986-A01
Dual Orifice Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1)
IPL Figure 1
Page 10016
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

FIG. 1/ PART EFF PER
ITEM PART NUMBER NO. 1234567 NOMENCLATURE CODE ASSY
1 6740281M7 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice A NP

(GE PN 9119M60P07) (ADD BY SB
CF6-50 No. 73-47)
-2 6740281M8 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice B NP

CF6-50 No. 73-47)
-3 6740281M9 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice C NP

CF6-50 No. 73-47)
-4 6740281M18 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice D NP

CF6-50 No. 73-58)
-5 6740281M19 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice E NP

CF6-50 No. 73-58)
-6 6740281M21 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice F RF

CF6-50 No. 73-68, PRE SB No.
73-109)
-7 6740281M23 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice G RF

CF6-50 No. 73-68, PRE SB No.
73-109)
-8 6740281M24 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice H RF

CF6-50 No. 73-68, PRE SB No.
73-109)
-9 6740281E32 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice J RF

CF6-50 No. 73-109)
-10 6740281E33 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice K RF

CF6-50 No. 73-109)
-11 6740281E34 NOZZLE ASSY, Fuel Dual Orifice L RF

CF6-50 No. 73-109)
- ITEMS NOT ILLUSTRATED
73-13-07 Page 10017

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

20 6701289-65 .PLATE, Identification A NP

(Aluminum)
-21 6701289-66 .PLATE, Identification B NP

(Green)
-22 6701289-67 .PLATE, Identification C NP

(Blue)
-23 6701289-87 .PLATE, Identification D NP

(Aluminum)
-24 6701289-88 .PLATE, Identification E NP

(Blue)
-25 6701289-91 .PLATE, Identification F NP

(Green) (Replaced by 6871350-91)
-25A 6871350-91 .PLATE Identification F 1

(Green) (Replaces 6701289-91)
-26 6701289-93 .PLATE, Identification G NP

(Aluminum) (Replaced by
6871350-93)
-26A 6871350-93 .PLATE, Identification G 1

(Aluminum) (Replaces 6701289-93)
-27 6701289-94 .PLATE, Identification H NP

(Blue) (Replaced by 6871350-94)
-27A 6871350-94 .PLATE, Identification H 1

(Blue) (Replaces 6701289-94)
-28 6871350-122 .PLATE, Identification J 1

(Green)
-29 6871350-123 .PLATE, Identification K 1

(Aluminum)
-30 6871350-124 .PLATE, Identification L 1

(Blue)
ATTACHING PARTS
40 6701290 .RIVET ABC NP

(Replaced by 6881782) DE
Page 10018
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-41 MS16535-81 .RIVET FGH NP

(Replaced by 6881782)
-42 6881782 .RIVET 1

(Replaces 6701290 and
MS16535-81)
- - - *** - - -
50 6761073 .CONNECTOR AND FITTING ABC NP

DE
-51 6771672 .CONNECTOR AND FITTING FGH NP

-51A 6871346 .CONNECTOR AND FITTING FGH 1

(Replaces 6771672) JKL
60 6701096 ..FITTING ABC NP

DE
-61 6802113 ..FITTING FGH NP

-61A 6871349 ..FITTING FGH 1

70 6701095 ..STRAINER ABCD NP

(Replaced by 6871348) EFGH
-70A 6871348 ..STRAINER FGH 1

80 6761072 ..CONNECTOR, Footed ABC NP

DE
-81 6771673 ..CONNECTOR, Footless FGH NP

-81A 6871347 ..CONNECTOR, Footless FGH 1

ATTACHING PARTS
90 6761088-1 .RING, Filler ABC AR

DE
-91 6761088-2 .RING, Filler ABC AR

DE
73-13-07 Page 10019

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-92 6761088-3 .RING, Filler ABC AR

DE
-93 6771671 .RING, Filler FGH NP

-93A 6871351 .RING, Filler FGH 1

- - - *** - - -
100 6761069 .SPACER ABC NP

DE
-101 6781576 .SPACER FGH NP

-101A 6871345 .SPACER FGH 1

110 6721205 .SPRING, Holddown ABCD NP

-110A 6871344 .SPRING, Holddown FGH 1

120 6761061 .VALVE, Cartridge ADG NP

-120A 6871356 .VALVE, Cartridge GK 1

(Replaces 6761061)
-121 6761062 .VALVE, Cartridge BF NP

-121A 6871343 .VALVE, Cartridge FJ 1

(Replaces 6761062)
-122 6761063 .VALVE, Cartridge CEH NP

-122A 6871359 .VALVE, Cartridge HL 1

(Replaces 6761063)
130 6761667 .LINER, Valve ACD NP

Page 10020
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-130A 6871342 .VALVE, Cartridge ACDE 1

(Replaces 6761667) GHJ
KL
-131 6761667 .LINER, Valve B NP
140 6761669 .TUBE, Primary ACDE NP

(Replaced by 6871355-1) GHKL
-140A 6871355-1 .TUBE, Primary ACDE 1

(Replaces 6761669) GHJ
KL
-141 6871355-2 .TUBE, Primary ACDE NP

(Oversized) GHKL
150 6771587 .PIN F NP

(Replaced 6871341)
-150A 6871341 .PIN FJ NP

(Replaces 6771587) (Replaced by
6871341-1 or 6871341-2)
-150B 6871341-1 .PIN FJ 1

(1.033 TO 1.038 IN.[26.24 TO 26.37
MM] LENGTH) (Replaces 6871341)
-150C 6871341-2 .PIN FJ AR

(1.057 TO 1.060 IN. [26.85 TO 26.92
MM] LENGTH) (Replaces 6871341)
-151 6872177 .PIN, Oversized AR
160 6761066 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET A NP
-161 6761067 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET B NP
-162 6761068 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET C NP
-163 6771516 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET D NP
-164 6771535 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET E NP
-165 6771675 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET F NP

-165A 6871335 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET F 1

(Replaces 6771675)
73-13-07 Page 10021

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-166 6781013 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET G NP

-166A 6871352 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET G 1

(Replaces 6781013)
-167 6781014 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET H NP

-167A 6871357 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET H 1

(Replaces 6781014)
-168 6921075 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET J 1
-169 6921076 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET K 1
-170 6921077 .SUPPORT AND METERING SET L 1
180 6761663 ..SUPPORT ACDE NP
-181 6761664 ..SUPPORT B NP
-182 6761676 ..SUPPORT F NP

-182A 6871336 ..SUPPORT F 1

(Replaces 6761676)
-183 6771669 ..SUPPORT GH NP

-183A 6871353 ..SUPPORT GH 1

(Replaces 6771669)
-184 6921079 ..SUPPORT J 1
-185 6921078 ..SUPPORT KL 1
190 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING ACDE NP
-191 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING B NP
-192 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING F NP
-193 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING GH NP
-194 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING J NP
Page 10022
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-195 ORDER NHA ...HOUSING KL NP
200 6741490 ...TUBE, Secondary NP

-200A 6911260 ...TUBE, Secondary 1

(Replaces 6741490)
ATTACHING PARTS
210 6781179-4 ...RING, Braze ABCD 1

EFGH
-211 6911182 ...RING, Braze JKL 2

- - - *** - - -
220 6811678 ...GUIDE, Valve ABC NP

FGH
-221 6761665 ...GUIDE, Valve DE NP
230 6911181 ...ADAPTER, Valve JKL 1

ATTACHING PARTS
240 6781179-1 ...RING, Braze 1

- - - *** - - -
250 6741135 ...ADAPTER ACDE 1

GHKL
-251 6741244 ...ADAPTER BFJ 1
-260 6751062 ..METERING SET A NP
-261 6751063 ..METERING SET BF NP

-261A 6871338 ..METERING SET FJ 1

(Replaces 6751063)
-262 6751064 ..METERING SET C NP
-263 6771517 ..METERING SET DG NP

-263A 6871354 ..METERING SET GK 1

(Replaces 6771517)
73-13-07 Page 10023

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-264 6771533 ..METERING SET EH NP

-264A 6871358 ..METERING SET HL 1

(Replaces 6771533)
270 6992284-1 ...SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY 1
-270A 6992284-2 ...SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY 1

ATTACHING PARTS
-270B 6992284-3 ...SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY 1

ATTACHING PARTS
-270C 6992284-4 ...SHROUD/SECONDARY BODY 1

ATTACHING PARTS
280 6741143-1 ..RING, Filler ABCD NP

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.016 TO 1.041 EFGH
MM] THICK) (Replaced by
6871340-1)
-280A 6871340-1 ..RING, Filler ABCD AR

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.016 TO 1.041 EFGH
MM] THICK) (Replaces 6741143-1)
-281 6741143-1A ..RING, Filler ABCD NP

(0.0411 TO 0.0429 IN. [1.0439 TO EFGH
1.0900 MM] THICK) (Replaced by
6871340-1A)
-281A 6871340-1A ..RING, Filler ABCD AR

(0.0411 TO 0.0429 IN. [1.0439 TO EFGH
1.0900 MM] THICK) (Replaces
6741143-1A)
-282 6741143-2 ..RING, Filler ABCD NP

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.092 TO 1.118 EFGH
6871340-2)

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.092 TO 1.118 EFGH
Page 10024
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0441 TO 0.0469 IN. [1.1201 TO EFGH
6871340-2A)

(0.0441 TO 0.0469 IN. [1.1201 TO EFGH
6741143-2A)

(0.047 TO 0.048 IN. [1.194 TO 1.219 EFGH
6871340-3)

(0.047 TO 0.048 IN. [1.194 TO 1.219 EFGH

(0.0481 TO 0.0509 IN. [1.2217 TO EFGH
6871340-3A)

(0.0481 TO 0.0509 IN. [1.2217 TO EFGH
6741143-3A)

(0.051 TO 0.052 IN. [1.295 TO 1.321 EFGH
6871340-4)

(0.051 TO 0.052 IN. [1.295 TO 1.321 EFGH

(0.0521 TO 0.0539 IN. [1.3233 TO EFGH
6871340-4A)

(0.0521 TO 0.0539 IN. [1.3233 TO EFGH
6741143-4A)
73-13-07 Page 10025

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-288 6741143-5 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.054 TO 0.055 IN. [1.372 TO 1.397
6871340-5)
-288A 6871340-5 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.054 TO 0.055 IN. [1.372 TO 1.397
MM] THICK) (Replaces by
6741143-5)
-289 6741143-5A ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0551 TO 0.0569 IN. [1.400 TO
6871340-5A)
-289A 6871340-5A ..RING, Filler AR

(0.0551 TO 0.0569 IN. [1.400 TO
6741143-5A)

(0.057 TO 0.058 IN. [1.448 TO 1.473 EFGH
6871340-6)

(0.057 TO 0.058 IN. [1.448 TO 1.473 EFGH

(0.0581 TO 0.0599 IN. [1.4757 TO EFGH
6871340-6A)

(0.0581 TO 0.0599 IN. [1.4757 TO EFGH
6741143-6A)

(0.060 TO 0.061 IN. [1.524 TO 1.549 EFGH
6871340-7)

(0.060 TO 0.061 IN. [1.524 TO 1.549 EFGH
Page 10026
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0611 TO 0.0629 IN. [1.5519 TO EFGH
6871340-7A)

(0.0611 TO 0.0629 IN. [1.5519 TO EFGH
6741143-7A)

(0.063 TO 0.064 IN. [1.600 TO 1.626 EFGH
6871340-8)

(0.063 TO 0.064 IN. [1.600 TO 1.626 EFGH

(0.0381 TO 0.0399 IN. [0.9677 TO EFGH
6871340-8A)

(0.0381 TO 0.0399 IN. [0.9677 TO EFGH
6741143-8A)

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.940 TO 0.965 EFGH
6871340-9)

(0.037 TO 0.038 IN. [0.940 TO 0.965 EFGH
- - - *** - - -
300 ORDER NHA ...BODY, Primary A NP
-301 ORDER NHA ...BODY, Primary BFH NP
-302 ORDER NHA ...BODY, Primary C NP
-303 ORDER NHA ...BODY, Primary DGK NP
73-13-07 Page 10027

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-304 ORDER NHA ...BODY, Primary EHL NP
310 ORDER NHA ...PLUG, Primary AC NP
-311 ORDER NHA ...PLUG, Primary DEG NP

ATTACHING PARTS HKL
320 6741144-1 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.016 TO 1.041
6871339-1)
-320A 6871339-1 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.040 TO 0.041 IN. [1.016 TO 1.041
(Select from this one, or one of the
following)
-322 6741144-2 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.041 TO 0.042 IN. [1.041 TO 1.067
6871339-2)
-322A 6871339-2 ..RING, Filler AR

(0.041 TO 0.042 IN. [1.041 TO 1.067
-324 6741144-3 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.042 TO 0.043 IN. [1.067 TO 1.092
6871339-3)
-324A 6871339-3 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.042 TO 0.043 IN. [1.067 TO 1.092
-326 6741144-4 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.092 TO 1.118
6871339-4)
-326A 6871339-4 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.043 TO 0.044 IN. [1.092 TO 1.118
Page 10028
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-328 6741144-5 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.044 TO 0.045 IN. [1. 118 TO 1.143
6871339-5)
-328A 6871339-5 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.044 TO 0.045 IN. [1. 118 TO 1.143
-329 6741144-6 ..RING, Filler NP

(0.0 TO 0.053 IN. [1.321 TO 1.346
6871339-7)
-329A 6741144-7 ..RING, Filler 1

(0.052 TO 0.053 IN. [1.321 TO 1.346
73-13-07 Page 10029

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
FIGURE 73-13-07-999-901-A01 IPL FIGURE 2
IPL Figure 2
10
80
90
100
120
130
110
IPL-2-50
GRAPHIC 73-13-07-99B-987-A01
Secondary Fuel Nozzle - Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 1) (CODE A and B)
IPL Figure 2
Page 10030
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS

-1 6761061 .VALVE, Cartridge ADGK NP

-1A 6871356 .VALVE, Cartridge ADGK RF

(Replaces 6761061)
-2 6761062 .VALVE, Cartridge BFJ NP

-2A 6871343 .VALVE, Cartridge BFJ RF

(Replaces 6761062)
-3 6761063 .VALVE, Cartridge CEHL NP

-3A 6871359 .VALVE, Cartridge CEHL RF

(Replaces 6761063)
10 6881775-1 ..WASHER, Slotted 1

(0.0700 TO 0.0705 IN. [1.7780 TO
1.7907 MM] THICK) (Select from this
or one of the following)
-11 6881775-2 ..WASHER, Slotted AR

(0.0705 TO 0.0710 IN. [1.7907 TO
1.8034 MM] THICK)

(0.0710 TO 0.0715 IN. [1.8034 TO
1.8161 MM] THICK)

(.0715 TO 0.0720 IN. [1.8161 TO
1.8288 MM] THICK)

(0.0720 TO 0.0725 IN. [1.8288 TO
1.8415 MM] THICK)

(0.0725 TO 0.0730 IN. [1.8415 TO
1.8542 MM] THICK)

(0.0730 TO 0.0735 IN. [1.8542 TO
1.8669 MM] THICK)
73-13-07 Page 10031

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0735 TO 0.0740 IN. [1.8669 TO
1.8796 MM] THICK)

(0.0740 TO 0.0745 IN. [1.8796 TO
1.8923 MM] THICK)

(.0745 TO 0.0750 IN. [1.8923 TO
1.9050 MM] THICK)

(0.0750 TO 0.0755 IN. (1.9050 TO
1.9177 MM) THICK)

(0.0755 TO 0.0760 IN. (1.9177 TO
1.9304 MM) THICK)

(0.0760 TO 0.0765 IN. [1.9304 TO
1.9431 MM] THICK)

(0.0765 TO 0.0770 IN. (1.9431 TO
1.9558 MM) THICK)

(0.0770 TO 0.0775 IN. [1.9558 TO
1.9685 MM] THICK)

(0.0775 TO 0.0780 IN. [1.9685 TO
1.9812 MM] THICK)

(0.0780 TO 0.0785 IN. [1.9812 TO
1.9939 MM] THICK)

(0.0785 TO 0.0790 IN. [1.9939 TO
2.0066 MM] THICK)

(0.0790 TO 0.0795 IN. [2.0066 TO
2.0193 MM] THICK)
Page 10032
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0795 TO 0.0800 IN. [2.0193 TO
2.0320 MM] THICK)

(0.0800 TO 0.0805 IN. [2.0320 TO
2.0447 MM] THICK)

(0.0805 TO 0.0810 IN. [2.0447 TO
2.0574 MM] THICK)

(0.0810 TO 0.0815 IN. [2.0574 TO
2.0701 MM] THICK)

(0.0815 TO 0.0820 IN. [2.0701 TO
2.0828 MM] THICK)

(0.0820 TO 0.0825 IN. [2.0828 TO
2.0955 MM] THICK)

(0.0825 TO 0.0830 IN. [2.0955 TO
2.1082 MM] THICK)

(0.0830 TO 0.0835 IN. [2.1082 TO
2.1209 MM] THICK)

(0.0835 TO 0.0840 IN. [2.1209 TO
2.1336 MM] THICK)

(0.0840 TO 0.0845 IN. [2.1336 TO
2.1463 MM] THICK)

(0.0845 TO 0.0850 IN. [2.1463 TO
2.1590 MM] THICK)

(0.0850 TO 0.0855 IN. [2.1590 TO
2.1717 MM] THICK)
73-13-07 Page 10033

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0855 TO 0.0860 IN. [2.1717 TO
2.1844 MM] THICK)

(0.0860 TO 0.0865 IN. [2.1844 TO
2.1971 MM] THICK)

(0.0865 TO 0.0870 IN. [2.1971 TO
2.2098 MM] THICK)

(0.0870 TO 0.0875 IN. [2.2098 TO
2.2225 MM] THICK)

(0.0875 TO 0.0880 IN. [2.2225 TO
2.2352 MM] THICK)

(0.0880 TO 0.0885 IN. [2.2352 TO
2.2479 MM] THICK)

(0.0885 TO 0.0890 IN. [2.2479 TO
2.2606 MM] THICK)

(0.0890 TO 0.0895 IN. [2.2606 TO
2.2733 MM] THICK)

(0.0895 TO 0.0900 IN. [2.2733 TO
2.2860 MM] THICK)

(0.0900 TO 0.0905 IN. [2.2860 TO
2.2987 MM] THICK)

(0.0905 TO 0.0910 IN. [2.2987 TO
2.3114 MM] THICK)

(0.0910 TO 0.0915 IN. [2.3114 TO
2.3241 MM] THICK)
Page 10034
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0915 TO 0.0920 IN. [2.3241 TO
2.3368 MM] THICK)

(0.0920 TO 0.0925 IN. [2.3368 TO
2.3495 MM] THICK)

(0.0925 TO 0.0930 IN. [2.3495 TO
2.3622 MM] THICK)

(0.0930 TO 0.0935 IN. [2.3622 TO
2.3749 MM] THICK)

(0.0935 TO 0.0940 IN. [2.3749 TO
2.3876 MM] THICK)

(0.0940 TO 0.0945 IN. [2.3876 TO
2.4003 MM] THICK)

(0.0945 TO 0.0950 IN. [2.4003 TO
2.4130 MM] THICK)

(0.0950 TO 0.0955 IN. [2.4130 TO
2.4257 MM] THICK)

(0.0955 TO 0.0960 IN. [2.4257 TO
2.4384 MM] THICK)

(0.0960 TO 0.0965 IN. [2.4384 TO
2.4511 MM] THICK)

(0.0965 TO 0.0970 IN. [2.4511 TO
2.4638 MM] THICK)

(0.0970 TO 0.0975 IN. [2.4638 TO
2.4765 MM] THICK)
73-13-07 Page 10035

Mar 13/2007
PART NO. 6740281
IPL AIRLINE UNITS


(0.0975 TO 0.0980 IN. [2.4765 TO
2.4892 MM] THICK)

(0.0980 TO 0.0985 IN. [2.4892 TO
2.5019 MM] THICK)

(0.0985 TO 0.0990 IN. [2.5019 TO
2.5146 MM] THICK)

(0.0990 TO 0.0995 IN. [2.5146 TO
2.5273 MM] THICK)

(0.0995 TO 0.1000 IN. [2.5273 TO
2.5400 MM] THICK)
80 6921086 ..RETAINER 1
90 6921084-3 ..SHIM CEHL 1
-91 6921084-5 ..SHIM BFJ 1
100 6921085 ..SPRING 1
110 6921081 ..SLEEVE AND SPOOL FJ 1
-111 6921082 ..SLEEVE AND SPOOL GK 1
-112 6921083 ..SLEEVE AND SPOOL HL 1
120 6751331 ...SLEEVE, Valve 1
130 6741246 ...SPOOL 1
Page 10036
73-13-07 Mar 13/2007

CMM - Gek 35587 - 2007 03 13

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CMM - Gek 35587 - 2007 03 13

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CMM - Gek 35587 - 2007 03 13

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE

Aviation One Neumann Way, Room 230

TO: Holders of Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance

SUBJECT: Fuel Nozzle Assembly, Component Maintenance Manual with

The subject manual is attached to this transmittal letter.

General Electric Company

FUEL NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS

ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO

REV. NO. 10, DATED MAR 13/2007

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/FIGURE DESCRIPTION

Title ALL Revised to reflect this revision

ROR ALL Revised to reflect this revision

RTR ALL No Changes

SBL ALL No Changes

Intro ALL No Changes

D&O ALL No Changes

TEST ALL No Changes

1013 Table 1003 Corrected typo at 290 psig Primary/Secondary flow to

Disassy ALL No Changes

Clean ALL No Changes

73-13-07 Highlights Page 1

PAGE NO. PARAGRAPH/TABLE/FIGURE DESCRIPTION

Repair ALL No Changes

Repair 12 Figure 6002 Added concentric dimensions to Detail "B".

Assy ALL No Changes

Fits ALL No Changes

Tools ALL No Changes

15002 F. Reworded for clarity.

IPL ALL No Changes

73-13-07 Highlights Page 2

Component Maintenance Manual

PART NO. 9119M60P07, 9119M60P08, 9119M60P09, 9119M60P18,

COPYRIGHT: JANUARY 2002 PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION

Initial Issue Date: July 15/1979 Page TP-1

REV. ISSUE REV. ISSUE

73-13-07 Page ROR-1

Keep this record in the front of this document.

(1) Put the temporary revision page(s) into this document.

When a permanent revision is received:

(2) Record of the removal date and removers initials.

73-13-07 Page RTR-1

73-13-07 Page RTR-3

Keep this record in the front of this document.

73-13-07 Page SBL-1

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

FIGURE TITLE PAGE

FIGURE TITLE PAGE

TABLE TITLE PAGE